WO2019117123A1 - Polarizing element for visible region and infrared region, and polarizing plate - Google Patents
Polarizing element for visible region and infrared region, and polarizing plate Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- WO2019117123A1 WO2019117123A1 PCT/JP2018/045447 JP2018045447W WO2019117123A1 WO 2019117123 A1 WO2019117123 A1 WO 2019117123A1 JP 2018045447 W JP2018045447 W JP 2018045447W WO 2019117123 A1 WO2019117123 A1 WO 2019117123A1
- Authority
- WO
- WIPO (PCT)
- Prior art keywords
- group
- carbon atoms
- formula
- sulfo
- substituent
- Prior art date
Links
Classifications
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C09—DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- C09B—ORGANIC DYES OR CLOSELY-RELATED COMPOUNDS FOR PRODUCING DYES, e.g. PIGMENTS; MORDANTS; LAKES
- C09B33/00—Disazo and polyazo dyes of the types A->K<-B, A->B->K<-C, or the like, prepared by diazotising and coupling
- C09B33/18—Trisazo or higher polyazo dyes
- C09B33/28—Tetrazo dyes of the type A->B->K<-C<-D
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G02—OPTICS
- G02B—OPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
- G02B5/00—Optical elements other than lenses
- G02B5/30—Polarising elements
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G02—OPTICS
- G02F—OPTICAL DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF LIGHT BY MODIFICATION OF THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MEDIA OF THE ELEMENTS INVOLVED THEREIN; NON-LINEAR OPTICS; FREQUENCY-CHANGING OF LIGHT; OPTICAL LOGIC ELEMENTS; OPTICAL ANALOGUE/DIGITAL CONVERTERS
- G02F1/00—Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics
- G02F1/01—Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour
- G02F1/13—Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour based on liquid crystals, e.g. single liquid crystal display cells
- G02F1/133—Constructional arrangements; Operation of liquid crystal cells; Circuit arrangements
- G02F1/1333—Constructional arrangements; Manufacturing methods
- G02F1/1335—Structural association of cells with optical devices, e.g. polarisers or reflectors
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G09—EDUCATION; CRYPTOGRAPHY; DISPLAY; ADVERTISING; SEALS
- G09F—DISPLAYING; ADVERTISING; SIGNS; LABELS OR NAME-PLATES; SEALS
- G09F9/00—Indicating arrangements for variable information in which the information is built-up on a support by selection or combination of individual elements
Definitions
- the present invention relates to a polarizing element, a polarizing plate and a liquid crystal display device containing a water-soluble compound or a salt thereof that absorbs light in the near infrared region.
- a polarizing film is manufactured by adsorbing and orienting a dichroic dye, iodine or a dichroic dye, to a polyvinyl alcohol resin film.
- a polarizing film using iodine as a dichroic dye is called an iodine-based polarizing film
- a polarizing film using a dichroic dye as a dichroic dye is called a dye-based polarizing film.
- a protective film made of triacetyl cellulose or the like is bonded to at least one surface of the polarizing film via an adhesive layer to form a polarizing plate, which is used for a liquid crystal display device or the like.
- An iodine-based polarizing plate made of an iodine-based polarizing film exhibits high transmittance and a high degree of polarization, that is, a high contrast, as compared with a dye-based polarizing plate made of a dye-based polarizing film. It is widely used in mobile phones, PDAs, etc.
- an iodine-based polarizing plate is superior to a dye-based polarizing plate in terms of optical characteristics, it is inferior to a dye-based polarizing plate in terms of optical durability.
- the iodine-based polarizing plate is left under high temperature and humidity
- the decolorization causes problems such as an increase in the transmittance and a decrease in the degree of polarization.
- a polarizing plate having high transmittance and polarization degree, high contrast, and excellent heat resistance and moisture and heat resistance is required, and as an invention for this request, the transmittance and polarization degree are high, high contrast and environmental test
- a polarizing plate which is also excellent in dry heat durability is required.
- Patents containing zinc as in Patent Documents 1 to 3 as inventions to this demand polarizing plates obtained by processing with a triterpenoid glycoside as in Patent Document 4, and polyvalent materials as in Patent Document 5
- Patent Document 5 There is a technology that improves the heat resistance by the aldehyde.
- a general polarizing plate is a polarizing film such as a film of a stretched and oriented polyvinyl alcohol or a derivative thereof, or a film of a polyene produced by orientating a polyene by dehydrochlorination of a polyvinyl chloride film or dehydration of a polyvinyl alcohol film.
- the substrate is manufactured by dyeing or incorporating iodine or a dichroic dye as a polarizing element.
- an iodine-based polarizing film using iodine as a polarizing element is excellent in polarization performance but is weak against water and heat, and is durable when used for a long time under high temperature and high humidity.
- a dye-based polarizing film using a dichroic dye as a polarizing element is superior in moisture resistance and heat resistance to an iodine-based polarizing film, it is a polarizing plate having a polarizing function with respect to wavelengths for visible wavelengths. It was not a polarizing plate capable of controlling the transmittance in the infrared wavelength range.
- the technology of reference 5 is a technology using circularly polarized light that has been published for a long time, but since the color changes depending on the viewing angle, and basically it is a polarizing plate using reflection, stray light And it was difficult to form absolutely polarized light. That is, there was no polarizing plate corresponding to an infrared wavelength region which is an absorption type polarizing element like a general polarizing plate, is flexible in film type, and has high durability.
- Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 61-175602 Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2003-50318 Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2003-29042 JP 2005-241689
- a Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 6-235815 Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2-167991 Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 61-221264 Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2006-508034 Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 63-33477 International Publication No. 2013/035560 Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 59-11385 JP, 2010-106248, A JP, 2001-181184, A JP, 2013-24982, A U.S. Pat. No.
- the present invention has been made in view of the above circumstances, and an object thereof is to provide a novel polarizing element, a polarizing plate, and an optical device.
- the present inventor has developed a novel polarizing element containing a water-soluble compound or a salt thereof that absorbs light in the infrared region.
- the polarizing element of the present invention comprises iodine.
- a specific transmittance is set to produce the polarizing element of the present invention.
- the polarizing element of the present invention contains a specific azo compound.
- the gist configuration of the present invention is as follows.
- Invention 1 A polarizing element comprising at least one dichroic dye exhibiting polarization characteristics in the visible region, and a water-soluble compound or a salt thereof that absorbs light in the infrared region.
- Invention 2 The polarizing element of the invention 1 whose water-soluble compound which absorbs the light of the said infrared region is an azo compound.
- Ai 1 and Ai 2 are each independently represented by a hydrogen atom, an azo group, or the following formula (2) (provided that both Ai 1 and Ai 2 are hydrogen atoms are excluded), -NH- is bonded to both naphthalene rings at any position of the combination of a and a ', b and b', a and b ', b and a',
- the rings substituted by Ri 1 are each independently a benzene ring when there is no ring represented by the broken line, and a naphthalene ring when there is a ring represented by the broken line
- Ri 1 each independently represents a chlorine atom, a sulfo group, a nitro group, a hydroxy group, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms,
- Invention 4 The polarizing element according to any one of Inventions 1 to 3, wherein Formula (2) is represented by Formula (3):
- Ri 1 is a substituted ring
- Ri 1 and m are respectively the same as in formula (2)
- the oxygen atom represented by —O— bond forms —O—Cu—O— with —OH and copper atom in the formula (1)
- Ri 2 is a hydrogen atom, a chlorine atom, a sulfo group, a nitro group, a hydroxy group, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms having a sulfo group, hydroxy Alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms having a carboxy group, an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms having a sulfo group, an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms having a hydroxy
- Invention 5 The polarizing element according to any one of the inventions 1 to 4, wherein the azo compound represented by the formula (1) is an azo compound represented by the following formula (4):
- Ri 3 is a hydrogen atom, a chlorine atom, a sulfo group, a nitro group, a hydroxy group, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms having a sulfo group.
- an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms having a hydroxy group an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms having a carboxy group, an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms having a sulfo group, and 1 to 4 carbon atoms having a hydroxy group
- m is the same as equation (2).
- each of Ab 1 and Ab 2 independently represents a substituted naphthyl group or a substituted phenyl group, and at least one of the substituents is a hydrogen atom, a sulfo group, or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms
- Rb 1 and Rb 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, a sulfo group, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms having a
- Invention 7 The polarizer according to any one of Inventions 1 to 6, wherein the at least one dichroic dye is a compound represented by the following formula (9) or (10), a metal complex compound thereof, or a salt thereof :
- Ac 1 represents a phenyl group or a naphthyl group having at least one substituent selected from the group consisting of a sulfo group and a carboxy group
- Rc 11 to Rc 14 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms having a sulfo group
- Ac 2 represents a phenyl group or a naphthyl group having at least one substituent selected from the group consisting of a sulfo group and a carboxy group
- Rc 21 to Rc 25 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms
- Invention 8 Invention 1 to 7 wherein the at least one dichroic dye is an azo compound represented by the following formula (11), a metal complex compound thereof or a salt thereof, or an azo compound represented by the formula (12) or a salt thereof Polarizing element according to any one of:
- Ab 1 represents a phenyl group or a naphthyl group having at least one substituent selected from the group consisting of a sulfo group and a carboxy group
- Rb 11 ⁇ Rb 14 are each independently, represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms having an alkoxy group or a sulfo group having 1-4 carbon atoms
- Rb 15 And R b 16 each independently represent an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms
- Xb 1 is composed of an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, a sul
- Invention 9 The polarizing element according to any one of Inventions 1 to 8, wherein the at least one dichroic dye is an azo compound represented by the following formula (13) or a salt thereof:
- Ay 1 represents a hydrogen atom, a sulfo group, a carboxy group, a hydroxy group, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms
- Each of Ry 1 and Ry 2 independently represents a hydrogen atom, a sulfo group, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms having a sulfo group.
- h is an integer of 1 to 3.
- Invention 10 The polarizer according to any one of Inventions 1 to 9, wherein the at least one dichroic dye is iodine.
- Invention 11 The polarizing element according to any one of Inventions 1 to 10, wherein the substrate is a polyvinyl alcohol resin film.
- Invention 12 The polarizing element as described in any one of the inventions 1-11 whose degree of polarization is 99% or more.
- Invention 13 In the transmissivity which is determined in a state in which the two polarizing elements are arranged so that their absorption axes are parallel to each other, The difference between the average transmittance of each wavelength of 520 nm to 590 nm and the average transmittance of each wavelength of 420 nm to 480 nm is 5% or less as an absolute value, and the average transmittance of each wavelength of 600 nm to 640 nm, 520 nm to 590 nm The difference from the average value of the average transmittance of each wavelength of is 3% or less as an absolute value, The polarizing element according to any one of the inventions 1 to 12.
- Invention 14 According to JIS Z 8781-4: 2013, the absolute values of a * value and b * value determined at the time of natural light transmittance measurement are Each of the polarizing elements alone is 1 or less (-1 ⁇ a * ⁇ s ⁇ 1 and ⁇ 1 ⁇ b * ⁇ s ⁇ 1). When two polarizing elements are arranged so that their absorption axes are parallel to each other, they are both 2 or less (-2 ⁇ a * ⁇ p ⁇ 2, ⁇ 2 ⁇ b * ⁇ p ⁇ 2). , Invention 1.
- the polarizing element as described in any one of 1 to 13 (where a * -s represents a single a * value, b * -s represents a single b * value, a * -p represents a parallel position B * -p indicates b * at the parallel position).
- Invention 15 In the transmissivity which is determined in a state in which the two polarizing elements are arranged so as to overlap each other so that their absorption axes are orthogonal to each other,
- the difference between the average transmittance of each wavelength of 520 nm to 590 nm and the average transmittance of each wavelength of 420 nm to 480 nm is 3% or less as an absolute value, and the average transmittance of each wavelength of 600 nm to 640 nm, 520 nm to 590 nm
- the difference with the average transmittance of each wavelength of is 2% or less as an absolute value
- the polarizing element according to any one of the inventions 1-14.
- Invention 16 A polarizing element according to any one of the inventions 1 to 15, and a polarizing plate comprising a transparent protective layer on at least one surface of the polarizing element.
- Invention 17 An optical device comprising the polarizing element according to any one of the first to fifteenth aspects or the polarizing plate according to the sixteenth aspect.
- Invention 18 The optical device according to claim 17, which is a liquid crystal display device.
- the polarizing element of the present invention has high polarization characteristics in the visible range and absorbs light in the infrared range. In one aspect, it has high polarization performance over a wide band in the visible to infrared range. In one aspect, the polarizing element of the present invention is not only used for a polarizing plate and a liquid crystal display device, but is also a sensor or security device that functions with light in the visible range to the infrared range, and senses light in the visible range to the infrared range It can be used for cameras that can be used for cameras that can
- the polarizing element of the present invention has high durability (moisture resistance, heat resistance, and / or light resistance), particularly high heat resistance, while having high transmittance and high contrast comparable to iodine-based polarizing plates. Have.
- the polarizing element of the present invention has high durability while having infrared absorption.
- the polarizing element of the present invention has an achromatic color in the visible range, has absorption in the infrared range, and has high durability.
- a water-soluble compound that absorbs light in the infrared region or a salt thereof may be abbreviated as “infrared-absorbing water-soluble compound”.
- the “substituent” may include a hydrogen atom
- the hydrogen atom may be described as the “substituent” for the sake of convenience.
- the phrase “may have a substituent” means that the case where the substituent is not included is included.
- the "optionally substituted phenyl group” includes an unsubstituted simple phenyl group and a substituted phenyl group.
- “lower” such as lower alkyl group and lower alkoxy group in the present application indicates that it has 1 to 4 carbon atoms, preferably 1 to 3 carbon atoms, unless otherwise specified.
- lower (C1-C4) aliphatic hydrocarbon group examples include linear alkyl groups such as methyl, ethyl, n-propyl and n-butyl, sec-butyl, tert- Examples thereof include branched chain alkyl groups such as butyl group and unsaturated hydrocarbon groups such as vinyl group.
- lower (C1-C4) alkoxy group examples include methoxy group, ethoxy group, propoxy group, n-butoxy group, sec-butoxy group, tert-butoxy group and the like.
- azo compound including all of an “azo compound or its salt”, or an “azo compound, its metal complex compound, or its salt.”
- the present application relates to a polarizing element including at least one dichroic dye exhibiting polarization characteristics in the visible range, and a water-soluble compound or a salt thereof that absorbs light in the infrared range.
- dichroic dyes exhibiting polarization characteristics in the visible region compounds generally composed of iodine and iodine compounds such as potassium iodide and lithium iodide are known, and as other dichroic dyes, It is known that the dye described in Non-Patent Document 1 is used.
- Patent Document 21 and Patent Document 22 can be mentioned as an iodine-based polarizing plate
- Patent Document 19 and Patent Document 20 can be mentioned as a dye-based polarizing plate
- a dye system capable of polarization control of only a specific wavelength If it is a polarizing plate, the patent document 23 and the patent document 24 will be mentioned,
- the dichroic dye which has a polarization function in such a visible region is mentioned.
- the polarizing element of the present invention can be provided with high durability. It is preferred to use a dye having maximum absorption in the near infrared region, in particular 700 to 1400 nm. More preferably, a dye having maximum absorption at 700 to 1100 nm, still more preferably 700 to 1000 m, particularly preferably 700 to 900 nm is used.
- infrared light-absorbing water-soluble compounds include phthalocyanines, naphthalocyanines, metal complexes, boron complexes, cyanines, squaryliums, dimoniums, diphenylamines and triphenylamines, quinones, and azos. Etc.
- these dyes lengthen the absorption wavelength by extending the existing ⁇ conjugated system, and the structure shows a wide variety of absorption wavelengths.
- many of them are in the form of hydrophobic dyes and pigments, but they can be used as hydrophilic dyes by making them water soluble.
- the phthalocyanine and naphthalocyanine type is a dye having a planar structure and a wide ⁇ conjugated surface.
- the central metal represented by M 1 in the general formula (A-1) exhibits various absorptions, and generally, the central metal is Li, Na, K, Mg, Ti, Zr, V, Nb, Ta, Cr, Mo , W, Mn, Fe, Co, Ni, Ru, Rh, Pd, Os, Ir, Pt, Cu, Ag, Zn, Cd, Hg, Al, Ga, In, Si, Ge, Sn, Pb, Sb Etc. VO, GeO, TiO etc. are mentioned as a metal oxide.
- Examples of the metal hydroxide include Si (OH) 2 , Cr (OH) 2 , Sn (OH) 2 , AlOH and the like.
- Examples of the metal halide include SiCl 2 , VCl, VCl 2 , VOCl, FeCl, GaCl, ZrCl, AlCl and the like.
- metal atoms such as Fe, Co, Cu, Ni, Zn, Al and V
- metal oxides such as VO
- metal hydroxides such as AlOH, and the like are preferable, and metal oxides such as VO are more preferable.
- it is usually used as a pigment, it can also be dissolved in water by providing a water-soluble group as shown in the general formula 1 described in JP-A-2-217791.
- the dye represented by the following general formula (A-1) is preferably, for example, a dye represented by the following compound example (A-1-1).
- the broken aromatic ring in the general formula (A-1) means that it may or may not be present.
- E and f in the compound example (A-1-1) each independently represent an integer of 0 to 12, and indicate that the sum of e and f is 0 to 12, and in particular, e is 1 to 4 and f is 0 Is preferred.
- the quinone type is a dye having a wide absorption, and is a dye represented by the following general formula (A-2).
- Ar 1 and Ar 2 are desirably a cyclic structure composed of an aromatic ring or a heterocyclic ring, and a heterocyclic ring is more preferable for increasing the absorption wavelength.
- anthraquinone dyes as described in JP-A-61-221264 can be mentioned.
- these rings may have a substituent, for example, an amino group which may have a substituent, a nitro group, a sulfo group, an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkyl group having a sulfo group, an alkyl group having a hydroxyl group And the like.
- X is an oxygen atom or a nitrogen atom.
- the nitrogen atom represents a hydrogen adduct NH, or a nitrogen atom substituted with an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, a phenyl group which may have a substituent, or the like.
- quinones are hydrophobic in many structures, those which can be dissolved in water by providing a water-soluble group have also been reported.
- indanthrone dyes as described in JP-A-2006-508034 can be mentioned.
- the above-mentioned amino group which may have a substituent represents a substituted or unsubstituted amino group, and as the substituted amino group, a monomethylamino group, a monoethylamino group, a monobutylamino group, a monophenylamino group, etc.
- Di-substituted amino groups such as mono-substituted amino group, dimethylamino group, diethylamino group, dibutylamino group, diphenylamino group, methylphenylamino group and the like can be mentioned.
- the alkyl group include linear alkyl groups such as methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group, n-butyl group and n-octyl group, branched chain alkyl groups such as isopropyl group, secondary butyl group and tertiary butyl group, and cyclopentyl group And cyclic alkyl groups such as cyclohexyl group.
- alkoxy group a methoxy group, an ethoxy group, a propoxy group, a butoxy group etc. are mentioned.
- alkyl group having a sulfo group include sulfomethyl group, sulfoethyl group, sulfopropyl group, sulfobutyl group and the like.
- alkyl group having a hydroxyl group include a hydroxymethyl group, a hydroxyethyl group, a hydroxypropyl group and a hydroxybutyl group.
- the dye represented by the following general formula (A-2) is preferably a dye represented, for example, by the following compound example (A-2-1).
- n represents an integer of 1 to 12, and when n is 1 or more, each sulfo group may be in a free form or in the form of a salt, or is free Both the form and the salt form may be contained in any proportion.
- the cyanine dye is a dye having strong absorption in the near infrared region, and is represented by formula (A-3) or (A-4), and Ar 3 to Ar 6 each represent a heterocycle.
- the heterocyclic ring include a thiazole ring, a benzothiazole ring, a naphthothiazole ring, a thiazoline ring, an oxazole ring, a benzoxazole ring, a naphthoxazole ring, an oxazoline ring, a selenazole ring, a benzoselenazole ring, a naphtho serenazole ring, a quinoline ring and the like.
- Each heterocycle may have any substituent, and preferably has an aqueous solution group.
- the water-soluble group include a sulfo group, a hydroxyl group, an alkyl group having a sulfo group, and an alkyl group having a hydroxyl group.
- These substituents may be substituted on the ring of Ar 3 to Ar 6 or may be bonded on the nitrogen atom in the heterocyclic ring.
- the number c of methine chains in the general formula (A-3) is represented by an integer of 1 to 7, and 3 to 5 is particularly preferable.
- the methine chain may have a substituent R 4 , and examples thereof include a phenyl group which may have a substituent. Also, if c is R 4 there are a plurality of two or more, each of R 4 may match the same or may be different.
- Ar 7 in General Formula (A-4) represents a cyclic skeleton having 5 to 7 carbon atoms, and the substituent W is a halogen, a phenylamino group which may have a substituent, or phenoxy which may have a substituent Groups, and optionally substituted phenylthio groups and the like. The substituent in this case may have a water-soluble group.
- this dye is an inner salt type or an intermolecular salt type, and in the case of an intermolecular salt type, a halide salt, a perchlorate, an antimony fluoride salt, a phosphorus fluoride salt, a boron fluoride salt, a trifluoromethane salt And organic salts such as naphthalenesulfonic acid, and the like.
- an intermolecular salt type a halide salt, a perchlorate, an antimony fluoride salt, a phosphorus fluoride salt, a boron fluoride salt, a trifluoromethane salt
- organic salts such as naphthalenesulfonic acid, and the like.
- Specific examples thereof include indocyanine green and water-soluble dyes described in JP-A-63-33477, and examples thereof include the following compound examples (A-3-1) and (A-4-1) to (A-). 4-3).
- the alkyl group having a sulfo group and the alkyl group having a hydroxyl group may be the same as described above.
- the halogen include fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine and the like, and chlorine is preferable.
- the squarylium system having a similar structure to the cyanine system is a dye having a square acid as a central skeleton as represented by the following general formula (A-5). It is desirable that Ar 8 and Ar 9 in the general formula (A-5) have the same heterocyclic ring as the cyanine type. In addition, this dye also takes an inner salt type and an intermolecular type, and takes the form of a salt similar to cyanine type. Although many of these dyes exhibit hydrophobicity, they can be dissolved in water by providing a water-soluble group as in the cyanine dye.
- Azo dyes are dyes that absorb in the visible light range, and water-soluble inks are the main application, but dyes that can absorb in the near infrared range are commercially available by broadening the absorption.
- C.I. I. Acid Black 2 manufactured by Orient Chemical Industries, Ltd.
- C.I. I. Examples include the use of Direct Black 19 (manufactured by Aldrich Kogyo Co., Ltd.).
- These azo dyes can also be complexed with metals. In this case, it is represented as the following general formula (A-6), cobalt, nickel, etc. are mentioned as central metal M 2 , and Ar 11 and B 1 are exemplified by aromatic rings such as benzene ring or naphthalene ring.
- the dye structure described in JP-A-59-11385 is preferable.
- the metal complex system is represented by the following general formula (A-7) or the following general formula (A-8).
- M 3 and M 4 represent metals, and Pd, Ni, Co, and Cu are generally used, but Ni is particularly preferable.
- R 71 , R 72 , R 81 and R 82 each represents an arbitrary substituent, and specifically, a halogen atom, an alkyl group which may have a sulfo group, an alkoxy group which may have a sulfo group, cyano Groups, amino groups, nitro groups, optionally substituted phenyl groups and the like.
- Each of X 1 to X 4 independently represents a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom, or a sulfur atom.
- X 1 to X 4 are nitrogen atoms
- the nitrogen atoms are substituted with NH which is a hydrogen adduct, or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, a phenyl group which may have a substituent, or the like. It may be a nitrogen atom.
- the boron complex system is represented by the following general formula (A-9), and the dye structure described in JP-A-2010-106248 is preferable.
- R 93 and R 94 each is preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or a phenyl group
- R 95 is preferably a strong electron attractive group such as a nitro group or a cyano group
- Ar 90 is a substituent a phenyl group is preferable have a
- Ar 12 is preferably an annular structure composed of an aromatic ring or a heterocyclic ring, the heterocyclic ring is more preferred for long absorption wavelength.
- Y is preferably a sulfur atom or an oxygen atom.
- the diimmonium type is a dye having absorption on the relatively long wavelength side (950 to 1100 nm) even in the near infrared region, and is represented by the following general formula (A-10).
- R 6 to R 13 include an alkyl group which may have a substituent, an aromatic ring which may have a substituent, and the like.
- a hydrophobic dye a dye disclosed in JP 2001-181184 A, to which a water-soluble group is added, is also disclosed.
- This dye is also an intramolecular salt, intermolecular salt type, and in the case of intermolecular salt type, Q- is a halide ion, perchlorate ion, antimony fluoride ion, phosphorus fluoride ion, boron fluoride ion, trifluoromethane Sulfonic acid ion, bis (trifluoromethane) sulfonic acid imide ion, naphthalene sulfonic acid ion and the like can be mentioned.
- alkyl group which may have a substituent, for example, halogen, hydroxyl group, cyano group, substituted or unsubstituted amino group, carboxy group, sulfo group, phosphoric acid group, carboxyalkyl group, alkoxy group, phenoxy group, etc.
- a linear or branched or cyclic C1-C8 alkyl group substituted by The halogen may be the same as described above.
- a substituted or unsubstituted amino group an amino group, a methylamino group, a dimethylamino group, a dibutylamino group, a phenylamino group, a diphenylamino group etc. are mentioned, for example.
- a carboxyalkyl group a methyl carboxy group, an ethyl carboxy group etc. are mentioned, for example.
- an alkoxy group a methoxy group, an ethoxy group, butoxy group, tertiary butoxy group etc. are mentioned, for example.
- the diphenylamine triphenylamines are represented by the following general formula (A-11) or the following general formula (A-12).
- R 14 to R 17 in the general formula (A-11) and R 18 to R 23 in the general formula (A-12) are each independently a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group containing at least one carbon atom,
- the alkyl group optionally includes one or more hetero atoms selected from nitrogen atom, oxygen atom, sulfur atom and halogen atom, and one or more nitrogen atoms are cation radicals,
- the cation radicals are equilibrated in charge by one or more anions.
- the infrared light-absorbing water-soluble compound is preferably an azo compound or a salt thereof.
- an azo compound represented by the above-mentioned formula (1) is preferable.
- the polarizing element of the present invention By including the azo compound represented by the above formula (1) or a salt thereof in the polarizing element of the present invention, it is possible to significantly improve the durability. Furthermore, it is possible to obtain a polarizing element capable of providing high polarization over a wide wavelength in the infrared region.
- a polarizing element capable of providing high polarization over a wide wavelength in the infrared region.
- a general dye-based polarizing element for example, although a polarizing element exhibiting a high degree of polarization in the visible region can be obtained in Patent Documents 19 and 20, it is impossible to provide a polarizing element having polarization in the infrared region.
- the change in light transmittance in a wavelength region longer than 680 nm is extremely large in the durability test, and the polarizing plate has a problem that the color changes, for example, changes to red after the durability test.
- Ai 1 and Ai 2 are each independently represented by a hydrogen atom, an azo group, or the above formula (2) (with the exception of those in which both Ai 1 and Ai 2 are hydrogen atoms), It is preferable that Ai 1 and Ai 2 be each represented by Formula (2). Further, -NH- is a combination of a and a ', b and b', a and b 'and b and a', and is preferably a combination of a and a '.
- the rings substituted by Ri 1 are each independently a benzene ring when there is no ring represented by the broken line, and a naphthalene ring when there is a ring represented by the broken line It is.
- Ri 1 each independently represents a chlorine atom, a sulfo group, a nitro group, a hydroxy group, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms having a sulfo group, An alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms having a hydroxy group, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms having a carboxy group, an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms having a sulfo group, an alkoxy having 1 to 4 carbon atoms having a hydroxy group And a substituent selected from the group consisting of a C 1 to C 4 alkoxy group having a carboxy group
- Examples of the alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms include linear alkyl groups such as methyl, ethyl, propyl and normal butyl, and chain alkyl groups such as secondary butyl and tertiary butyl.
- Examples of the alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms include a methoxy group, an ethoxy group, a propoxy group and a butoxy group.
- Examples of the alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms having a sulfo group include sulfomethyl group, sulfoethyl group, sulfopropyl group, sulfobutyl group and the like.
- Examples of the alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms having a hydroxy group include a hydroxymethyl group, a hydroxyethyl group, a hydroxypropyl group and a hydroxybutyl group.
- the alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms having a hydroxy group is preferably a linear alkoxy group in which the alkoxy group end is substituted with a hydroxy group, more preferably a 4-hydroxypropoxy group or a 4-hydroxybutoxy group is there.
- a C1-C4 alkoxy group which has a carboxy group Preferably it is a linear alkoxy group by which the alkoxy group terminal was substituted by the carboxy group, More preferably, it is 4-carboxy propoxy group or 4-carboxy butoxy group .
- C1-C4 alkoxy group which has a sulfo group is a linear alkoxy group by which the alkoxy group terminal was substituted by the sulfo group, More preferably, it is 4-sulfo propoxy group or 4-sulfo butoxy group .
- Bi each independently represents a phenyl group which may have a substituent or a naphthyl group which may have a substituent.
- a substituent which the said phenyl group and a naphthyl group may have, a chlorine atom, a sulfo group, a nitro group, a hydroxyl group, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, a sulfo group
- An alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms having a hydroxy group, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms having a carboxy group, an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms having a sulfo group It represents a substituent selected from the group consisting of an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms having a hydroxy group and an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms having a carboxy group.
- m represents an integer of 1 to 3, preferably 1 or 2, and more preferably 2.
- the substitution position is not particularly limited, but a combination of 2 and 4 positions, 2 and 5 positions, or 3 and 5 positions is preferable, and 2 and 4 Position is particularly preferred.
- the substitution position is not particularly limited, but a combination of 2 position, 6 position, 7 position, 2 position and 6 position, 2 position and 7 position is preferable, 2 position , 2 and 7 are particularly preferred.
- Ai 1 and Ai 2 are each independently represented by a hydrogen atom or Formula (2), but are excluded when both Ai 1 and Ai 2 are hydrogen atoms, and a hydrogen atom and Formula (2) the combination of), or Ai 1, Ai is preferably a combination of 2 together form a moiety of formula (2), Ai 1, the combination of Ai 2 together form a moiety of formula (2) is particularly preferred.
- Ri 1 is the same as Ri 1 in the formula (2).
- Ri 2 represents a hydrogen atom, a chlorine atom, a sulfo group, a nitro group, a hydroxy group, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, or 1 carbon atom having a sulfo group
- It represents a substituent selected from the group consisting of alkoxy groups of 1 to 4 and alkoxy groups of 1 to 4 carbon atoms having a carboxy group.
- the substitution position of Ri 2 in the formula (3) may take ortho, meta or para position with respect to the position at which the oxygen atom is substituted, but is preferably substituted at the para position. Further, it is preferable to form —O—Cu—O— by the oxygen atom in the formula (3), the —OH in the formula (1) and the copper atom.
- the azo compound represented by the above-mentioned formula (1) is more preferable because it is possible to provide a polarizing element for an infrared region having higher performance and a wide band by being the above-mentioned formula (4).
- m is the same as the above formula (2)
- Ri 3 may be the same as Ri 2 in the formula (3)
- the substitution position of Ri 3 may be the same as Ri 2 .
- the azo compounds represented by formulas (1) to (4) may be in free form or in the form of a salt.
- the salts may be, for example, alkali metal salts such as lithium salts, sodium salts and potassium salts, alkaline earth metal salts such as calcium salts, organic salts such as ammonium salts and alkylamine salts, preferably sodium salts. It is.
- the azo compound represented by the above formula (1) or a salt thereof can be diazotized and coupled according to a conventional method for producing an azo dye as described, for example, in Patent Document 14, Patent Document 15 and Non-patent Document 2. Can be manufactured by performing.
- aminothiazoles represented by the following formula (A) are diazotized, primary coupling is performed with anilines represented by the following formula (B) or aminonaphthalenes represented by the following formula (C), and the following formula (D) Or the monoazo amino compound shown by following formula (E) is obtained.
- the disazo amino compound (D) or (E) is diazotized as Ai 1 component or Ai 2 component, respectively, and azo compound of formula (1) is obtained by secondary coupling with naphthols of the following formula (F) Is obtained.
- R 24 or R 25 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, a chlorine atom, a sulfo group, a nitro group, a hydroxy group, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, a sulfo group
- the alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms having a hydroxy group and the alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms having a carboxy group are shown, and m has the same
- the alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, the alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms having a sulfo group, the alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms having a hydroxy group, and the alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms having a carboxy group are each as described above. It may be similar to
- the diazotization step is carried out by a so-called “sequential method” in which a nitrite such as sodium nitrite is mixed with an aqueous solution or suspension of a mineral acid such as hydrochloric acid or sulfuric acid as a diazo component, or It is preferable to carry out the so-called “inverse method” in which nitrite is added to a neutral or weakly alkaline aqueous solution and this is mixed with a mineral acid.
- the temperature for diazotization is preferably -10 to 40.degree.
- the coupling step with anilines is preferably carried out by mixing an acidic aqueous solution such as hydrochloric acid or acetic acid with each of the above diazo liquids, at a temperature of -10 to 40 ° C and under acidic conditions of pH 2 to 7.
- an acidic aqueous solution such as hydrochloric acid or acetic acid
- the monoazo compound of the formula (D) or the formula (E) obtained by the coupling reaction may be filtered as it is, or it may be precipitated by acid precipitation or salting out and removed by filtration, or the solution or suspension may be used as it is You can go to When the diazonium salt is poorly soluble and is in the form of a suspension, it can be filtered and used as a press cake in the next coupling step.
- the tertiary coupling reaction of the diazotized compound of the monoazo compound of the formula (D) or the formula (E) with the naphthols represented by the formula (F) has a temperature of ⁇ 10 to 40 ° C. and a neutral pH of 7 to 10. It is preferred to be carried out under alkaline conditions.
- the obtained azo compound or salt of the formula (1) is preferably precipitated by salting out and filtered out.
- salting out may be repeated or precipitation may be performed from water using an organic solvent.
- the organic solvent used for purification include water-soluble organic solvents such as alcohols such as methanol and ethanol, and ketones such as acetone.
- the compound represented by the above formula (A) is a 2-aminobenzothiazole in the absence of the ring represented by the broken line, for example, 2-amino-6-sulfobenzothiazole, 2-amino-7 And -methoxy-6-sulfobenzothiazole, 2-amino-4,6-disulfobenzothiazole, 2-amino-7-methoxy-4,6-disulfobenzothiazole, and the like.
- 2-aminonaphthothiazoles for example, 2-amino-6,8-disulfonaphthothiazole, 2-amino-4,6,8-trisulfonaphthothiazole , 2-amino-4-chloro-6,8-disulfonaphthothiazole, 2-amino-6-sulfopropoxy-4,8-disulfonaphthothiazole, 2-amino-6-sulfopropoxy-4,7,8 -Trisulfonaphthothiazole, 2-amino-6-methoxy-4,7,8-trisulfonaphthothiazole, 2-amino-7-sulfopropoxy-4,9-disulfonaphthothiazole, 2-amino-4-sulfo Propoxy-5,7,9-trisulfonaphthothiazole, 2-amino-4-sulfo Propoxy
- anilines of the formula (B) 3- (2-amino-4-methylphenoxy) propane-1-sulfonic acid, 3- (2-aminophenoxy) as anilines having a lower alkoxy group having a sulfo group Propane-1-sulfonic acid, 3- (2-amino-4-methylphenoxy) butane-1-sulfonic acid and the like can be mentioned.
- anilines examples include aniline, 2-methyl aniline, 3-methyl aniline, 2-ethyl aniline, 3-ethyl aniline, 2,5-dimethyl aniline, 2,5-diethyl aniline, 2-methoxy aniline, Examples thereof include 3-methoxyaniline, 2-methoxy-5-methylaniline, 2,5-dimethoxyaniline, 3,5-dimethylaniline, 2,6-dimethylaniline, and 3,5-dimethoxyaniline. These anilines may have an amino group protected.
- aminonaphthalenes of the formula (C) include 1-aminonaphthalene, 1-aminonaphthalene-6-sulfonic acid, 1-aminonaphthalene-7-sulfonic acid, 1-amino-2-methoxynaphthalene-6-sulfone Acid, 1-amino-2-methoxynaphthalene-7-sulfonic acid, 1-amino-2-ethoxynaphthalene-6-sulfonic acid, and 1-amino-2-ethoxynaphthalene-7-sulfonic acid, preferably Examples include 1-aminonaphthalene-7-sulfonic acid and 1-amino-2-methoxynaphthalene-7-sulfonic acid. These aminonaphthalenes may be protected at the amino group. Examples of the protective group include the ⁇ -methanesulfone group.
- the azo compound represented by the above formula (1) or a salt thereof provides a high-performance polarizing plate having high polarization performance in the infrared region, as well as moisture resistance, heat resistance, and / or light resistance. Therefore, the polarizing element according to the present invention is suitable for producing an automotive polarizing plate used under high temperature and high humidity conditions, a neutral gray polarizing plate for outdoor display, and various sensors which require control by light in the infrared region. .
- At least one kind of dichroic dye exhibiting polarization characteristics in the visible region is used for the purpose of color correction and / or improvement of polarization performance to the extent that the performance of the present invention is not impaired.
- at least one dichroic dye that exhibits polarization characteristics in the visible region other than the azo compound represented by Formula (1) may be contained.
- the polarizing element of the present invention preferably contains the azo compound of the formula (5) or the formula (6) or a salt thereof, or one or both of them.
- the formulation has high transmittance and can provide an achromatic polarizing element with a high degree of polarization.
- the polarizing element containing the azo compound of Formula (5) or Formula (6) leads to being able to provide a highly durable and reliable liquid crystal display.
- Ab 1 and Ab 2 each independently represent a substituted naphthyl group or a substituted phenyl group, and at least one of the substituents is a hydrogen atom, a sulfo group, a lower alkyl group, or a lower group
- Rb 1 and Rb 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a lower alkyl group, a lower alkoxy group, a sulfo group Or a lower alkoxy group having a sulfo group.
- Rb 1 and Rb 2 in the equation (5) are The substituents are preferably each independently a methyl group or a methoxy group, and more preferably a methoxy group.
- Ab 1 and Ab 2 of the formula (5) are Each of them is preferably a naphthyl group having a sulfo group or a carbonyl group, and more preferably a naphthyl group having a sulfo group because a high contrast polarizing plate can be obtained.
- Ag 1 represents a phenyl group having a substituent or a naphthyl group having a substituent.
- Ag 1 is a phenyl group, it is preferable to have at least one sulfo group or carboxy group as a substituent.
- the phenyl group has two or more substituents
- at least one of the substituents is a sulfo group or a carboxy group
- the other substituents are a sulfo group, a carboxy group, a lower alkyl group, a lower alkoxy group, a sulfo group It is preferable that it is a lower alkoxy group having the following, a nitro group, an amino group, an acetylamino group, or a lower alkylamino group-substituted amino group.
- the other substituent is more preferably a sulfo group, a methyl group, an ethyl group, a methoxy group, an ethoxy group, a carboxy group, a nitro group or an amino group, and particularly preferably a sulfo group, a methyl group, a methoxy group or an ethoxy group.
- the lower alkoxy group having a sulfo group linear alkoxy is preferable, and the substitution position of the sulfo group is preferably an alkoxy group end, more preferably a 3-sulfopropoxy group and a 4-sulfobutoxy group, particularly preferably 3- It is a sulfopropoxy group.
- the number of substituents which the phenyl group has is preferably 1 or 2, and the substitution position is not particularly limited, but only the 4-position, the combination of 2-position and 4-position, and the combination of 3-position and 5-position are preferred.
- Ag 1 is a substituted naphthyl group
- a naphthyl group has two or more substituents, preferably, at least one of the substituents is a sulfo group, and as the other substituent, a sulfo group, a hydroxy group, a carboxy group, or a lower group having a sulfo group It is an alkoxy group. It is particularly preferable that the naphthyl group has two or more sulfo groups as a substituent.
- the substitution position of the sulfo group is preferably an alkoxy group terminal. More preferably, they are 3-sulfopropoxy group and 4-sulfobutoxy group, and particularly preferably 3-sulfopropoxy group.
- the combination position of a sulfo group is preferably a combination of 4 and 8 positions, and a combination of 6 and 8 positions is preferable, and a combination of 6 and 8 positions is more preferable.
- the substitution position of the sulfo group is preferably a combination of 1, 3, and 6 positions.
- Bg and Cg in the said Formula (6) are respectively independently represented by following formula (7) or following formula (8), at least one of Bg and Cg is represented by Formula (7).
- Rg 1 to Rg 3 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a lower alkyl group, a lower alkoxy group, or a lower alkoxy group having a sulfo group.
- Rg 1 is preferably a hydrogen atom, a lower alkyl group or a lower alkoxy group, more preferably a hydrogen atom, a methyl group or a methoxy group, and particularly preferably a hydrogen atom or a methoxy group It is.
- the lower alkoxy group having a sulfo group linear alkoxy is preferable, and the substitution position of the sulfo group is preferably an alkoxy group terminal.
- substitution position of Rg 1 is preferably 2-position or 3-position, when the azo group on the Ag 1 side is 1-position. More preferably, when the azo group on the Ag 1 side is 1- position, it is more preferably 3-position.
- substitution position of the sulfo group is preferably 6- or 7-position, more preferably 6-position.
- Rg 2 and Rg 3 each independently are preferably a hydrogen atom, a lower alkyl group, a lower alkoxy group, or a lower alkoxy group having a sulfo group, and more preferably a hydrogen atom, a methyl group , Methoxy group, 3-sulfopropoxy group or 4-sulfopropoxy group.
- substitution position of Rg 2 or Rg 3 when the azo group on the Xg 1 side is 1 position, only 2 position, 5 position only, 2 and 5 positions, 3 and 5 positions, 2 position and 6 position Or a combination of 3 and 6 positions is applicable, preferably only 2 positions, only 5 positions, 2 positions and 5 positions.
- Xg 1 in the above formula (6) has an amino group which may have a substituent, a phenylamino group which may have a substituent, a phenylazo group which may have a substituent, or a substituent Or benzoylamino group.
- Xg 1 is preferably an amino group which may have a substituent or a phenylamino group which may have a substituent, more preferably a phenylamino group.
- the amino group which may have a substituent is preferably an amino having one or two selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, a methoxy group, a sulfo group, an amino group, and a lower alkylamino group.
- the phenylamino group which may have a substituent is preferably one or two selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen atom, a lower alkyl group, a lower alkoxy group, a sulfo group, an amino group and a lower alkylamino group. It is a phenylamino group having a substituent, more preferably a phenylamino group having one or two substituents selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, a methoxy group, a sulfo group, and an amino group. .
- the substitution position is not particularly limited, it is preferable that one of the substituents is p-position to the amino group of the phenylamino group.
- the phenylazo group is preferably selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen atom, a hydroxy group, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, an amino group, a hydroxy group and a carboxyethylamino group. It is a phenylazo group having three.
- the benzoylamino group which may have a substituent is preferably a benzoylamino group having one substituent selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen atom, a hydroxy group, an amino group, and a carboxyethylamino group.
- the substitution position of Xg 1 is preferably 6- or 7-position, more preferably 6-position, when the hydroxy group of the substituted naphthyl group is 1-position.
- the azo compound represented by the formula (6) or a salt thereof is preferably an azo compound represented by the following formula (6 ′) or a salt thereof because the performance is particularly improved.
- Ag 1 represents a phenyl group having a substituent or a naphthyl group having a substituent
- Rg 4 and Rg 5 each independently represent the same as Rg 1 in the formula (7)
- Xg 1 has the same meaning as Xg 1 in the formula (6).
- Each of k 1 and k 2 independently represents an integer of 0 to 2.
- C. I. Direct Blue 34 C. I. Direct Blue 69, C. I. Direct Blue 70, C. I. Direct Blue 71, C. I. Direct Blue 72, C. I. Direct Blue 75, C. I. Direct Blue 78, C. I. Direct Blue 81, C. I. Direct Blue 82, C. I. Direct Blue 83, C. I. Direct Blue 186, C. I. Direct Blue 258, Benzo Fast Chrome Blue FG (C.I. 34225), Benzo Fast Blue BN (C.I. 34120), C. I. Direct Green 51, And azo compounds such as
- the content of the azo compound represented by the formula (5) or the formula (6) or a salt thereof is preferably 0.0001 to 5 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the aqueous solution. And more preferably 0.001 to 1 part by mass.
- the method for obtaining the azo compound represented by the formula (5) and the azo compound can be obtained, for example, by the method described in WO 2012/165223, but is not limited thereto.
- the azo compound represented by the formula (6) or a salt thereof is disclosed, for example, in JP-A-1-161202, JP-A-01-172907, JP-A-01-248105, JP-A-01-265205, and the like. Although it can synthesize
- the polarizing element of the present invention comprises the azo compound represented by the above formula (9) or (10), a metal complex compound thereof, or a salt thereof.
- the polarizing element it is preferable to use an infrared light absorbing compound and an azo compound of the formula (9) or the formula (10) independently or simultaneously, with high transmittance, It is possible to provide an achromatic polarization element with a high degree of polarization.
- a polarizing element using the azo compound of the formula (9) or the formula (10) can provide a highly durable and highly reliable liquid crystal display.
- equation (9) will be described below.
- Ac 1 represents a phenyl group or a naphthyl group having at least one substituent selected from the group consisting of a sulfo group and a carboxy group
- Rc 11 to Rc 14 each independently represent Represents a lower alkoxy group having a hydrogen atom, a lower alkyl group, a lower alkoxy group or a sulfo group
- a lower alkoxy group having a sulfo group, a nitro group, an amino group, an acetylamino group and a lower alkylamino group-substituted amino group more preferably a sulfo group, a methyl group, an ethyl group or a methoxy group, It is selected from the group consisting of an ethoxy group, a carboxy group, a nitro group and an amino group, and particularly preferably selected from a group consisting of a sulfo group, a methyl group, a methoxy group, an ethoxy group and a carboxy group.
- the lower alkoxy group having a sulfo group is preferably a linear alkoxy group, and the substitution position of the sulfo group is preferably at the end of the alkoxy group.
- the lower alkoxy group having such a sulfo group is more preferably a 3-sulfopropoxy group or a 4-sulfobutoxy group, and particularly preferably a 3-sulfopropoxy group.
- the phenyl group has a sulfo group as a substituent, the number of sulfo groups is preferably one or two.
- the substitution position of the sulfo group is not particularly limited, but in the case where there is one sulfo group, the 4-position of the phenyl group is preferable with the position of the azo group being 1 position, and two sulfo groups are present. When it is the combination of 2- and 4-position of phenyl group or the combination of 3- and 5-position of phenyl group is preferable.
- the lower alkoxy group having such a sulfo group is more preferably a 3-sulfopropoxy group or a 4-sulfobutoxy group, and particularly preferably a 3-sulfopropoxy group.
- the position of the azo group is 2-position
- the substitution position of the sulfo group is 4-, 8-position combination or 6-, 8- position of a naphthyl group.
- a combination of 6- and 8-positions is more preferred.
- the substitution position of the sulfo group is preferably a combination of 1-, 3- and 6-positions.
- each of Rc 11 to Rc 14 independently represents a hydrogen atom, a lower alkyl group, a lower alkoxy group or a lower alkoxy group having a sulfo group.
- the lower alkoxy group having a sulfo group is preferably a linear alkoxy group, and the substitution position of the sulfo group is preferably at the end of the alkoxy group.
- Rc 11 to Rc 14 are preferably each independently a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, an ethyl group, a methoxy group, an ethoxy group, a 3-sulfopropoxy group or a 4-sulfobutoxy group, and particularly preferably a hydrogen atom, It is a methyl group, a methoxy group or a 3-sulfopropoxy group.
- substitution position of the phenyl group by which Rc 11 to Rc 14 is substituted when the substitution position of the azo group on the ureido skeleton side is 1 position, preferably only the 2-position of the phenyl group, only the 5-position, 2- A combination of 1-position and 6-position, a combination of 2-position and 5-position, a combination of 3-position and 5-position, particularly preferably only 2-position, 5-only, 2-position and 5-position It is a combination of orders.
- one of Rc 11 and Rc 12 or Rc 13 and Rc 14 is 2- It means that it has one substituent other than a hydrogen atom at only the position or 5-position, and the other is a hydrogen atom.
- an azo compound represented by the following formula (9b) is particularly preferable:
- Ac 1 and Rc 11 to Rc 14 are as defined in the above formula (9).
- the use of such an azo compound can further improve the polarization performance of the polarizing element.
- the azo compound represented by the above formula (9) can be synthesized by, for example, the method described in JP-A-2009-155364 and the like and methods similar thereto, but is not limited thereto.
- the azo compound represented by the above formula (9) is obtained by reacting the base compound represented by the formula (9-v) described later with a ureating agent such as phenyl chlorocarbonate at 20 to 95 ° C. Can be made.
- a ureating agent such as phenyl chlorocarbonate
- a method of using a phosgene compound etc. to ureide an amine compound is known.
- the azo compound represented by the formula (9) in the present invention having a ureido skeleton can be obtained.
- an amine having a substituent as represented by the following formula (9-i) can be prepared, for example, by the method described in Toyo Hosoda “Dye Chemistry”, Tech Journal, 1957, P. 135-234 and By diazotization according to the same production method and then coupling with an aniline represented by the following formula (9-ii), a monoazoamino compound represented by the following formula (9-iii) is obtained.
- the diazotization step in the above reaction route is carried out by a conventional method in which a nitrite such as sodium nitrite is mixed with an aqueous solution of mineral acid such as hydrochloric acid or sulfuric acid or a suspension of diazo component, or Alternatively, it is carried out by the reverse method such as adding nitrite to a weakly alkaline aqueous solution and mixing it with a mineral acid.
- the temperature for diazotization is preferably -10 to 40.degree.
- the coupling step with anilines is carried out by mixing an acidic aqueous solution of hydrochloric acid, acetic acid or the like with each of the above diazo solutions, at a temperature of ⁇ 10 to 40 ° C. and under acidic conditions of pH 2 to 7.
- the monoazoamino compound or disazoamino compound obtained by the coupling step may be precipitated as it is or by acid precipitation or salting out and removed by filtration, or it may be subjected to a further step as a solution or suspension. If the diazonium salt is poorly soluble and a suspension, the suspension can be filtered and the diazonium salt after filtration can be used as a presscake in a further coupling step.
- the disazo amino compound obtained by the above process is subjected to a ureicidation reaction with phenyl chlorocarbonate to synthesize the azo compound represented by the above formula (9).
- the ureide reaction is carried out under neutral to alkaline conditions at a temperature of 10 to 90 ° C. and a pH of 7 to 11, for example, according to the production method described in JP-A 2009-155364.
- the azo compound obtained by salting out is precipitated and then filtered.
- salting out may be repeated or an azo compound obtained from water may be precipitated using an organic solvent.
- the organic solvent used for purification include water-soluble organic solvents such as alcohols such as methanol and ethanol, and ketones such as acetone.
- the azo compound represented by the above formula (9) used in the present invention can be synthesized.
- Ac 2 represents a phenyl group or a naphthyl group having at least one substituent selected from the group consisting of a sulfo group and a carboxy group.
- Rc 21 to Rc 25 independently represents a hydrogen atom, a lower alkyl group, a lower alkoxy group or a lower alkoxy group having a sulfo group.
- Rc 26 represents a hydrogen atom, a lower alkyl group or a lower alkoxy group having a sulfo group.
- Xc 2 is an amino group which may have at least one substituent, a phenylazo group which may have at least one substituent, a naphthotriazole group which may have at least one substituent, or a substituent
- the substituent is a lower alkyl group, a lower alkoxy group, a sulfo group, a lower alkylamino group, a hydroxy group, an amino group, a substituted amino group, a carboxy group, and the like. It is selected from the group consisting of carboxyethylamino groups.
- p and q each independently represent an integer of 0 or 1.
- Ac 2 represents a phenyl group having a substituent or a naphthyl group having a substituent, but when Ac 2 is a phenyl group having a substituent, the phenyl group is sulfo as a substituent It is preferable to have at least one group or a carboxy group, and when the phenyl group has two or more substituents, at least one of the substituents is a sulfo group or a carboxy group, and the other substituent is a sulfo group.
- ethoxy group hydroxy group, more preferably a nitro group, or an amino group, a sulfo group, a carboxy group, and particularly preferably a methyl group, a methoxy group, or ethoxy group.
- alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms having a sulfo group a straight chain alkoxy group is preferable, and the substitution position of the sulfo group is preferably at the end of the alkoxy group.
- alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms having a sulfo group a 3-sulfopropoxy group or a 4-sulfobutoxy group is more preferable, and a 3-sulfopropoxy group is particularly preferable.
- the number of substituents on the phenyl group is preferably 1 or 2, and the position of the substituent on the phenyl group is not particularly limited, but may be only 4-position or a combination of 2-position and 4-position Preferably, it is a combination of 3-position and 5-position.
- the naphthyl group when Ac 2 is a naphthyl group having a substituent, the naphthyl group preferably has at least one sulfo group as a substituent, and the naphthyl group has two or more substituents.
- at least one of those substituents is a sulfo group
- the other substituent is a sulfo group, a hydroxy group, a carboxy group, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms having a sulfo group.
- alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms having a sulfo group a straight chain alkoxy group is preferable, and the substitution position of the sulfo group is preferably at the end of the alkoxy group.
- the alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms having a sulfo group a 3-sulfopropoxy group or a 4-sulfobutoxy group is more preferable, and a 3-sulfopropoxy group is particularly preferable.
- the substitution position of the azo group is 2-position
- the substitution position of the sulfo group is a combination of 4-position and 8-position or a combination of 6-position and 8-position It is preferable that it be a combination of 6- and 8-positions.
- the substitution position of the sulfo group is particularly preferably a combination of 1-position, 3-position and 6-position, with the substitution position of the azo group as the 2-position.
- Xc 2 has an amino group which may have at least one substituent, a phenylamino group which may have at least one substituent, at least one substituent
- a substituent optionally substituted phenylazo group, naphthotriazole group optionally having at least one substituent group, benzoyl group optionally having at least one substituent group, or even having at least one substituent group Is preferably a phenylamino group which may have a substituent, a phenylazo group which may have a substituent, a naphthotriazole group which may have a substituent, and a substituent.
- the substituent is selected from the group consisting of a lower alkyl group, a lower alkoxy group, a sulfo group, a lower alkylamino group, a hydroxy group, an amino group, a substituted amino group, a carboxy group, and a carboxyethylamino group.
- Xc 1 is an amino group which may have at least one substituent
- the amino group may be unsubstituted, preferably a lower alkyl group, a lower alkoxy group, a sulfo group, an amino group, It has one or two substituents selected from the group consisting of a substituted amino group and a lower alkylamino group, more preferably a group consisting of a methyl group, a methoxy group, a sulfo group, an amino group and a lower alkylamino group And one or two substituents selected from
- Xc 1 is a phenylamino group which may have at least one substituent
- the phenylamino group is unsubstituted or preferably a lower alkyl group, a lower alkoxy group, a sulfo group
- Xc 1 is a phenylazo group which may have at least one substituent
- the phenylazo group is unsubstituted, or preferably, a hydroxy group, a lower alkyl group, a lower alkoxy group, amino And one to three substituents selected from the group consisting of carboxyethylamino group, more preferably, one to three substituents selected from the group consisting of methyl group, methoxy group, amino and hydroxy group Have one.
- Xc 1 is a naphthotriazole group which may have at least one substituent
- the naphthotriazole group is unsubstituted or preferably composed of a sulfo group, an amino group and a carboxy group It has one or two substituents selected from the group, more preferably one or two sulfo groups as substituents.
- Xc 1 is a benzoylamino group which may have at least one of the above-mentioned substituents
- the benzoylamino group is unsubstituted or, preferably, a hydroxy group, an amino group and carboxyethylamino It has one substituent selected from the group consisting of groups, and more preferably has one or two hydroxy or amino groups as substituents.
- Xc 1 is a benzoyl group which may have at least one substituent
- the benzoyl group is unsubstituted or preferably composed of a hydroxy group, an amino group and a carboxyethylamino group It has one substituent selected from the group, and more preferably has one or two hydroxy groups or amino groups as substituents.
- Xc 2 include the following.
- An amino group optionally having one or two substituents selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, a methoxy group, a sulfo group, an amino group, and an alkylamino group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms
- Phenylamino group optionally having one or two substituents selected from the group consisting of hydrogen atom, methyl group, methoxy group, sulfo group, amino group, and alkylamino group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms
- Benzoyl group which may have one substituent selected from the group consisting of amino group and carboxyethylamino group
- Benzoylamino group optionally having one substituent selected from the group consisting of hydrogen atom, amino group and carboxyethylamino group, or hydrogen atom, hydroxy group, methyl group, methoxy group, amino group
- a phenylazo group optionally having 1 to 3 substituents selected from
- the position of the substituent is not particularly limited.
- Xc 2 is a phenylamino group
- each of Rc 21 to Rc 25 independently represents a hydrogen atom, a lower alkyl group, a lower alkoxy group or a lower alkoxy group having a sulfo group.
- Each of Rc 21 to Rc 25 is preferably independently a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, or a linear alkoxy group having a sulfo group at the terminal,
- a hydrogen atom, methyl group, ethyl group, methoxy group, ethoxy group, 3-sulfopropoxy group, or 4-sulfobutoxy group is more preferable, and a hydrogen atom, methyl group, methoxy group or 3-sulfopropoxy group is preferable. Being particularly preferred.
- Rc 26 represents a hydrogen atom, a lower alkyl group or a lower alkoxy group having a sulfo group. It is preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, or a linear alkoxy group having a sulfo group at the terminal, and a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, an ethyl group, a 3-sulfopropoxy group, or a 4-sulfobutoxy group More preferably, it is a hydrogen atom, a methyl group or a 3-sulfopropoxy group.
- p and q are each independently an integer of 0 or 1.
- the other is preferably 1, and more preferably p and q are 1.
- an azo compound represented by the following formula (10b) is preferable.
- the use of such an azo compound can further improve the polarization performance of the polarizing element.
- Ac 2 , Rc 21 to Rc 26 , Xc 2 , p and q are as defined in the above formula (10)
- the polarizing element of the present invention further includes the azo compound represented by the above formula (11), a metal complex compound thereof, or a salt thereof, or the azo compound represented by the formula (12) or a salt thereof.
- Ab 1 represents a phenyl group or a naphthyl group having at least one substituent selected from the group consisting of a sulfo group and a carboxy group
- Rb 11 to Rb 14 each independently represent hydrogen
- R b 15 and R b 16 each independently represent a lower alkoxy group
- X b 1 represents a lower alkyl group, a lower alkoxy group, a sulfo group, a sulfo group, or a sulfo group.
- Group optionally having at least one substituent selected from the group consisting of a group, an amino group, a lower alkylamino group, a hydroxy group, a carboxy group and a carboxyethylamino group, which may have a substituent
- a phenylamino group, a phenylazo group which may have a substituent, a naphthotriazole group which may have a substituent, or a substituent Represents a benzoylamino group or a benzoyl group which may have a substituent.
- d represents an integer of 0 or 1;
- the compound may be a metal complex compound, preferably a copper complex compound.
- the copper complex compound refers to, for example, the following formula (11b), M in the formula (11b) is a metal, and copper, nickel, cobalt and the like are used, preferably copper.
- M in the formula (11b) is a metal, and copper, nickel, cobalt and the like are used, preferably copper.
- Ab 1 , Rb 11 to Rb 14 , Rb 16 , Xb 1 and d each have the same meaning as in the above formula (11).
- Ab 1 is a phenyl group in the above formulas (11) and (11 b), it is preferable to have at least one sulfo group or carboxy group as a substituent.
- the phenyl group has two or more substituents, at least one of the substituents is a sulfo group or a carboxy group, and the other substituent is preferably a sulfo group, a carboxy group, a lower alkyl group or a lower alkoxy group.
- the lower alkoxy group having a sulfo group linear alkoxy is preferable as in the above-mentioned 3-sulfopropoxy group or 4-sulfobutoxy group, and the substitution position of the sulfo group is at the end of the alkoxy group preferable.
- the phenyl group has a sulfo group as a substituent, and the number of sulfo groups is preferably one or two.
- substitution position of the substituent is not particularly limited, but when the position of the azo group is 1-position, 4-position of the phenyl group is preferable, and when there are two sulfo groups, the phenyl group is Preferred is a combination of 2- and 4-positions or a combination of 3- and 5-positions.
- the naphthyl group has two or more substituents, at least one of the substituents is a sulfo group, and the other substituent is preferably a sulfo group, a hydroxy group, a carboxy group and a lower alkoxy having a sulfo group. It is selected from the group consisting of The lower alkoxy group having a sulfo group is preferably a linear alkoxy group, and the substitution position of the sulfo group is preferably at the end of the alkoxy group.
- the lower alkoxy group having such a sulfo group is more preferably a 3-sulfopropoxy group or a 4-sulfobutoxy group, and particularly preferably a 3-sulfopropoxy group.
- the substitution position of the sulfo group is the combination of 4-, 8-position or 6-, 8-position of the naphthyl group with the position of the azo group as the 2-position. A combination of 6- and 8-positions is more preferred.
- the position of the azo group be 2-position and the substitution position of the sulfo group be a combination of 3-, 6- and 8-positions.
- each of Rb 11 to Rb 14 independently represents a hydrogen atom, a lower alkyl group, a lower alkoxy group or a lower alkoxy group having a sulfo group.
- the lower alkoxy group having a sulfo group is preferably a linear alkoxy group, and the substitution position of the sulfo group is preferably at the end of the alkoxy group.
- Rb 11 to Rb 14 are preferably a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, an ethyl group, a methoxy group, an ethoxy group, a 3-sulfopropoxy group or a 4-sulfobutoxy group, and particularly preferably a sulfo group, a methyl group or a methoxy group.
- Rb 15 and Rb 16 in the above formula (11), Rb 16 in the formula (11b) are each independently represents a lower alkoxy group, preferably a methoxy group or an ethoxy group.
- the methoxy group is more preferable because the polarization performance of the polarizing element or polarizing plate according to the present invention is dramatically improved.
- Xb 1 has at least one substituent selected from the group consisting of a lower alkyl group, a lower alkoxy group, a sulfo group, an amino group and a lower alkylamino group.
- Xb 1 is an amino group which may have the above-mentioned substituent
- the amino group may be unsubstituted, preferably a lower alkyl group, a lower alkoxy group, a sulfo group, an amino group and a lower alkyl. It has one or two substituents selected from the group consisting of amino groups, more preferably a substituent selected from the group consisting of methyl group, methoxy group, sulfo group, amino group and lower alkylamino group I have one or two.
- Xb 1 is a phenylamino group which may have the above-mentioned substituent
- the phenylamino group is unsubstituted or preferably a lower alkyl group, a lower alkoxy group, a sulfo group, amino
- substituents selected from the group consisting of lower alkylamino groups more preferably a substituent selected from the group consisting of methyl groups, methoxy groups, sulfo groups and amino groups There are one or two.
- Xb 1 is a phenylazo group which may have the above-mentioned substituent
- the phenylazo group is unsubstituted or, preferably, a hydroxy group, a lower alkyl group, a lower alkoxy group, an amino group and It has 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of carboxyethylamino groups, and more preferably has 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of methyl, methoxy, amino and hydroxy groups .
- Xb 1 is a naphthotriazole group which may have the above-mentioned substituent
- the naphthotriazole group is unsubstituted or, preferably, from the group consisting of a sulfo group, an amino group and a carboxy group It has one or two substituents selected, and more preferably one or two sulfo groups as substituents.
- Xb 1 is a benzoylamino group which may have the above-mentioned substituent
- the benzoylamino group is unsubstituted or preferably composed of a hydroxy group, an amino group and a carboxyethylamino group. It has one substituent selected from the group, and more preferably has one or two hydroxy groups or amino groups as substituents.
- Xb 1 is preferably a benzoylamino group or a phenylamino group which may have at least one of the above substituents, and most preferably a phenylamino group which may have the above substituents .
- the position of the substituent is not particularly limited, but in the case of the phenylamino group, one of the above-mentioned substituents is p-
- one of the above substituents is p-position to the carbonyl group.
- an azo compound represented by the following formula (11c) is preferable, and the polarization performance of the polarizing element can be further improved by using such an azo compound.
- Ab 1 , Rb 11 to Rb 16 , Xb 1 and d are as defined in the above-mentioned formula (11).
- azo compounds represented by the above formulas (11), (11b) and (11c) for example, JP-A-3-12606, JP-A-5-295281, JP-A-10-259311, The following azo compounds as described in WO 2007/145210, WO 2012/108169, and WO 2012/108173 and the like can be mentioned.
- the azo compounds represented by the above formulas (11), (11b) and (11c) are, for example, disclosed in JP-A-3-12606, JP-A-5-295281, JP-A-10-259311, and International Publication No. Although it can manufacture by the method described in 2007/145210, WO2012 / 108169, and WO2012 / 108173 grade
- Ab 2 represents a phenyl group or a naphthyl group having at least one substituent selected from the group consisting of a sulfo group and a carboxy group
- Rb 21 represents a hydrogen atom, a lower alkyl group or a lower alkoxy group Or a lower alkoxy group having a sulfo group
- Xb 2 is a substituent selected from the group consisting of a lower alkyl, a lower alkoxy group, a lower alkylamine group, a hydroxy group, a carboxy group, a sulfo group, an amino group and a substituted amino group
- Ab 2 represents a phenyl group or a naphthyl group having at least one substituent selected from the group consisting of a sulfo group and a carboxy group, and the phenyl group or the naphthyl group has two substituents.
- At least one of the substituents is a sulfo group or a carboxy group
- the other substituents are preferably sulfo, lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, lower alkoxy having sulfo, carboxy It is selected from the group consisting of group, nitro group, amino group and substituted amino group, more preferably selected from the group consisting of sulfo group, methyl group, ethyl group, methoxy group, ethoxy group, carboxy group, nitro group and amino group
- it is selected from the group consisting of a sulfo group, a carboxy group, a lower alkyl group and a lower alkoxy group.
- the lower alkoxy group having a sulfo group is preferably a linear alkoxy group, and the substitution position of the sulfo group is preferably at the end of the alkoxy group.
- the lower alkoxy group having such a sulfo group is more preferably a 3-sulfopropoxy group or a 4-sulfobutoxy group, and particularly preferably a 3-sulfopropoxy group.
- the number of substituents which a phenyl group has is preferably one or two, while the number of substituents which a naphthyl group has is preferably two or three.
- the positions of these substituents are not particularly limited, but when the number of substituents that the phenyl group has is one, the 4-position of the phenyl group is the 1-position of the azo group. Preferably, when the number of substituents is two, a combination of 2- and 4-positions or a combination of 3- and 5-positions of a phenyl group is preferred.
- the naphthyl group has two or three sulfo groups as a substituent, and when the number of sulfo groups substituted by the naphthyl group is two, the substitution position of the sulfo group is naphthyl A combination of 4- and 8-positions or a combination of 6- and 8-positions is preferred, where the substitution position of the azo group of the group is 2-position, and a combination of 6- and 8-positions is more preferred. When the number of sulfo groups substituted by a naphthyl group is three, the substitution position of the sulfo group is a combination of 3-, 6-, and 8-positions with the substitution position of the azo group as the 2-position. preferable.
- Rb 21 represents a hydrogen atom, a lower alkyl group, a lower alkoxy group or a lower alkoxy group having a sulfo group.
- the lower alkoxy group having a sulfo group is preferably a linear alkoxy group, and the substitution position of the sulfo group is preferably at the end of the alkoxy group.
- Rb 21 is more preferably a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, an ethyl group, a methoxy group, an ethoxy group, a 3-sulfopropoxy group or a 4-sulfobutoxy group, particularly preferably a sulfo group, a methyl group or a methoxy group, It is a carboxy group or a 3-sulfopropoxy group.
- Rb 21 is a methoxy group, it is preferable because the polarization performance of the polarizing element or the polarizing plate according to the present invention is dramatically improved.
- Xb 2 represents at least one substituent selected from the group consisting of lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, lower alkylamine, hydroxy, carboxy, sulfo, amino and substituted amino. Or at least one substituent selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, hydroxy, carboxy, sulfo, amino and substituted amino. And an optionally substituted phenylamino group, a phenylazo group, a naphthotriazole group or a benzoylamino group.
- Xb 2 is an amino group which may have the above-mentioned substituent
- the amino group may be unsubstituted, preferably a hydroxy group, a carboxy group, a sulfo group, an amino group and a lower alkylamino group
- Xb 2 is a phenylamino group which may have the above-mentioned substituent
- the phenylamino group is unsubstituted or a methyl group, a methoxy group, an amino group, a substituted amino group, and sulfo. It has a substituent selected from the group consisting of groups, and preferably has a methoxy group as an unsubstituted or substituted group.
- the position of the substituent is not particularly limited, but one of the above-mentioned substituents is at the p-position relative to the amino group bonded to the phenyl group. Is preferred.
- Xb 2 is a benzoylamino group which may have the above-mentioned substituent
- the benzoylamino group is unsubstituted or selected from the group consisting of an amino group, a substituted amino group, and a hydroxy group. And preferably have an amino group as a substituent.
- the benzoylamino group has the above-mentioned substituent, the position of the substituent is not particularly limited, but one of the above-mentioned substituents is p-position relative to the carbonyl group bonded to the phenyl group. Is preferred.
- Xb 2 is a phenylazo group which may have the above-mentioned substituent
- the phenylazo group is unsubstituted or a group consisting of a hydroxy group, an amino group, a methyl group, a methoxy group and a carboxy group And more preferably a hydroxy group as a substituent.
- Xb 2 is a naphthotriazole group which may have the above-described substituent
- the phenylazo group is unsubstituted or has a sulfo group as a substituent.
- an azo compound represented by the following formula (12b) is preferable, and the polarization performance of the polarizing element can be further improved by using such an azo compound.
- the azo compound represented by the above formula (12) can be produced by, for example, known diazotization and coupling as described in JP-B-64-5623 and JP-A-5-53014. Although it can be done, it is not limited to these.
- the content of the azo compound represented by the formula (11) or the formula (12) or a salt thereof is preferably 0.0001 to 5 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the aqueous solution. Preferably, it is 0.001 to 1 part by mass.
- the polarizing element of the present invention preferably contains at least one of the azo compound represented by the following formula (13) or (13 ′) or a salt thereof in order to further improve the polarization performance.
- Ay 1 is a hydrogen atom, a sulfo group, a carboxy group, a hydroxy group, a lower alkyl group or a lower alkoxy group, preferably a sulfo group or a carboxy group.
- Each of Ry 1 to Ry 4 independently represents a hydrogen atom, a sulfo group, a lower alkyl group, a lower alkoxy group, or a lower alkoxy group having a sulfo group, preferably a hydrogen atom, a sulfo group, a lower alkyl group or a lower alkoxy group. And more preferably a hydrogen atom, a methyl group or a methoxy group.
- j represents an integer of 1 to 3;
- i is 0 or 1.
- Ay 1 , Ay 2 , Ry 1 , Ry 2 , and j have the same meaning as in Formula (13).
- Ay 1 and Ay 2 are preferably a sulfo group, a carboxy group or a lower alkoxy group, more preferably a sulfo group, a carboxy group, a methoxy group or an ethoxy group, and still more preferably , A sulfo group or a carboxy group.
- Ry 1 and Ry 2 are preferably a hydrogen atom, a sulfo group, a methyl group, an ethyl group, a methoxy group or an ethoxy group, and more preferably a hydrogen atom, a sulfo group, a methyl group or It is a methoxy group.
- an azo compound represented by the following formula (13b) is particularly preferable, and the polarization performance of the polarizing element It can be improved more.
- Ay 1 , Ry 1 , Ry 2 are as defined in the above formula (13)
- the azo compound represented by the formula (13) or (13 ') may be used together with the azo compound represented by the formula (5) or the formula (6).
- the content of the azo compound represented by the formula (13) or (13 ′) or the salt thereof is 100 parts by mass of the azo compound of the formula (5) or (6),
- the amount is preferably 0.01 to 300 parts by mass, more preferably 0.1 to 200 parts by mass, and still more preferably 30 to 200 parts by mass.
- the azo compounds represented by the above formulas (13) and (13 ') affect the transmittance of 400 to 500 nm.
- the transmittance on the short wavelength side of 400 to 500 nm and the degree of polarization (dichroism) have an influence on the blue loss at the time of black display and the yellowing of white at the time of white display.
- the azo compounds represented by the formulas (13) and (13 ′) improve the polarization characteristics (dichroism) of 400 to 500 nm while suppressing the decrease in the transmittance on the short wavelength side at the parallel position of the polarizing element. The yellowishness at the time of white display and the omission of blue at the time of black display can be further reduced.
- the polarizing element further contains an azo compound represented by the formula (13) or (13 ′), so that it is more achromatic by itself, particularly in the range of 30 to 65% of the single transmittance after the visibility correction.
- an azo compound represented by the formula (13) or (13 ′) so that it is more achromatic by itself, particularly in the range of 30 to 65% of the single transmittance after the visibility correction.
- azo compounds represented by the formulas (13) and (13 ') include C.I. I. Direct Yellow 4, C.I. I. Direct Yellow 12, C.I. I. Direct Yellow 72, and C.I. I. Examples thereof include, but are not limited to, Direct Orange 39, and azo compounds having a stilbene structure described in WO 2007/138980 and the like.
- the azo compounds represented by the formulas (13) and (13 ′) or salts thereof can be synthesized, for example, by the method described in, for example, WO 2007/138980, etc. it can.
- the polarizing element of the present invention may contain other azo compounds for the purpose of color correction to the extent that the performance according to the present invention is not impaired.
- another azo compound to be contained one having high dichroism is particularly preferable.
- an azo compound as shown in Non-Patent Document 1 C.I. I. Direct. Yellow 12, C.I. I. Direct Yellow 28, C.I. I. Direct. Yellow 44, C.I. I. Direct. Orange 26, C.I. I. Direct. Orange 39, C.I. I. Direct. Orange 107, C.I. I. Direct. Red 2, C.I. I. Direct. Red 31, C.I. I. Direct. Red 79, C.I. I. Direct. Red 247, C.I. I. Direct.
- an azo compound having phenyl J acid in a trisazo structure can be suitably used. It is preferable to use such other azo compounds together with the azo compound represented by the formula (1) or a salt thereof for the polarizing element.
- the above-mentioned other azo compounds can be used as alkali metal salts (for example, sodium salts, potassium salts, lithium salts), ammonium salts, salts of amines, or copper complex compounds or salts thereof, as well as free acids.
- the above-mentioned other azo compounds are not limited to these, and known azo compounds having dichroism can be used. Inclusion of other azo compounds in the form of a free acid, a salt thereof or a copper complex salt thereof makes it possible in particular to improve the optical properties.
- the other azo compounds may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
- the polarizing element of the present invention has improved heat resistance and durability by containing iodine.
- iodine When iodine is contained in the substrate, it is difficult to dissolve in a solvent with iodine alone, and it is difficult to impregnate into the substrate, so potassium iodide, ammonium iodide, copper iodide, copper iodide, sodium iodide, calcium iodide, cobalt iodide, It is common to include iodides such as zinc iodide and chlorides such as sodium chloride, lithium chloride and potassium chloride together with iodine.
- a polarizing element having a high degree of polarization in the visible region centered on around 480 nm and around 600 nm can usually be produced.
- the polarizing element of the present invention may contain iodine, whereby, for example, the single transmittance after luminosity correction can be 35 to 50% and can have a high degree of polarization, that is, contrast. It has the characteristics of high durability, particularly heat resistance, low optical characteristics, particularly little color change, and small change in transmittance, while having high transmittance and high contrast, which are the characteristics of an iodine-based polarizing plate be able to.
- the substrate used for producing the polarizing element is not particularly limited as long as it can contain a dichroic dye such as an infrared light-absorbing water-soluble compound, and for example, it is formed of a hydrophilic polymer And molded articles.
- hydrophilic polymers include polyvinyl alcohol resins, amylose resins, starch resins, cellulose resins, and polyacrylate resins.
- a dichroic dye such as an infrared light-absorbing water-soluble compound
- the shape of the substrate is not particularly limited, but is preferably in the form of a film.
- the absolute value of the difference of the average transmittances between the specific wavelength bands is equal to or less than a predetermined value.
- the average transmittance is an average value of the transmittance of each wavelength in a specific wavelength band.
- the polarizing element of the present invention has an average value of the transmittance of each wavelength at 520 nm to 590 nm and a transmittance of each wavelength at 420 nm to 480 nm when measured with the absorption axes of two polarizing elements in parallel.
- the absolute value of the difference from the average value is 5% or less, and the absolute value of the difference between the average of the transmittance of each wavelength at 600 nm to 640 nm and the average of the transmittance of each wavelength at 520 nm to 640 nm is 3 It is characterized by being less than%.
- the transmittance after the visual sensitivity correction is the transmittance after the visual sensitivity correction, which is obtained according to JIS Z 8722: 2009.
- the measurement of the transmittance used for correction is, for a measurement sample (for example, a polarizing element or a polarizing plate), a spectral light transmittance every 5 nm or 10 nm for each wavelength of 400 to 700 nm using a C light source (2 degrees visual field) Can be determined by correcting it to the luminosity according to JIS Z 8722: 2009.
- the transmittance after luminosity correction is the single transmittance after luminosity correction when the polarizing element or the polarizing plate is measured alone, or the absorption axis is made parallel by using two polarizing elements or two polarizing plates. Corrects the transmissivity when the absorption axis is orthogonal to the transmissivity when the transmissivity at the time of illumination is corrected to the visibility, the parallel position transmissivity after luminosity correction, and two absorption elements using two polarizing elements or polarizing plates There is orthogonal position transmissivity after visual sensitivity correction in the case of
- Wavelength bands of 420 nm to 480 nm, 520 nm to 590 nm, and 600 nm to 640 nm are main wavelength bands based on the color matching function used in calculation when showing a color in JIS Z 8781-4: 2013.
- the respective wavelengths showing values of 20 or more are wavelength bands of 420 nm to 480 nm, 520 nm to 590 nm, and 600 nm to 640 nm.
- the transmittance obtained by measurement in a state in which two polarizing elements are arranged so as to be parallel to each other in the absorption axis direction (during bright display or white display) is also referred to as “parallel transmittance”.
- the average transmittance of each wavelength of nm nm to nm nm is also referred to as " AT-- ".
- the difference between AT 420-480 and AT 520-590 in terms of parallel transmittance is 5.0% or less as an absolute value, preferably 3.5% or less, more preferably Is preferably at most 2.5%, more preferably at most 2.0%, particularly preferably at most 1.5%.
- the difference between AT 520-590 and AT 600-640 in terms of parallel transmittance is 3.0% or less as an absolute value, preferably 2.0% or less, more preferably 1.5 % Or less, more preferably 1.0% or less.
- Such a polarizing element can display high-quality paper-like white color at a parallel position.
- the transmittance obtained by measurement in a state in which two polarizing elements are arranged so as to be orthogonal to each other in the absorption axis direction is also referred to as “orthogonal transmittance”.
- the difference between AT 420-480 and AT 520-590 is 3.0% or less as an absolute value, and orthogonal to the transmissivity , ,
- the difference between AT 600-640 is 2.0% or less as an absolute value.
- Such a polarizing element can display achromatic black at the orthogonal position.
- the difference between AT 420-480 and AT 520-590 as an absolute value is more preferably 1.5% or less, still more preferably 1.0% or less, particularly preferably 0.5 % Or less.
- the difference between AT 520-590 and AT 600-640 is preferably 1.5% or less, more preferably 1.0% or less, particularly preferably 0.5% or less as an absolute value, with respect to orthogonal position transmittance. It is.
- the single transmittance of each wavelength, the parallel transmittance of each wavelength, and the average transmittance of the orthogonal transmittance of each wavelength in each of wavelength bands 380 nm to 420 nm, 480 nm to 520 nm, and 640 nm to 780 nm are
- the average transmittance of each wavelength in the wavelength band of 420 nm to 480 nm, 520 nm to 590 nm, and 600 nm to 640 nm is adjusted as described above, it is difficult to greatly affect the dye, but adjusted to some extent preferable.
- the difference between the AT 380-420 and AT 420-480 is 15% or less as an absolute value
- the difference between the AT 480-520 and AT 420-480 as the absolute value 15 % or less
- aT 480-520 a difference between the aT 520-590 15% or less as an absolute value
- the difference between the aT 640-780 and aT 600-640 is 20% or less as an absolute value.
- the polarizing element according to the present invention preferably has a single transmittance of 30% to 65% after the visibility correction.
- the single transmittance after the visibility correction is the transmittance corrected to the visibility according to JIS Z 8722: 2009 for one measurement sample (for example, a polarizing element or a polarizing plate).
- JIS Z 8722: 2009 for one measurement sample (for example, a polarizing element or a polarizing plate).
- the performance of the polarizing plate one having a higher transmittance is required, but if the single transmittance after the visibility correction is 30% to 65%, the brightness can be expressed without discomfort even when used in a display device.
- the single transmittance after visual sensitivity correction is more preferably 35% to 50%, and still more preferably 37 % To 47%, particularly preferably 38% to 45%.
- the degree of polarization may decrease if the single transmittance after luminosity correction exceeds 65%, but if the light transmittance of the polarizing element or specific polarization performance or contrast is to be determined, it may be after luminosity correction.
- the single transmittance may exceed 65%.
- AT 520-590 be 25% to 50% in the parallel transmittance in the polarizing element.
- a polarizing element can be a bright and clear display device with high luminance.
- the transmittance of each wavelength in the wavelength band of 520 nm to 590 nm is one of the main wavelength bands based on the color matching function used in calculation when showing a color in JIS Z 8781-4: 2013.
- each wavelength band of 520 nm to 590 nm is the wavelength band with the highest visibility based on the color matching function, and the transmittance in this range is close to the transmittance that can be visually confirmed.
- the AT 520-590 measured in the parallel position is more preferably 28% to 45%, still more preferably 30% to 40%.
- the polarization degree of the polarizing element at this time may be 80% to 100%, preferably 90% to 100%, more preferably 97% to 100%, still more preferably 99% or more, and in particular Preferably it is 99.5% or more. The higher the degree of polarization, the better.
- the degree of polarization and transmittance should be adjusted to a suitable degree of transmittance and degree of polarization depending on whether the importance is on brightness or the degree of polarization (or contrast). Can.
- the single transmittance after the visibility correction is the single transmittance subjected to the visibility correction by the 2 ° field of view (C light source).
- the single transmittance after correction of visibility is calculated for each wavelength of 400 to 700 nm for every 5 nm or 10 nm for one measurement sample (for example, polarizing element or polarizing plate), and the 2 ° field of view It can obtain
- the polarizing element of the present invention has polarization performance for light in a partial or entire wavelength range of at least 700 nm to 1400 nm.
- the degree of polarization of the polarizing element of the present invention is not particularly limited, but if the degree of polarization is 80% to 100%, it can be used for general purpose applications as a general polarizing element.
- the degree of polarization is preferably 90% or more. If the polarization degree of the polarizing element is 90% or more, the polarization function can be expressed even when used in a liquid crystal display device.
- the degree of polarization is preferably 99% or more, more preferably 99.9% or more, and still more preferably 99.95% or more.
- the application of the degree of polarization does not have to be 99% because the application used for the relationship between brightness (transmittance) and contrast (degree of polarization) differs, and the degree of polarization is set according to the requirement, It can be used.
- the chromaticity a * value and the b * value are values determined at the time of natural light transmittance measurement according to JIS Z 8781-4: 2013.
- the display method of the object color defined in JIS Z 8781-4: 2013 corresponds to the display method of the object color defined by the International Commission on Illumination (abbr .: CIE).
- the measurement of the chromaticity a * value and the b * value is performed by irradiating the measurement sample (for example, a polarizing element or a polarizing plate) with natural light.
- the chromaticity a * value and the b * value determined for one measurement sample are a * -s and b * -s, and two measurement samples are arranged so that the absorption axis directions are parallel to each other.
- the chromaticity a * and b * values determined for the state (white display) are a * -p and b * -p, and two measurement samples are arranged with their absorption axis directions orthogonal to each other (black display
- the chromaticity a * values and b * values determined for time) are denoted as a * -c and b * -c.
- each of the absolute values of a * -s and b * -s is preferably 1.0 or less, and the absolute values of a * -p and b * -p It is preferable that each is 2.0 or less.
- Such a polarizing element is neutral by itself and can display high-quality white when displaying white.
- the absolute values of a * -p and b * -p of the polarizing element are each independently more preferably 1.5 or less, still more preferably 1.0 or less.
- the absolute values of a * -c and b * -c are preferably 3.0 or less, more preferably each independently 2.0 or less, still more preferably 1.0 or less. It is.
- Such a polarizing element can display achromatic black when displaying black.
- a human being can perceive a difference in color even if there is a difference of 0.5 in absolute values of the chromaticity a * value and the b * value, and some people may feel a large difference in color. For this reason, it is very important to control these values in the polarizing element.
- the absolute values of a * -p, b * -p, a * -c, and b * -c are respectively 1.0 or less, white and black are displayed when white is displayed.
- a good polarizing plate can be obtained in which the other colors can hardly be confirmed in black.
- Such a polarizing plate can realize an achromatic color at a parallel position, that is, a white color like high-grade paper, and can realize a clear black color having an achromatic color at a cross position.
- the polarizing element according to the present invention has single color achromaticity and high degree of polarization while having high contrast and high transmittance.
- the polarizing element of the present invention can express high quality paper-like white (paper white) at the time of white display, and can express an achromatic black at the time of black display, in particular a clear black with a high-grade feeling .
- paper white paper-like white
- achromatic black at the time of black display, in particular a clear black with a high-grade feeling .
- no polarizing element having such high transmittance and achromatic color, and absorption performance in the infrared region and further polarization performance in the infrared region has not existed.
- the polarizing element of the present invention is further characterized in that it is highly durable and particularly resistant to high temperature and high humidity.
- a specific method of manufacturing a polarizing element will be described by taking a polyvinyl alcohol-based resin film as an example of a substrate.
- the polarizing element is produced, for example, of a polyvinyl alcohol resin, preparation of an original film, swelling treatment, dyeing treatment, first washing treatment, treatment containing a crosslinking agent and / or a water resistance agent, stretching treatment, second washing treatment , Manufactured by sequentially performing a drying process. Note that some of these processes can be omitted.
- the swelling degree of the base material in the swelling step to be described later the blending ratio of each azo compound in the dyeing step, the temperature of the dyeing solution, pH, types of sodium chloride, sodium sulfate, sodium tripolyphosphate etc.
- the concentration, and the dyeing time, and the draw ratio in the drawing step are preferably adjusted so that the polarizing element satisfies at least one of the following conditions (i) to (v) in one aspect, (vi It is more preferable to adjust so as to further satisfy the condition of.
- the absolute value of the difference between the AT 420-480 and AT 520-590 is 5% or less, and AT 520-590, the absolute value of the difference between the AT 600-640 3% or less It becomes.
- the absolute value of the difference between AT 420-480 and AT 520-590 is 3% or less, and the absolute value of the difference between AT 520-590 and AT 600-640 is 2% or less Become.
- the single transmittance after the visibility correction is 35% to 50%.
- Each of the absolute values of the a * value and the b * value is 1.0 or less for the polarizing element alone, and is 2.0 or less for the parallel position.
- Each of the absolute values of the a * value and the b * value measured at orthogonal positions is 3 or less.
- Vi For each of single transmittance and orthogonal transmittance, the difference between the average transmittance of each wavelength of 380 nm to 420 nm and the average transmittance of each wavelength of 420 nm to 480 nm is 15% or less as an independent value.
- the difference between the average transmittance of each wavelength of 480 nm to 520 nm and the average transmittance of each wavelength of 420 nm to 480 nm is 15% or less as an absolute value, and the average transmittance of each wavelength of 480 nm to 520 nm and each wavelength of 520 nm to 590 nm
- the difference between the average transmittance and the difference is 15% or less as an absolute value
- / or the difference between the average transmittance of each wavelength of 640 nm to 780 nm and the average transmittance of each wavelength of 600 nm to 640 nm is 20% or less as an absolute value.
- the manufacturing method of polyvinyl alcohol-type resin is not specifically limited, A well-known method is employable.
- the polyvinyl alcohol-based resin can be obtained, for example, by saponifying a polyvinyl acetate-based resin.
- Examples of polyvinyl acetate resins include polyvinyl acetate which is a homopolymer of vinyl acetate, as well as vinyl acetate and copolymers with other monomers copolymerizable therewith.
- unsaturated carboxylic acids, olefins, vinyl ethers, unsaturated sulfonic acids etc. are mentioned, for example.
- the degree of saponification of the polyvinyl alcohol resin is usually about 85 to 100 mol%, preferably 95 mol% or more.
- This polyvinyl alcohol-based resin may be further modified, and, for example, polyvinyl formal modified with aldehydes, polyvinyl acetal and the like can also be used.
- the degree of polymerization of the polyvinyl alcohol-based resin means the viscosity average degree of polymerization, and can be determined by a method known in the art.
- the degree of polymerization is usually about 1,000 to 10,000, preferably about 1,500 to 6,000.
- a polyvinyl alcohol-based resin is formed into a film to prepare a raw film.
- the method of forming a polyvinyl alcohol-based resin into a film is not particularly limited, and a known method can be adopted.
- the raw film may contain glycerin, ethylene glycol, propylene glycol, low molecular weight polyethylene glycol, etc. as a plasticizer.
- the content of the plasticizer is 5 to 20% by weight, preferably 8 to 15% by weight in the raw film.
- the thickness of the raw film is not particularly limited, but is preferably about 5 ⁇ m to 150 ⁇ m, and more preferably about 10 ⁇ m to 100 ⁇ m.
- the raw film obtained as described above is then subjected to a swelling treatment.
- the swelling process is carried out by immersing the raw film in a solution at 20 to 50 ° C. for 30 seconds to 10 minutes.
- the solution is preferably an aqueous solution.
- the stretching ratio in the swelling treatment is preferably adjusted to 1.00 to 1.50 times, more preferably 1.10 to 1.35 times.
- this swelling process may be abbreviate
- the dyeing process is a process of dyeing using a dye such as an infrared light-absorbing water-soluble compound.
- Dyes that function as dichroic dyes in the visible region for example, iodine and iodine compounds, as well as water-soluble compounds that absorb light in at least the infrared region,
- Dyeing is performed, for example, by immersing the film after swelling treatment in a dyeing solution containing the above-mentioned compound.
- iodine when using iodine as a dichroic dye, it does not specifically limit as an iodide, For example, potassium iodide, ammonium iodide, cobalt iodide, a zinc iodide etc. are mentioned.
- the concentration of iodine in the dyeing solution is preferably 0.0001% by weight to 0.5% by weight, more preferably 0.001% by weight to 0.4% by weight, still more preferably 0.001% by weight It is ⁇ 0.1% by weight.
- the time of immersion in the solution can be adjusted appropriately, but it is preferably 30 seconds to 20 minutes, and more preferably 1 to 10 minutes.
- the staining solution is preferably an aqueous solution.
- the dyeing method is preferably a method of immersing in a dyeing solution, but a method of applying a dyeing solution to the film after the swelling treatment can also be adopted.
- the dyeing solution may contain sodium carbonate, sodium hydrogencarbonate, sodium chloride, sodium sulfate, anhydrous sodium sulfate, sodium tripolyphosphate and the like as a dyeing assistant.
- the content of the dyeing assistant can be optionally adjusted by the time and temperature depending on the dyeability of the dichroic dye, but it is preferably 0 to 5% by weight, more preferably 0.1 to 2% by weight.
- the order of the dyeing process is not particularly limited. It may be carried out simultaneously, or the dyes may be impregnated onto the substrate in any order.
- other azo compounds are used together with the infrared light-absorbing water-soluble compound, their dyeing is preferably carried out simultaneously.
- iodine it is preferable to impregnate the substrate after impregnating the substrate with an infrared light-absorbing water-soluble compound and any other azo compound, from the viewpoint of control of the dyeing solution, productivity and the like.
- the first washing process is a process of washing the dyeing solution attached to the film surface by the dyeing process. By performing the first washing treatment, it is possible to suppress the contamination of the dye in the solution used in the next treatment.
- water is generally used as the cleaning solution.
- the washing method is preferably a method of immersing the dyed film in the washing solution, but a method of applying the washing solution to the film after the dyeing treatment can also be adopted.
- the washing time is not particularly limited, but preferably 1 to 300 seconds, more preferably 1 to 60 seconds.
- the temperature of the cleaning solution in the first cleaning process needs to be a temperature at which the film after the dyeing process does not dissolve. Generally, it is washed at 5 to 40 ° C. However, even if the first cleaning process is not performed, no problem occurs in the performance, and therefore the first cleaning process may be omitted.
- a treatment containing a crosslinking agent and / or a water resistant agent can be performed.
- the crosslinking agent include boric acid, boron compounds such as borax or ammonium borate, polyaldehydes such as glyoxal or glutaraldehyde, polyisocyanate compounds such as biuret type, isocyanurate type or block type, titanium oxy Examples thereof include titanium-based compounds such as sulfates, ethylene glycol glycidyl ether, polyamide epichlorohydrin and the like.
- water resistant agent examples include succinic acid peroxy, ammonium persulfate, calcium perchlorate, benzoin ethyl ether, ethylene glycol diglycidyl ether, glycerin diglycidyl ether, ammonium chloride or magnesium chloride and the like. Of these, boric acid is most preferred.
- the crosslinking agent and the water resistant agent may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
- the solution is preferably an aqueous solution.
- the content of the crosslinking agent and / or the water resistance agent in the solution is preferably 0.1 to 6.0% by weight, more preferably 1.0 to 4.0% by weight, taking boric acid as an example.
- the temperature of the solution is preferably 5 to 70 ° C., more preferably 5 to 50 ° C.
- the treatment time is preferably 30 seconds to 6 minutes, and more preferably 1 to 5 minutes.
- the stretching process is a process of uniaxially stretching a film.
- the stretching method may be either a wet stretching method or a dry stretching method.
- the stretching ratio is 3 times or more, preferably 5 to 7 times.
- stretching is performed in water, a water-soluble organic solvent, or a mixed solution thereof.
- the film after the first washing treatment is preferably stretched while being immersed in a solution containing a crosslinking agent and / or a water resistant agent.
- examples of the crosslinking agent and the water resistant agent include those described above.
- the content of the crosslinking agent and / or the water resistance agent in the solution is preferably 0.5 to 15% by weight, more preferably 2.0 to 8.0% by weight, taking boric acid as an example.
- the stretching ratio is preferably 2 to 8 times, more preferably 5 to 7 times.
- the temperature of the solution is preferably 40 to 60 ° C., more preferably 45 to 58 ° C.
- the stretching time is usually 30 seconds to 20 minutes, preferably 2 to 5 minutes.
- the temperature of the air medium is preferably from normal temperature to 180 ° C. Further, it is preferable to treat in an atmosphere with a humidity of 20 to 95% RH.
- a heating method for example, an inter-roll zone drawing method, a roll heating drawing method, a pressure drawing method, an infrared heating drawing method, etc. may be mentioned, but the drawing method is not limited.
- the film can be stretched in one step, it can also be carried out by multi-step stretching in two or more steps.
- the washing method is preferably a method of immersing the stretched film in a washing solution, but a method of applying a washing solution to the stretched film can also be adopted.
- the cleaning process can be performed in one stage, or two or more stages of multistage processes can be performed.
- the washing time is preferably 1 second to 5 minutes.
- the temperature of the washing solution is not particularly limited, but is usually 5 to 50 ° C., preferably 10 to 40 ° C.
- solvent used in the treatment for example, water, dimethyl sulfoxide, N-methyl pyrrolidone, methanol, ethanol, propanol, isopropyl alcohol, glycerin, ethylene glycol, propylene glycol, diethylene glycol, triethylene glycol, tetraethylene glycol or Examples thereof include, but are not limited to, alcohols such as trimethylolpropane, amines such as ethylenediamine or diethylenetriamine, and the like. It is also possible to use mixtures of one or more of these solvents. The most preferred solvent is water.
- the drying process can be performed by natural drying.
- the surface may be compressed using a roll, or the surface moisture may be removed by an air knife, a water absorption roll, or the like, or air drying may be performed.
- the drying temperature is preferably 20 to 100 ° C., and more preferably 60 to 100 ° C.
- the drying time is preferably 30 seconds to 20 minutes, more preferably 5 to 10 minutes.
- the polarizing element of the present invention contains iodine and has high transmittance, contrast, and durability.
- the polarizing element of the present invention has an absolute value of the difference between AT 520-590 and AT 420-480 measured in parallel is 5% or less, and AT 600-640 and AT 520-590.
- the absolute value of the difference between the light and light is 3% or less, thereby having an achromatic color and high transmittance and polarization degree in the visible region while having absorption or polarization function in the infrared region, and high It is durable.
- the polarizing element of the present invention comprises the compound represented by formula (9) or (10), thereby providing high transmittance in the visible region while having absorption or polarization function in the infrared region. Have a high degree of durability.
- the polarizing plate of the present invention comprises a polarizing element and a transparent protective layer formed on at least one surface of the polarizing element, that is, on one side or both sides.
- the transparent protective layer can be provided on at least one surface of the polarizing element by drying or heat treatment.
- a polymer obtained by forming a film into a film is used as a transparent protective layer, and after the transparent protective layer is bonded to at least one surface of the polarizing element, drying or heat treatment is performed to make it transparent to at least one surface of the polarizing element.
- a protective layer can be provided.
- the polymer forming the transparent protective layer is preferably a transparent polymer having high mechanical strength and good thermal stability.
- a polymer for example, cellulose acetate resin such as triacetyl cellulose and diacetyl cellulose, acrylic resin, polyvinyl chloride resin, nylon resin, polyester resin, polyarylate resin, cyclic polyolefin resin using a cyclic olefin such as norbornene as a monomer And polyethylene, polypropylene, cycloolefin polymer resin, polyolefin having norbornene skeleton or copolymer thereof, and resin having imide group and / or amide group in main chain or side chain.
- the polymer forming the transparent protective layer may be a liquid crystal polymer.
- the thickness of the transparent protective layer is, for example, about 0.5 ⁇ m to 200 ⁇ m.
- the polarizing plate provided with the transparent protective layer has the same optical characteristics as the polarizing element.
- An adhesive is required to bond the transparent protective layer to at least one surface of the polarizing element.
- the adhesive agent which has polyvinyl alcohol as a main component is preferable.
- the polyvinyl alcohol-based adhesive include, but are not limited to, Gohsenol NH-26 (manufactured by Japan Synthetic Chemical Co., Ltd.), EXEVAL RS-2117 (manufactured by Kuraray Co., Ltd.), and the like.
- the polyvinyl alcohol-based adhesive can be mixed with a crosslinking agent and / or a water resistant agent.
- the polyvinyl alcohol-based adhesive may contain a copolymer of maleic anhydride and isobutylene, or a modified product thereof.
- examples of the copolymer of maleic anhydride and isobutylene include Isoban # 18 (manufactured by Kuraray Co., Ltd.) and Isoban # 04 (manufactured by Kuraray Co., Ltd.).
- Examples of the ammonia-modified maleic anhydride-isobutylene copolymer include isoban.
- isoban # 104 (made by Kuraray) and isoban # 110 (made by Kuraray) are mentioned, and as the imidized maleic anhydride-isobutylene copolymer, isoban # 304 (made by Kuraray), isoban # 310 (made by Kuraray) Can be mentioned.
- a water soluble polyfunctional epoxy compound can be used as the crosslinking agent.
- water-soluble polyfunctional epoxy compound for example, polyglycerol polyglycidyl ether (Denacol EX-521 (manufactured by Nagase Chemtech)), 1,3-bis (N, N-diglycidylaminomethyl) cyclohexane (TETRAD-C) (Mitsubishi Gas Chemical Co., Ltd.)) and the like.
- adhesives such as urethane adhesives, acrylic adhesives and epoxy adhesives can be used.
- additives such as zinc compounds, chlorides and iodides can be simultaneously contained at a concentration of about 0.1 to 10% by weight for the purpose of improving the adhesive strength of the adhesive or improving the water resistance.
- a polarizing plate In the case of bonding a polarizing plate to a display device such as liquid crystal or organic electroluminescence, various functional layers for improving the viewing angle and / or contrast and a layer having a luminance improving property are provided on the surface which will later be an unexposed surface. It can be provided.
- An adhesive is preferably used to bond the polarizing plate to these layers or a display device.
- a known various functional layer such as an antireflection layer, an antiglare layer or a hard coat layer may be provided on the surface to be exposed later.
- a coating method is preferable for producing the layer having the various functionalities, but a film having the function can be pasted through an adhesive or a pressure-sensitive adhesive.
- the various functional layers are, for example, layers for controlling the phase difference.
- the polarizing plate of the present invention containing iodine has a high degree of polarization around 480 nm and around 600 nm as well as a general iodine-based polarizing plate, and changes color even when applied to a durability test But less than conventional iodine polarizers.
- the substrate comprises a substrate containing an infrared light-absorbing water-soluble compound, and the average value of the transmittance at 520 nm to 590 nm and the transmittance at 420 nm to 480 nm when measured with the absorption axes of two polarizing elements in parallel.
- the absolute value of the difference between the average and the average ratio is 5% or less, and the absolute value of the difference between the average of the transmittance at 600 nm to 640 nm and the average of the transmittance at 520 nm to 590 nm is 3% or less
- a polarizing plate using the polarizing element of the present invention characterized in that the achromatic color in the visible region, high transmittance, high degree of polarization and high durability while having absorption or polarization function in the infrared region
- the dye-based polarizing element can be obtained.
- a polarizing plate using the polarizing element of the present invention containing the infrared light-absorbing water-soluble compound and the azo compound represented by the formula (9) or the formula (10) has absorption or polarization in the infrared region. While having a function, it is possible to obtain a dye-based polarizing element having high transmittance in the visible region and high degree of polarization.
- the conventional iodine-based polarizing plate or dye-based polarizing plate can not provide a polarizing element having polarization in the infrared region, and the change in transmittance of 600 nm to 780 nm is extremely large in the durability test, and the polarizing plate is durable It had the problem that it changed in color, for example, turned red after the sex test.
- the polarizing plate of the present invention may be provided with a support on at least one surface.
- the support preferably has a flat portion in order to be bonded to the polarizing plate.
- the support include molded articles made of an inorganic material such as glass, quartz, sapphire and the like, and organic plastic plates such as acrylic and polycarbonate.
- the support is preferably a glass molding.
- a glass molded article a glass plate, a lens, a prism (for example, a triangular prism, a cubic prism) etc. are mentioned, for example.
- the material of the glass include soda glass and borosilicate glass.
- What attached the polarizing plate to the lens can be used as a condenser lens with a polarizing plate in a liquid crystal projector.
- what attached the polarizing plate to the prism can be used as a polarizing beam splitter with a polarizing plate or a dichroic prism with a polarizing plate in a liquid crystal projector.
- the polarizing plate may be attached to the liquid crystal cell.
- the thickness and size of the support are not particularly limited.
- the polarizing plate provided with glass in order to further improve the single transmittance, it is preferable to provide an antireflective layer on at least one surface of the glass or the polarizing plate.
- the polarizing plate of the present invention is attached to the applied surface.
- a support may be attached to the applied surface.
- the adhesive (adhesive) agent used here is preferably, for example, an acrylic ester type.
- this polarizing plate as an elliptically polarizing plate, although it is common to stick a retardation layer to a support body, you may stick a polarizing plate to a support body.
- the polarizing element or polarizing plate of the present invention can be used in a liquid crystal display device.
- a liquid crystal display using the polarizing element or polarizing plate of the present invention becomes a liquid crystal display having high reliability, long-term high contrast, and high color reproducibility.
- the polarizing element or polarizing plate of the present invention optionally comprises a protective layer or functional layer, and a support, etc., and is a liquid crystal projector, a calculator, a watch, a notebook computer, a word processor, a liquid crystal television, polarized lenses, polarized glasses, car navigation , Sensors, cameras, analyzers, indoor / outdoor measuring instruments and displays.
- a reflection type liquid crystal display device a semi-transmission liquid crystal display device, organic electroluminescence and the like.
- Example A [Preparation of measurement sample]
- Example A1 A polyvinyl alcohol film (VF-PS manufactured by Kuraray Co., Ltd.) having an average degree of polymerization of 99% or more and a degree of polymerization of 2400 was immersed in warm water at 40 ° C. for 2 minutes, and swelling was performed to 1.30 times the draw ratio. .
- the swelled film is a water-soluble compound that absorbs 1500 parts by weight of water, 1.5 parts by weight of sodium tripolyphosphate, 1.5 parts by weight of anhydrous sodium sulfate, and light in the infrared region of 700 nm to 1400 nm.
- C. having a structure shown by the formula (101) as I.
- the film is immersed in an aqueous solution containing 0.30 parts by weight of Direct Black 19 (manufactured by SHAOXING BIYING TEXILE TECHNOLOGY Co., LTD.) And adjusted to 45 ° C. for 3 minutes and 30 seconds, and the above infrared light absorbing water soluble compound is contained in the film.
- Direct Black 19 manufactured by SHAOXING BIYING TEXILE TECHNOLOGY Co., LTD.
- the obtained film is 28.6 g / l of boric acid (manufactured by Societazia lardrello s.p.a), 0.25 g / l of iodine (manufactured by Junsei Chemical Co., Ltd.), potassium iodide (manufactured by Junsei Chemical Co., Ltd.)
- the film was immersed in an aqueous solution prepared by diluting 100 parts of an aqueous solution adjusted to 17.7 g / l with 2000 parts of water at 30 ° C. for 2 minutes to contain iodine and an iodine compound.
- the obtained film was subjected to a stretching treatment in an aqueous solution containing 30.0 g / l of boric acid at 50 ° C. for 5 minutes so that the stretching ratio was 5.0 times.
- immersion treatment was performed at 30 ° C. for 20 seconds in an aqueous solution containing 50 g / l of potassium iodide.
- the obtained film was dried at 70 ° C. for 9 minutes to obtain a polarizing element.
- An alkali-treated triacetyl cellulose film ZRD-60 manufactured by Fuji Film Co., Ltd.
- the obtained polarizing plate maintained the optical characteristics of the polarizing element.
- the durability test sample using the polarizing plate of the present invention is prepared by cutting the polarizing plate into a 40 mm square and bonding to a transparent plate glass through an adhesive layer (AD-ROC manufactured by Polatechno Co., Ltd.), and measurement of the present application It was a sample.
- Example A2 C.1 used in Example A1.
- I. A measurement sample was produced in the same manner as Example A1, except that 0.30 parts by weight of Direct Black 19 was changed to 0.30 parts by weight of S0378 manufactured by FEW CHEMICAL shown in Formula (102).
- a measurement sample was produced in the same manner as Example A1, except that 0.30 parts by weight of Direct Black 19 was changed to 0.30 parts by weight of S2180 manufactured by FEW CHEMICAL shown in Formula (103).
- Example A4 C.1 used in Example A1.
- a measurement sample was produced in the same manner as Example A1, except that 0.30 parts by weight of Direct Black 19 was changed to 0.30 parts by weight of the compound shown in Compound Example (1-10).
- Example A5 C.1 used in Example A1.
- I. A measurement sample was produced in the same manner as Example A1, except that 0.30 parts by weight of Direct Black 19 was changed to 0.30 parts by weight of the compound shown in the compound example (1-21).
- Example A6 C.1 used in Example A1.
- a measurement sample was produced in the same manner as Example A1, except that 0.30 parts by weight of Direct Black 19 was changed to 1.0 part by weight of the compound shown in Compound Example (1-10).
- Example A1 In the dyeing step after swelling in Example A1, a C.I. I. An iodine-based polarizing plate containing no azo dye was prepared as a measurement sample in the same manner as Example A1 except that the treatment was not performed with an aqueous solution containing Direct Black 19.
- Example A2 Comparative Example A2 used in Example A1.
- a measurement sample was prepared in the same manner as Example A1, except that 0.30 part by weight of Direct Black 19 was changed to 0.3 part by weight of the azo compound shown in Example 1 of JP-A 3-12606.
- the single transmittance Ts of each wavelength is the transmittance of each wavelength when measuring one measurement sample.
- the parallel transmittance Tp of each wavelength is the transmittance of each wavelength measured by overlapping two measurement samples such that the absorption axis directions are parallel to each other.
- the orthogonal position transmittance Tc of each wavelength is a transmittance of each wavelength obtained by overlapping two measurement samples so that the absorption axis directions are orthogonal to each other.
- the measurements were made at 5 nm intervals over the wavelength of 400-900 nm.
- the value of orthogonal transmittance (Tc 780-e) at 780 nm after the durability test is preferably 35 or less, more preferably 30 or less.
- Examples A1 to 6 have comparable transmittance and higher degree of polarization compared to Comparative Examples A1 and 2. Furthermore, even after application at 105 ° C. for 1000 hours, the change in the 780 nm at the orthogonal position is small and the change in the a * value is small as compared with the conventional iodine polarizing plate (comparative example A1). It can be seen that it has high durability with little change in color. That is, the polarizing plate obtained by using the polarizing element of the present invention maintains high durability even in an environment where durability such as high temperature is applied while achieving the same contrast as the conventional iodine-based polarizing plate I understand that I am doing. From the results of the present application, the liquid crystal display device using the polarizing element or polarizing plate of the present invention is not only high brightness and high contrast, but also a highly reliable, long-term high contrast liquid crystal display device.
- Examples A4 to 6 have a high degree of polarization of 90% or more even at 850 nm which is an infrared region.
- the degree of polarization was less than 3%, and almost no polarization performance could be confirmed. That is, the polarizing plate of the present invention not only has a polarization degree as high as that of an iodine-based polarizing plate in the visible range, but also a wide band polarizing plate having a high polarization degree up to the infrared range. I understand that.
- Example B [Preparation of measurement sample]
- Example B1 A polyvinyl alcohol film (VF-PS, manufactured by Kuraray Co., Ltd., VF-PS) having an average degree of polymerization of 99% or more and a degree of polymerization of 99% was immersed in warm water at 40 ° C. for 2 minutes, and swelling treatment was performed to make the draw ratio 1.30 times.
- the swelled film is 1500 parts by weight of water, 1.5 parts by weight of sodium tripolyphosphate, 1.5 parts by weight of anhydrous sodium sulfate, And C.I. I.
- the obtained film was immersed in an aqueous solution of 40 parts by weight of boric acid (manufactured by Societa Chimica lardrello s.p.a) dissolved in 2000 parts of water at 30 ° C. for 2 minutes.
- boric acid manufactured by Societa Chimica lardrello s.p.a
- the obtained film was subjected to a stretching treatment in an aqueous solution containing 30.0 g / l of boric acid at 50 ° C. for 5 minutes so that the stretching ratio was 5.0 times.
- the obtained film was subjected to immersion treatment (washing treatment) in water at 20 ° C. for 20 seconds.
- the obtained film was dried at 70 ° C.
- the durability test sample using the polarizing plate of the present invention is prepared by cutting the polarizing plate into a 40 mm square and bonding to a transparent plate glass through an adhesive layer (AD-ROC manufactured by Polatechno Co., Ltd.), and measurement of the present application It was a sample.
- I. A measurement sample was produced in the same manner as Example B1, except that 0.30 parts by weight of Direct Black 19 was changed to 0.30 parts by weight of S0378 manufactured by FEW CHEMICAL Co., Ltd. shown in the following formula (102).
- I. A measurement sample was produced in the same manner as in Example B1, except that 0.30 parts by weight of Direct Black 19 was changed to 0.30 parts by weight of S2180 manufactured by FEW CHEMICAL Co., Ltd. shown in Formula (103).
- Example B7 Measured in the same manner as in Example B6 except that 0.040 parts by weight of the azo compound represented by the formula (10-22) used in Example B6 was changed to 0.3 parts by weight of the azo compound represented by the above formula (11-30) A sample was made.
- Example B8 In Example B6, instead of using each of 0.16 parts by weight of the compound shown in the present compound example (5-1) and 0.040 part by weight of the compound shown in the above formula (10-22), C.I. I. Measurement samples were prepared in the same manner as Example B6 except that 0.3 parts by weight of Direct Blue 71 (Compound Example 6-9 of the present invention) was used.
- Example B9 In Example B6, instead of using each of 0.16 parts by weight of the compound shown in the present compound example (5-1) and 0.040 part by weight of the compound shown in the above formula (10-22), C.I. I. Measurement samples were prepared in the same manner as in Example B6 except that 0.3 parts by weight of Direct Blue 69 (Compound Example 6-19 of the present application) was used.
- Example B10 In Example B6, instead of using 0.16 parts by weight of the compound shown in the present compound example (5-1) and 0.040 parts by weight of the compound shown in the above formula (10-22), instead using the present compound example (6- A measurement sample was produced in the same manner as in Example B6 except that 0.3 part by weight of the azo compound shown in 7) was used and the time for containing the azo compound was changed to 13 minutes to 9 minutes.
- Example B11 In Example B10, a measurement sample was produced in the same manner as in Example B10 except that the time for containing the azo compound was changed to 9 minutes to 13 minutes.
- Example B12 A compound compound example (10-1) having a structure of the formula (10), C.I. I.
- a measurement sample was produced in the same manner as Example B6 except that 0.040 parts by weight of Direct Red 81 was used.
- Example B13 Except that 0.027 parts by weight of the compound shown in the present compound example (10-2) used in Example B6 was changed to 0.027 parts by weight of the formula (9-23) as an azo compound having a structure of the formula (9) The same test sample as in Example B6 was prepared.
- Example B14 0.16 parts by weight of Kayarus Supra Orange 2GL used in Example B6 was isolated from C.I. I. A measurement sample was produced in the same manner as in Example B6 except that 0.16 parts by weight of Direct Orange 72 was used.
- Example B15 0.16 parts by weight of Kayarus Supra Orange 2GL used in Example B6 was isolated from C.I. I. A measurement sample was prepared in the same manner as Example B6 except that 0.16 parts by weight of Direct Yellow 28 was used.
- Example B1 In Example B1, C.I. I. A measurement sample was prepared in the same manner as Example B1, except that 0.30 parts by weight of Direct Black 19 was not used.
- Table B2 shows the average value of each wavelength at 520 to 590 nm and 420 for each of the parallel transmittance Tp and the orthogonal transmittance Tc of each measurement sample. The absolute value of the difference from the average value of each wavelength at ⁇ 480 nm and the absolute value of the difference between the average value of each wavelength at 520-590 nm and the average value of each wavelength at 600-640 nm are shown.
- (C) Single transmittance Ys after correction of visual sensitivity, parallel transmittance Yp after correction of visual sensitivity, and orthogonal transmittance Yc after correction of visual sensitivity
- the single transmittance Ys after the visibility correction of each measurement sample, the parallel transmittance Yp after the visibility correction, and the orthogonal transmittance Yc after the visibility correction were determined.
- the single transmittance Ys after the visibility correction, the parallel transmittance Yp after the visibility correction, and the orthogonal transmittance Yc after the visibility correction are predetermined wavelength intervals d ⁇ (here, 5 nm) in the wavelength region of 400 to 700 nm.
- the transmittance of each of the single wavelength Ts of each wavelength, the parallel transmittance Tp of each wavelength, and the orthogonal transmittance Tc of each wavelength determined according to JIS Z 8722: 2009. is there. Specifically, the single transmittance Ts of each wavelength, the parallel transmittance Tp of each wavelength, and the orthogonal transmittance Tc of each wavelength are substituted into the following formulas (V) to (VII), respectively. did.
- P ⁇ represents a spectral distribution of standard light (C light source)
- y ⁇ represents a two-degree visual field color matching function.
- Table B3 a value obtained by dividing Yp by Yc can be expressed as a contrast (CR).
- Table B3 shows Ys, Yp, Yc, CR, ⁇ y, and chromaticity of Examples B1 to B15 and Comparative Example B1.
- Table B4 shows the Tp, Tc, and the degree of polarization in the infrared region of 750 nm, 800 nm, and 850 nm of Examples B1 to B15 and Comparative Example B1.
- Tp, Tc, and polarization degree at 700 nm which is a wavelength in the visible region and initial polarization plates of Examples B6, B10, and B1 of the initial stage and after applying each polarizing plate at 105 ° C. for 500 hours Indicates each value of.
- the polarizing element of the present invention is a base material containing a water-soluble compound that absorbs light in the infrared region of 700 nm to 1400 nm, the absorption axes of the two polarizing elements are measured in parallel.
- the absolute value of the difference between the average value of the transmittance of each wavelength at 520 nm to 590 nm and the average value of the transmittance of each wavelength at 420 nm to 480 nm is 5% or less, and the transmittance of each wavelength at 600 nm to 640 nm
- both a * -p and b * -p are 2.0 or less in absolute value, it can be understood that the polarizing plate can realize high-quality whiteness at the parallel position.
- the comparative example B1 has a significantly low absorption and polarization degree in the infrared region of 700 nm or more.
- Table B4 also shows that the polarizing plate of the present invention has a high degree of polarization in the infrared region while realizing an achromatic color.
- Table B5 shows that a transmittance of 700 nm, which is a visible region, and a polarizing plate with a small change in polarization degree are obtained.
- Example C [Preparation of measurement sample]
- Example C1 A polyvinyl alcohol film (VF-PS, manufactured by Kuraray Co., Ltd., VF-PS) having an average degree of polymerization of 99% or more and a degree of polymerization of 99% was immersed in warm water at 40 ° C. for 2 minutes, and swelling treatment was performed to make the draw ratio 1.30 times.
- the swelled film is 1500 parts by weight of water, 1.5 parts by weight of sodium tripolyphosphate, 1.5 parts by weight of anhydrous sodium sulfate And C.I. I.
- the obtained film was immersed in an aqueous solution of 40 parts by weight of boric acid (manufactured by Societa Chimica lardrello s.p.a) dissolved in 2000 parts of water at 30 ° C. for 2 minutes.
- boric acid manufactured by Societa Chimica lardrello s.p.a
- the obtained film was subjected to a stretching treatment in an aqueous solution containing 30.0 g / l of boric acid at 50 ° C. for 5 minutes so that the stretching ratio was 5.0 times.
- the obtained film was subjected to immersion treatment (washing treatment) in water at 20 ° C. for 20 seconds.
- the obtained film was dried at 70 ° C. for 9 minutes to obtain a polarizing element.
- the durability test sample using the polarizing plate of the present invention is prepared by cutting the polarizing plate into a 40 mm square and bonding to a transparent plate glass through an adhesive layer (AD-ROC manufactured by Polatechno Co., Ltd.), and measurement of the present application It was a sample.
- Example C2 C.1 used in Example C1.
- a measurement sample was produced in the same manner as Example C1, except that 0.30 parts by weight of Direct Black 19 was changed to S0378 (0.30 parts by weight) manufactured by FEW CHEMICAL Co., Ltd. shown in the following formula (102).
- Example C3 C.1 used in Example C1.
- a measurement sample was produced in the same manner as Example C1, except that 0.30 parts by weight of Direct Black 19 was changed to S2180 (0.30 parts by weight) manufactured by FEW CHEMICAL Co., Ltd. shown in Formula (103).
- Example C4 C.1 used in Example C1.
- a measurement sample was produced in the same manner as Example C1, except that 0.30 parts by weight of Direct Black 19 was changed to 0.30 parts by weight of the compound shown in Compound Example (1-10).
- Example C5 A measurement sample is prepared in the same manner as in Example C1 except that 0.30 parts by weight of the infrared light-absorbing water-soluble compound used in Example C1 is replaced with 0.30 parts by weight of the compound shown in Compound Example (1-21). did.
- Example C6 C.1 used in Example C1.
- a measurement sample was produced in the same manner as Example C1, except that 0.30 parts by weight of Direct Black 19 was changed to 1.0 part by weight of the compound shown in Compound Example (1-10).
- Example C7 Example C6 and Example C6, except that 0.54 parts by weight of the compound shown in the present compound example (11-45) used in Example C6 was replaced with 0.33 parts by weight of the azo compound shown in the present compound example (11-5) Measurement samples were prepared in the same manner.
- Example C8 Example C6 and Example C6, except that 0.54 parts by weight of the compound shown in the present compound example (11-45) used in Example C6 was replaced with 0.33 parts by weight of the azo compound shown in the present compound example (12-12) Measurement samples were prepared in the same manner.
- Example C9 Example C6 except that 0.54 parts by weight of the compound represented by the present compound example (11-45) used in Example C6 was replaced with 0.46 parts by weight of the azo compound represented by the compound example (11-14) of the present application A measurement sample was prepared in the same manner as in.
- Example C10 0.22 parts by weight of a compound shown in the present compound example (9-23) used in Example C6 was treated with C.I. I.
- a measurement sample was produced in the same manner as Example C6 except that 0.19 parts by weight of DIRECT RED 81 (Compound Example 10-1 of the present application) was used.
- Example C11 Example C6 is the same as Example C6 except that 0.22 parts by weight of the compound shown in the present compound example (9-23) of the present application used in Example C6 is replaced with 0.21 part by weight of the azo compound shown in the following formula (10-85). A measurement sample was prepared.
- Example C12 Example C6 is the same as Example C6 except that 0.22 parts by weight of the compound shown in the present compound example (9-23) used in Example C6 is replaced with 0.40 parts by weight of the compound shown in the present compound example (10-51) A measurement sample was prepared.
- Example C13 In 0.13 parts by weight of a compound shown in the present compound example (13-2) used in Example C6, C.I. I. A measurement sample was produced in the same manner as Example C6 except that 0.11 parts by weight of Direct Orange 72 was used.
- Example C14 In 0.13 parts by weight of a compound shown in the present compound example (13-2) used in Example C6, C.I. I. A measurement sample was prepared in the same manner as Example C6 except that 0.16 parts by weight of Direct Yellow 28 was used.
- Example C1 In Example C1, C.I. I. A measurement sample was produced in the same manner as Example C1, except that 0.30 parts by weight of Direct Black 19 was not used.
- Table C1 shows Ys, Yp, Yc, CR, ⁇ y of Examples C1 to C14 and Comparative Example C1.
- Table C2 shows Tp, Tc, and the degree of polarization at near-infrared wavelengths of 750 nm, 800 nm, and 850 nm of Examples C1 to C14 and Comparative Example C1.
- Table C3 shows Tp, Tc and polarization degree at 700 nm which is a wavelength in the visible range, and initial values of Example C6 and Comparative Example C1 after application of each polarizing plate at 105 ° C. for 500 hours. .
- the polarizing element of the present application has a high degree of polarization in the visible region, although it contains a water-soluble compound or a salt thereof that absorbs light in the infrared region of 700 nm to 1400 nm. Further, Table C2 shows that the polarizing element of the present invention not only absorbs light in the infrared region but also has high polarization performance. From this, it can be seen that the polarizing element of the present invention has a high degree of polarization from the visible range to the infrared range.
- the polarizing element or the polarizing plate of the present application has absorption in the infrared region while achieving achromaticity in the visible region, and has a high polarization degree and red. It can be seen that a wide band polarizer having a high degree of polarization up to the outer region is obtained. Moreover, it was shown that the polarizing plate can realize high durability in the visible region.
- the polarizing element or polarizing plate of the present invention is a liquid crystal display, organic EL, liquid crystal projector, calculator, watch, notebook computer, word processor, liquid crystal television, polarizing lens, polarizing glasses, car navigation, and indoor / outdoor measuring instruments and displays
- Optical devices such as infrared sensors, infrared sensors, infrared cameras, optical isolators, and security systems.
- it can be effectively used in a reflective liquid crystal display device, a semi-transmissive liquid crystal display device, organic electroluminescence and the like.
Landscapes
- Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Nonlinear Science (AREA)
- Optics & Photonics (AREA)
- Crystallography & Structural Chemistry (AREA)
- Mathematical Physics (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Theoretical Computer Science (AREA)
- Polarising Elements (AREA)
- Liquid Crystal (AREA)
- Devices For Indicating Variable Information By Combining Individual Elements (AREA)
Abstract
The present application provides a polarizing element containing a water-soluble compound that absorbs infrared rays or a salt thereof.
Description
本発明は、近赤外領域の光を吸収する水溶性化合物又はその塩を含有する偏光素子、偏光板及び液晶表示装置に関する。
The present invention relates to a polarizing element, a polarizing plate and a liquid crystal display device containing a water-soluble compound or a salt thereof that absorbs light in the near infrared region.
偏光フィルムは一般に、二色性色素であるヨウ素又は二色性染料をポリビニルアルコール系樹脂フィルムに吸着配向させ製造されている。二色性色素としてヨウ素を用いた偏光フィルムはヨウ素系偏光フィルムと呼ばれ、一方、二色性色素として二色性染料を用いた偏光フィルムは染料系偏光フィルムと呼ばれる。これら偏光フィルムの少なくとも片面に、接着剤層を介してトリアセチルセルロースなどからなる保護フィルムを貼合して偏光板とし、液晶表示装置などに用いられる。ヨウ素系偏光フィルムからなるヨウ素系偏光板は、染料系偏光フィルムからなる染料系偏光板に比べ、高透過率で高偏光度、すなわち高コントラストを示すことから、一般的な液晶モニター、液晶テレビ、携帯電話、PDAなどに広く用いられている。しかしながら、ヨウ素系偏光板は光学特性の面では染料系偏光板に勝っているものの、光学耐久性の面では染料系偏光板に劣っており、例えば、ヨウ素系偏光板を高温多湿下に放置すると、脱色により透過率が上昇し、偏光度が低下するなどの問題が生じていた。透過率及び偏光度が高く、高コントラストで、かつ、耐熱性及び耐湿熱性にも優れる偏光板が求められ、この要望に対する発明として、透過率及び偏光度が高く、高コントラストで、かつ、環境試験、例えば乾熱耐久性にも優れる偏光板が求められている。この要望に対する発明として、特許文献1~3のように亜鉛を含有させる特許や、特許文献4のようにトリテルペノイド配糖体で処理して得られた偏光板や、特許文献5のように多価アルデヒドによっての熱に対する耐久性を向上させている技術がある。しかしながら、まだ上記要望を充分満たすものは得られておらず、安価で簡易的に作製しうる偏光板に関して、乾熱耐久性の向上等の高耐久化が切望されている。
In general, a polarizing film is manufactured by adsorbing and orienting a dichroic dye, iodine or a dichroic dye, to a polyvinyl alcohol resin film. A polarizing film using iodine as a dichroic dye is called an iodine-based polarizing film, while a polarizing film using a dichroic dye as a dichroic dye is called a dye-based polarizing film. A protective film made of triacetyl cellulose or the like is bonded to at least one surface of the polarizing film via an adhesive layer to form a polarizing plate, which is used for a liquid crystal display device or the like. An iodine-based polarizing plate made of an iodine-based polarizing film exhibits high transmittance and a high degree of polarization, that is, a high contrast, as compared with a dye-based polarizing plate made of a dye-based polarizing film. It is widely used in mobile phones, PDAs, etc. However, although an iodine-based polarizing plate is superior to a dye-based polarizing plate in terms of optical characteristics, it is inferior to a dye-based polarizing plate in terms of optical durability. For example, when the iodine-based polarizing plate is left under high temperature and humidity The decolorization causes problems such as an increase in the transmittance and a decrease in the degree of polarization. A polarizing plate having high transmittance and polarization degree, high contrast, and excellent heat resistance and moisture and heat resistance is required, and as an invention for this request, the transmittance and polarization degree are high, high contrast and environmental test For example, a polarizing plate which is also excellent in dry heat durability is required. Patents containing zinc as in Patent Documents 1 to 3 as inventions to this demand, polarizing plates obtained by processing with a triterpenoid glycoside as in Patent Document 4, and polyvalent materials as in Patent Document 5 There is a technology that improves the heat resistance by the aldehyde. However, there has not been obtained any plate that sufficiently meets the above-mentioned requirements, and there is a strong demand for high durability such as improvement of dry heat durability with respect to a polarizing plate that can be manufactured inexpensively and simply.
一般的な偏光板は、延伸配向したポリビニルアルコール又はその誘導体のフィルムあるいは、ポリ塩化ビニルフィルムの脱塩酸又はポリビニルアルコール系フィルムの脱水によりポリエンを生成して配向せしめたポリエン系のフィルムなどの偏光膜基材に、偏光素子としてヨウ素や二色性染料を染色乃至は含有せしめて製造される。これらのうち、偏光素子としてヨウ素を用いたヨウ素系偏光膜は、偏光性能には優れるものの、水および熱に対して弱く、高温、高湿の状態で長時間使用する場合にはその耐久性に問題があり、かつ、赤外域までの透過率を制御しうるものではなかった。一方、偏光素子として二色性染料を用いた染料系偏光膜はヨウ素系偏光膜に比べ、耐湿性および耐熱性は優れるものの、可視波長域向けの波長に対する偏光機能を有する偏光板であって、赤外波長域の透過率を制御しうる偏光板ではなかった。
A general polarizing plate is a polarizing film such as a film of a stretched and oriented polyvinyl alcohol or a derivative thereof, or a film of a polyene produced by orientating a polyene by dehydrochlorination of a polyvinyl chloride film or dehydration of a polyvinyl alcohol film. The substrate is manufactured by dyeing or incorporating iodine or a dichroic dye as a polarizing element. Among these, an iodine-based polarizing film using iodine as a polarizing element is excellent in polarization performance but is weak against water and heat, and is durable when used for a long time under high temperature and high humidity. There was a problem, and it was not possible to control the transmittance to the infrared region. On the other hand, although a dye-based polarizing film using a dichroic dye as a polarizing element is superior in moisture resistance and heat resistance to an iodine-based polarizing film, it is a polarizing plate having a polarizing function with respect to wavelengths for visible wavelengths. It was not a polarizing plate capable of controlling the transmittance in the infrared wavelength range.
近年では、タッチパネル向け認識光源や防犯カメラ、センサー、偽造防止、通信機器等の用途において、可視域波長向けの偏光板だけでなく、赤外線領域に用いられる偏光板が求められている。そういった要望に対して、特許文献15のようにヨウ素系偏光板をポリエン化した赤外偏光板や、特許文献16または14のようなワイヤーグリットを応用した赤外偏光板や、特許文献17のような微粒子を含んだガラスを延伸した赤外偏光子や、特許文献18または6のようなコレステリック液晶を用いたタイプが報告されている。特許文献15では耐久性が弱く、耐熱性や湿熱耐久性、および耐光性が弱く実用性に至っていない。特許文献16または14のようなワイヤグリッドタイプは、フィルムタイプにも加工が可能であると同時に、製品として安定していることから普及が進みつつある。しかしながら、表面にナノレベルの凹凸がないと光学特性を維持でないことから、表面に触れてはならず、そのため使用される用途は制限され、さらには反射防止や防呟(アンチグレア)加工をすることが難しい。特許文献17のような微粒子を含んだガラス延伸タイプは高い耐久性を有し、高い二色性を有していることから実用性に至っている。しかしながら、微粒子を含みながら延伸されたガラスであるため、素子そのものが割れやすく、もろく、かつ、従来の偏光板のような柔軟性が無くいために表面加工や他の基板との貼合が難しいという問題点があった。参考文献5の技術は、古くから公開されている円偏光を用いた技術ではあるが、視認する角度によって色が変わってしまうことや、基本的に、反射を利用した偏光板であるため、迷光や絶対偏光光を形成させることが難しかった。つまり、一般的な偏光板のように吸収型偏光素子であって、フィルムタイプで柔軟性があり、かつ、高い耐久性を有する赤外線波長領域に対応した偏光板は無かった。
In recent years, in applications such as recognition light sources for touch panels, security cameras, sensors, forgery prevention, and communication devices, not only polarizing plates for visible wavelengths but also polarizing plates used in infrared regions are required. In response to such a demand, an infrared polarizing plate obtained by polyeneifying an iodine-based polarizing plate as in Patent Document 15, an infrared polarizing plate applying wire grit as in Patent Document 16 or 14 or a Patent Document 17 An infrared polarizer formed by stretching a glass containing fine particles, and a type using a cholesteric liquid crystal as described in Patent Document 18 or 6 have been reported. In patent document 15, durability is weak, heat resistance, wet heat durability, and light resistance are weak, and have not reached practicality. The wire grid type such as Patent Document 16 or 14 is in widespread use because it can be processed into a film type as well as being stable as a product. However, the surface should not be touched because the surface does not maintain the optical properties unless there is nano level unevenness, which limits the application to be used, and further anti-reflection and anti-glare processing Is difficult. The glass stretch type containing fine particles as in Patent Document 17 has high durability and high dichroism, and thus reaches practicality. However, since the glass itself is stretched while containing fine particles, the element itself is easily broken and fragile, and the flexibility as in the conventional polarizing plate is lost, so that surface processing and bonding with other substrates are difficult. There was a problem. The technology of reference 5 is a technology using circularly polarized light that has been published for a long time, but since the color changes depending on the viewing angle, and basically it is a polarizing plate using reflection, stray light And it was difficult to form absolutely polarized light. That is, there was no polarizing plate corresponding to an infrared wavelength region which is an absorption type polarizing element like a general polarizing plate, is flexible in film type, and has high durability.
本発明は上記事情に鑑みてなされたものであり、新規な偏光素子、偏光板、及び光学装置を提供することを目的とする。
The present invention has been made in view of the above circumstances, and an object thereof is to provide a novel polarizing element, a polarizing plate, and an optical device.
本発明者は上記課題を解決すべく鋭意検討を行った結果、赤外域の光を吸収する水溶性化合物又はその塩を含む新規な偏光素子を開発するに至った。
As a result of intensive studies to solve the above problems, the present inventor has developed a novel polarizing element containing a water-soluble compound or a salt thereof that absorbs light in the infrared region.
一態様において、本発明の偏光素子はヨウ素を含む
In one aspect, the polarizing element of the present invention comprises iodine.
一態様において、特定の透過率を設定して、本発明の偏光素子が作製される。
In one aspect, a specific transmittance is set to produce the polarizing element of the present invention.
一態様において、本発明の偏光素子は特定のアゾ化合物を含有する。
In one aspect, the polarizing element of the present invention contains a specific azo compound.
すなわち、本発明の要旨構成は以下に示すとおりである。
発明1
可視域において偏光特性を示す二色性色素を少なくとも1種と、赤外領域の光を吸収する水溶性化合物又はその塩を含む偏光素子。
発明2
前記赤外域の光を吸収する水溶性化合物が、アゾ化合物である発明1に記載の偏光素子。
発明3
前記アゾ化合物が下記式(1)に示されるアゾ化合物である発明2に記載の偏光素子:
式中、Ai1、Ai2は各々独立に水素原子、アゾ基、又は下記式(2)(ただし、Ai1、Ai2がともに水素原子であるものは除く)で表され、
-NH-は、aとa’、bとb’、aとb’、bとa’の組合せのいずれかの位置で両ナフタレン環と結合し、
式中、Ri1が置換している環は、各々独立に、破線で表される環が存在しない場合にはベンゼン環であり、破線で表される環が存在する場合にはナフタレン環であり、
Ri1は各々独立に、塩素原子、スルホ基、ニトロ基、ヒドロキシ基、炭素数1~4のアルキル基、炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基、スルホ基を有する炭素数1~4のアルキル基、ヒドロキシ基を有する炭素数1~4のアルキル基、カルボキシ基を有する炭素数1~4のアルキル基、スルホ基を有する炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基、ヒドロキシ基を有する炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基、又はカルボキシ基を有する炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基であり、
Biは各々独立に、置換基を有してもよいフェニル基又は置換基を有してもよいナフチル基であり、前記置換基は、水素原子、塩素原子、スルホ基、ニトロ基、ヒドロキシ基、炭素数1~4のアルキル基、炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基、スルホ基を有する炭素数1~4のアルキル基、ヒドロキシ基を有する炭素数1~4のアルキル基、カルボキシ基を有する炭素数1~4のアルキル基、スルホ基を有する炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基、ヒドロキシ基を有する炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基、又はカルボキシ基を有する炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基であり、
mは1~3の整数を示し、
Biがヒドロキシ基を置換基として有する場合、前記ヒドロキシ基は上記式(1)中のヒドロキシ基と銅原子とで-O-Cu-O-を形成することが可能である。)
発明4
式(2)が式(3)で表される発明1~3のいずれか一項に記載の偏光素子:
式中、Ri1が置換されている環、Ri1、mはそれぞれ式(2)と同じであり、
-O-結合で表される酸素原子は式(1)中の-OH及び銅原子とで-O-Cu-O-を形成し、
Ri2は水素原子、塩素原子、スルホ基、ニトロ基、ヒドロキシ基、炭素数1~4のアルキル基、炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基、スルホ基を有する炭素数1~4のアルキル基、ヒドロキシ基を有する炭素数1~4のアルキル基、カルボキシ基を有する炭素数1~4のアルキル基、スルホ基を有する炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基、ヒドロキシ基を有する炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基、又はカルボキシ基を有する炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基である。
発明5
前記式(1)で表されるアゾ化合物が、下記式(4)で表されるアゾ化合物である発明1~4のいずれか一項に記載の偏光素子:
式中、Ri3は水素原子、塩素原子、スルホ基、ニトロ基、ヒドロキシ基、炭素数1~4のアルキル基、炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基、スルホ基を有する炭素数1~4のアルキル基、ヒドロキシ基を有する炭素数1~4のアルキル基、カルボキシ基を有する炭素数1~4のアルキル基、スルホ基を有する炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基、ヒドロキシ基を有する炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基、又はカルボキシ基を有する炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基であり、
mは式(2)と同じである。
発明6
前記少なくとも1種の二色性色素が式(5)または式(6)で示される化合物又はその塩である、発明1~5のいずれか一項に記載の偏光素子:
式中、Ab1、Ab2はそれぞれ独立に、置換基を有するナフチル基又は置換基を有するフェニル基を示し、その置換基の少なくとも1つが水素原子、スルホ基、炭素数1~4のアルキル基、炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基、スルホ基を有する炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基、カルボキシ基、ニトロ基、アミノ基、又は置換アミノ基であり、
Rb1、Rb2は各々独立に、水素原子、炭素数1~4のアルキル基、炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基、スルホ基、又はスルホ基を有する炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基を示し、
式中、Ag1は置換基を有するフェニル基または置換基を有するナフチル基を示し、
BgおよびCgは、各々独立に、下記式(7)または下記式(8)で表され、少なくとも一方が式(7)を示し、
Xg1は、置換基を有していてもよいアミノ基、置換基を有していてもよいフェニルアミノ基、置換基を有していてもよいフェニルアゾ基、または置換基を有していてもよいベンゾイルアミノ基を示し、
式中、Rg1は水素原子、炭素数1~4のアルキル基、炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基、またはスルホ基を有する炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基を示し、
kは0~2の整数を示し、
式中、Rg2およびRg3は各々独立に水素原子、炭素数1~4のアルキル基、炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基、またはスルホ基を有する炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基を示す。
発明7
前記少なくとも1種の二色性色素が下記式(9)又は式(10)で示される化合物、その金属錯体化合物、又はその塩である、発明1~6のいずれか一項に記載の偏光素子:
式中、Ac1は、スルホ基及びカルボキシ基からなる群から選択される置換基を少なくとも1つ有するフェニル基又はナフチル基を表し、
Rc11~Rc14は、各々独立して、水素原子、炭素数1~4のアルキル基、炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基、又はスルホ基を有する炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基を表し、
式中、Ac2は、スルホ基及びカルボキシ基からなる群から選択される置換基を少なくとも1つ有するフェニル基又はナフチル基を表し、
Rc21~Rc25は、各々独立して、水素原子、炭素数1~4のアルキル基、炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基、又はスルホ基を有する炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基を表し、
Rc26は、水素原子、炭素数1~4のアルキル基、又はスルホ基を有する炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基を表し、
Xc2は、炭素数1~4のアルキル基、炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基、スルホ基、炭素数1~4のアルキルアミノ基、ヒドロキシ基、アミノ基、置換アミノ基、カルボキシ基、及びカルボキシエチルアミノ基からなる群から選択される置換基を少なくとも1つ有していてもよいアミノ基、置換基を有してもよいフェニルアミノ基、置換基を有してもよいフェニルアゾ基、置換基を有してもよいナフトトリアゾール基、置換基を有してもよいベンゾイル基、又は置換基を有してもよいベンゾイルアミノ基を表し、
p、qはそれぞれ独立に0又は1の整数を表す。
発明8
前記少なくとも1種の二色性色素が下記式(11)で示されるアゾ化合物、その金属錯体化合物又はその塩、又は、式(12)で示されるアゾ化合物又はその塩である、発明1~7のいずれか一項に記載の偏光素子:
式中、Ab1は、スルホ基及びカルボキシ基からなる群から選択される置換基を少なくとも1つ有するフェニル基又はナフチル基を表し、
Rb11~Rb14は、各々独立して、水素原子、炭素数1~4のアルキル基、炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基又はスルホ基を有する炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基を表し、Rb15及びRb16は、各々独立して炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基を示し、
Xb1は、炭素数1~4のアルキル基、炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基、スルホ基、アミノ基、炭素数1~4のアルキルアミノ基、ヒドロキシ基、カルボキシ基及びカルボキシエチルアミノ基からなる群から選択される置換基を少なくとも1つ有していてもよいアミノ基、置換基を有してもよいフェニルアミノ基、置換基を有してもよいフェニルアゾ基、置換基を有してもよいナフトトリアゾール基、置換基を有してもよいベンゾイルアミノ基、または置換基を有してもよいベンゾイル基を表し、
dは0または1を表し;
式中、Ab2は、スルホ基及びカルボキシ基からなる群から選択される置換基を少なくとも1つ有するフェニル基又はナフチル基を表し、
Rb21は水素原子、炭素数1~4のアルキル基、炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基、又はスルホ基を有する炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基を表し、Xb2は、炭素数1~4のアルキル基、炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基、炭素数1~4のアルキルアミン基、ヒドロキシ基、カルボキシ基、スルホ基、アミノ基及び置換アミノ基からなる群から選択される置換基を少なくとも1つ有してもよいアミノ基、置換基を有してもよいフェニルアミノ基、置換基を有してもよいフェニルアゾ基、置換基を有してもよいナフトトリアゾール基、置換基を有してもよいベンゾイルアミノ基、または置換基を有してもよいベンゾイル基を表す。
発明9
前記少なくとも1種の二色性色素が下記式(13)で示されるアゾ化合物又はその塩である、発明1~8のいずれか一項に記載の偏光素子:
式中、Ay1は、水素原子、スルホ基、カルボキシ基、ヒドロキシ基、炭素数1~4のアルキル基、又は炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基を表し、
Ry1及びRy2は、各々独立して、水素原子、スルホ基、炭素数1~4のアルキル基、又は炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基、又はスルホ基を有する炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基を表し、
hは1~3の整数である。
発明10
前記少なくとも1種の二色性色素がヨウ素である、発明1~9のいずれか一項に記載の偏光素子。
発明11
基材が、ポリビニルアルコール系樹脂フィルムである発明1~10のいずれか一項に記載の偏光素子。
発明12
偏光度が99%以上である発明1~11のいずれか一項に記載の偏光素子。
発明13
前記偏光素子2枚を、各々の吸収軸が互いに平行になるように重ねて配置した状態で求められる透過率において、
520nm~590nmの各波長の平均透過率と420nm~480nmの各波長の平均透過率との差が絶対値として5%以下であり、かつ、600nm~640nmの各波長の平均透過率と520nm~590nmの各波長の平均透過率の平均値との差が絶対値として3%以下である、
発明1~12のいずれか一項に記載の偏光素子。
発明14
JIS Z 8781-4:2013に従い、自然光の透過率測定時に求められるa*値及びb*値の絶対値が、
前記偏光素子単体で、ともに1以下(-1≦a*-s≦1、-1≦b*-s≦1)であり、
前記偏光素子2枚を、各々の吸収軸が互いに平行になるよう重ねて配置した状態で、ともに2以下(-2≦a*-p≦2、-2≦b*-p≦2)である、
発明1~13のいずれか一項に記載の偏光素子(a*-sは単体でのa*値を示し、b*-sは単体でのb*値を示し、a*-pは平行位でのa*値を示し、b*-pは平行位でのb*を示す)。
発明15
前記偏光素子2枚を、各々の吸収軸が互いに直交するように重ねて配置した状態で求められる透過率において、
520nm~590nmの各波長の平均透過率と420nm~480nmの各波長の平均透過率との差が絶対値として3%以下であり、かつ、600nm~640nmの各波長の平均透過率と520nm~590nmの各波長の平均透過率との差が絶対値として2%以下である、
発明1~14のいずれか一項に記載の偏光素子。
発明16
発明1~15のいずれか一項に記載の偏光素子と、該偏光素子の少なくとも一方の面に透明保護層を備えた偏光板。
発明17
発明1~15のいずれか一項に記載の偏光素子又は発明16に記載の偏光板を含む光学装置。
発明18
液晶表示装置である、発明17に記載の光学装置。 That is, the gist configuration of the present invention is as follows.
Invention 1
A polarizing element comprising at least one dichroic dye exhibiting polarization characteristics in the visible region, and a water-soluble compound or a salt thereof that absorbs light in the infrared region.
Invention 2
The polarizing element of the invention 1 whose water-soluble compound which absorbs the light of the said infrared region is an azo compound.
Invention 3
The polarizing element as described in the invention 2 whose said azo compound is an azo compound shown by following formula (1):
In the formula, Ai 1 and Ai 2 are each independently represented by a hydrogen atom, an azo group, or the following formula (2) (provided that both Ai 1 and Ai 2 are hydrogen atoms are excluded),
-NH- is bonded to both naphthalene rings at any position of the combination of a and a ', b and b', a and b ', b and a',
In the formula, the rings substituted by Ri 1 are each independently a benzene ring when there is no ring represented by the broken line, and a naphthalene ring when there is a ring represented by the broken line ,
Ri 1 each independently represents a chlorine atom, a sulfo group, a nitro group, a hydroxy group, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms having a sulfo group, An alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms having a hydroxy group, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms having a carboxy group, an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms having a sulfo group, an alkoxy having 1 to 4 carbon atoms having a hydroxy group A C 1-4 alkoxy group having a group or a carboxy group,
Bi each independently represents a phenyl group which may have a substituent or a naphthyl group which may have a substituent, and the substituent is a hydrogen atom, a chlorine atom, a sulfo group, a nitro group, a hydroxy group, Alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms having a sulfo group, alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms having a hydroxy group, carbon number having a carboxy group A C 1-4 alkoxy group having a 1-4 alkyl group, a sulfo group, a C 1-4 alkoxy group having a hydroxy group, or an C 1-4 alkoxy group having a carboxy group,
m is an integer of 1 to 3;
When Bi has a hydroxy group as a substituent, the hydroxy group can form —O—Cu—O— with the hydroxy group in the above formula (1) and a copper atom. )
Invention 4
The polarizing element according to any one of Inventions 1 to 3, wherein Formula (2) is represented by Formula (3):
In the formula, Ri 1 is a substituted ring, Ri 1 and m are respectively the same as in formula (2),
The oxygen atom represented by —O— bond forms —O—Cu—O— with —OH and copper atom in the formula (1),
Ri 2 is a hydrogen atom, a chlorine atom, a sulfo group, a nitro group, a hydroxy group, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms having a sulfo group, hydroxy Alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms having a carboxy group, an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms having a sulfo group, an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms having a hydroxy group Or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms having a carboxy group.
Invention 5
The polarizing element according to any one of the inventions 1 to 4, wherein the azo compound represented by the formula (1) is an azo compound represented by the following formula (4):
In the formula, Ri 3 is a hydrogen atom, a chlorine atom, a sulfo group, a nitro group, a hydroxy group, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms having a sulfo group. Group, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms having a hydroxy group, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms having a carboxy group, an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms having a sulfo group, and 1 to 4 carbon atoms having a hydroxy group Or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms having a carboxy group,
m is the same as equation (2).
Invention 6
The polarizing element according to any one of the inventions 1 to 5, wherein the at least one dichroic dye is a compound represented by the formula (5) or the formula (6) or a salt thereof:
In the formula, each of Ab 1 and Ab 2 independently represents a substituted naphthyl group or a substituted phenyl group, and at least one of the substituents is a hydrogen atom, a sulfo group, or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms An alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms having a sulfo group, a carboxy group, a nitro group, an amino group, or a substituted amino group,
Rb 1 and Rb 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, a sulfo group, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms having a sulfo group,
In the formula, Ag 1 represents a substituted phenyl group or a substituted naphthyl group,
Bg and Cg are each independently represented by the following formula (7) or the following formula (8), and at least one represents the formula (7),
Xg 1 may have an amino group which may have a substituent, a phenylamino group which may have a substituent, a phenylazo group which may have a substituent, or a substituent Exhibit a good benzoylamino group,
In the formula, Rg 1 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms having a sulfo group,
k is an integer of 0 to 2;
In the formula, Rg 2 and Rg 3 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms having a sulfo group.
Invention 7
The polarizer according to any one of Inventions 1 to 6, wherein the at least one dichroic dye is a compound represented by the following formula (9) or (10), a metal complex compound thereof, or a salt thereof :
In the formula, Ac 1 represents a phenyl group or a naphthyl group having at least one substituent selected from the group consisting of a sulfo group and a carboxy group,
Rc 11 to Rc 14 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms having a sulfo group,
In the formula, Ac 2 represents a phenyl group or a naphthyl group having at least one substituent selected from the group consisting of a sulfo group and a carboxy group,
Rc 21 to Rc 25 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms having a sulfo group,
Rc 26 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms having a sulfo group,
Xc 2 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, a sulfo group, an alkylamino group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, a hydroxy group, an amino group, a substituted amino group, a carboxy group, and a carboxy An amino group which may have at least one substituent selected from the group consisting of ethylamino groups, a phenylamino group which may have a substituent, a phenylazo group which may have a substituent, a substituent A naphthotriazole group which may have one or more substituents, a benzoyl group which may have one or more substituents, or a benzoylamino group which may have one or more substituents,
p and q each independently represent an integer of 0 or 1.
Invention 8
Invention 1 to 7 wherein the at least one dichroic dye is an azo compound represented by the following formula (11), a metal complex compound thereof or a salt thereof, or an azo compound represented by the formula (12) or a salt thereof Polarizing element according to any one of:
In the formula, Ab 1 represents a phenyl group or a naphthyl group having at least one substituent selected from the group consisting of a sulfo group and a carboxy group,
Rb 11 ~ Rb 14 are each independently, represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms having an alkoxy group or a sulfo group having 1-4 carbon atoms, Rb 15 And R b 16 each independently represent an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms,
Xb 1 is composed of an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, a sulfo group, an amino group, an alkylamino group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, a hydroxy group, a carboxy group and a carboxyethylamino group An amino group which may have at least one substituent selected from the group, a phenylamino group which may have a substituent, a phenylazo group which may have a substituent, and a substituent A naphthotriazole group, a benzoylamino group which may have a substituent, or a benzoyl group which may have a substituent,
d represents 0 or 1;
In the formula, Ab 2 represents a phenyl group or a naphthyl group having at least one substituent selected from the group consisting of a sulfo group and a carboxy group,
Rb 21 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms having a sulfo group, and Xb 2 has 1 to 4 carbon atoms At least one substituent selected from the group consisting of an alkyl group, an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, an alkylamine group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, a hydroxy group, a carboxy group, a sulfo group, an amino group and a substituted amino group Amino group which may have, phenylamino group which may have a substituent, phenylazo group which may have a substituent, naphthotriazole group which may have a substituent, even having a substituent Represents a good benzoylamino group or a benzoyl group which may have a substituent.
Invention 9
The polarizing element according to any one of Inventions 1 to 8, wherein the at least one dichroic dye is an azo compound represented by the following formula (13) or a salt thereof:
In the formula, Ay 1 represents a hydrogen atom, a sulfo group, a carboxy group, a hydroxy group, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms,
Each of Ry 1 and Ry 2 independently represents a hydrogen atom, a sulfo group, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms having a sulfo group. Represents
h is an integer of 1 to 3.
Invention 10
The polarizer according to any one of Inventions 1 to 9, wherein the at least one dichroic dye is iodine.
Invention 11
The polarizing element according to any one of Inventions 1 to 10, wherein the substrate is a polyvinyl alcohol resin film.
Invention 12
The polarizing element as described in any one of the inventions 1-11 whose degree of polarization is 99% or more.
Invention 13
In the transmissivity which is determined in a state in which the two polarizing elements are arranged so that their absorption axes are parallel to each other,
The difference between the average transmittance of each wavelength of 520 nm to 590 nm and the average transmittance of each wavelength of 420 nm to 480 nm is 5% or less as an absolute value, and the average transmittance of each wavelength of 600 nm to 640 nm, 520 nm to 590 nm The difference from the average value of the average transmittance of each wavelength of is 3% or less as an absolute value,
The polarizing element according to any one of the inventions 1 to 12.
Invention 14
According to JIS Z 8781-4: 2013, the absolute values of a * value and b * value determined at the time of natural light transmittance measurement are
Each of the polarizing elements alone is 1 or less (-1 ≦ a * −s ≦ 1 and −1 ≦ b * −s ≦ 1).
When two polarizing elements are arranged so that their absorption axes are parallel to each other, they are both 2 or less (-2 ≦ a * −p ≦ 2, −2 ≦ b * −p ≦ 2). ,
Invention 1. The polarizing element as described in any one of 1 to 13 (where a * -s represents a single a * value, b * -s represents a single b * value, a * -p represents a parallel position B * -p indicates b * at the parallel position).
Invention 15
In the transmissivity which is determined in a state in which the two polarizing elements are arranged so as to overlap each other so that their absorption axes are orthogonal to each other,
The difference between the average transmittance of each wavelength of 520 nm to 590 nm and the average transmittance of each wavelength of 420 nm to 480 nm is 3% or less as an absolute value, and the average transmittance of each wavelength of 600 nm to 640 nm, 520 nm to 590 nm The difference with the average transmittance of each wavelength of is 2% or less as an absolute value,
The polarizing element according to any one of the inventions 1-14.
Invention 16
A polarizing element according to any one of the inventions 1 to 15, and a polarizing plate comprising a transparent protective layer on at least one surface of the polarizing element.
Invention 17
An optical device comprising the polarizing element according to any one of the first to fifteenth aspects or the polarizing plate according to the sixteenth aspect.
Invention 18
The optical device according to claim 17, which is a liquid crystal display device.
発明1
可視域において偏光特性を示す二色性色素を少なくとも1種と、赤外領域の光を吸収する水溶性化合物又はその塩を含む偏光素子。
発明2
前記赤外域の光を吸収する水溶性化合物が、アゾ化合物である発明1に記載の偏光素子。
発明3
前記アゾ化合物が下記式(1)に示されるアゾ化合物である発明2に記載の偏光素子:
式中、Ai1、Ai2は各々独立に水素原子、アゾ基、又は下記式(2)(ただし、Ai1、Ai2がともに水素原子であるものは除く)で表され、
-NH-は、aとa’、bとb’、aとb’、bとa’の組合せのいずれかの位置で両ナフタレン環と結合し、
式中、Ri1が置換している環は、各々独立に、破線で表される環が存在しない場合にはベンゼン環であり、破線で表される環が存在する場合にはナフタレン環であり、
Ri1は各々独立に、塩素原子、スルホ基、ニトロ基、ヒドロキシ基、炭素数1~4のアルキル基、炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基、スルホ基を有する炭素数1~4のアルキル基、ヒドロキシ基を有する炭素数1~4のアルキル基、カルボキシ基を有する炭素数1~4のアルキル基、スルホ基を有する炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基、ヒドロキシ基を有する炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基、又はカルボキシ基を有する炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基であり、
Biは各々独立に、置換基を有してもよいフェニル基又は置換基を有してもよいナフチル基であり、前記置換基は、水素原子、塩素原子、スルホ基、ニトロ基、ヒドロキシ基、炭素数1~4のアルキル基、炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基、スルホ基を有する炭素数1~4のアルキル基、ヒドロキシ基を有する炭素数1~4のアルキル基、カルボキシ基を有する炭素数1~4のアルキル基、スルホ基を有する炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基、ヒドロキシ基を有する炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基、又はカルボキシ基を有する炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基であり、
mは1~3の整数を示し、
Biがヒドロキシ基を置換基として有する場合、前記ヒドロキシ基は上記式(1)中のヒドロキシ基と銅原子とで-O-Cu-O-を形成することが可能である。)
発明4
式(2)が式(3)で表される発明1~3のいずれか一項に記載の偏光素子:
式中、Ri1が置換されている環、Ri1、mはそれぞれ式(2)と同じであり、
-O-結合で表される酸素原子は式(1)中の-OH及び銅原子とで-O-Cu-O-を形成し、
Ri2は水素原子、塩素原子、スルホ基、ニトロ基、ヒドロキシ基、炭素数1~4のアルキル基、炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基、スルホ基を有する炭素数1~4のアルキル基、ヒドロキシ基を有する炭素数1~4のアルキル基、カルボキシ基を有する炭素数1~4のアルキル基、スルホ基を有する炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基、ヒドロキシ基を有する炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基、又はカルボキシ基を有する炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基である。
発明5
前記式(1)で表されるアゾ化合物が、下記式(4)で表されるアゾ化合物である発明1~4のいずれか一項に記載の偏光素子:
式中、Ri3は水素原子、塩素原子、スルホ基、ニトロ基、ヒドロキシ基、炭素数1~4のアルキル基、炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基、スルホ基を有する炭素数1~4のアルキル基、ヒドロキシ基を有する炭素数1~4のアルキル基、カルボキシ基を有する炭素数1~4のアルキル基、スルホ基を有する炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基、ヒドロキシ基を有する炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基、又はカルボキシ基を有する炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基であり、
mは式(2)と同じである。
発明6
前記少なくとも1種の二色性色素が式(5)または式(6)で示される化合物又はその塩である、発明1~5のいずれか一項に記載の偏光素子:
式中、Ab1、Ab2はそれぞれ独立に、置換基を有するナフチル基又は置換基を有するフェニル基を示し、その置換基の少なくとも1つが水素原子、スルホ基、炭素数1~4のアルキル基、炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基、スルホ基を有する炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基、カルボキシ基、ニトロ基、アミノ基、又は置換アミノ基であり、
Rb1、Rb2は各々独立に、水素原子、炭素数1~4のアルキル基、炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基、スルホ基、又はスルホ基を有する炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基を示し、
式中、Ag1は置換基を有するフェニル基または置換基を有するナフチル基を示し、
BgおよびCgは、各々独立に、下記式(7)または下記式(8)で表され、少なくとも一方が式(7)を示し、
Xg1は、置換基を有していてもよいアミノ基、置換基を有していてもよいフェニルアミノ基、置換基を有していてもよいフェニルアゾ基、または置換基を有していてもよいベンゾイルアミノ基を示し、
式中、Rg1は水素原子、炭素数1~4のアルキル基、炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基、またはスルホ基を有する炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基を示し、
kは0~2の整数を示し、
式中、Rg2およびRg3は各々独立に水素原子、炭素数1~4のアルキル基、炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基、またはスルホ基を有する炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基を示す。
発明7
前記少なくとも1種の二色性色素が下記式(9)又は式(10)で示される化合物、その金属錯体化合物、又はその塩である、発明1~6のいずれか一項に記載の偏光素子:
式中、Ac1は、スルホ基及びカルボキシ基からなる群から選択される置換基を少なくとも1つ有するフェニル基又はナフチル基を表し、
Rc11~Rc14は、各々独立して、水素原子、炭素数1~4のアルキル基、炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基、又はスルホ基を有する炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基を表し、
式中、Ac2は、スルホ基及びカルボキシ基からなる群から選択される置換基を少なくとも1つ有するフェニル基又はナフチル基を表し、
Rc21~Rc25は、各々独立して、水素原子、炭素数1~4のアルキル基、炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基、又はスルホ基を有する炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基を表し、
Rc26は、水素原子、炭素数1~4のアルキル基、又はスルホ基を有する炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基を表し、
Xc2は、炭素数1~4のアルキル基、炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基、スルホ基、炭素数1~4のアルキルアミノ基、ヒドロキシ基、アミノ基、置換アミノ基、カルボキシ基、及びカルボキシエチルアミノ基からなる群から選択される置換基を少なくとも1つ有していてもよいアミノ基、置換基を有してもよいフェニルアミノ基、置換基を有してもよいフェニルアゾ基、置換基を有してもよいナフトトリアゾール基、置換基を有してもよいベンゾイル基、又は置換基を有してもよいベンゾイルアミノ基を表し、
p、qはそれぞれ独立に0又は1の整数を表す。
発明8
前記少なくとも1種の二色性色素が下記式(11)で示されるアゾ化合物、その金属錯体化合物又はその塩、又は、式(12)で示されるアゾ化合物又はその塩である、発明1~7のいずれか一項に記載の偏光素子:
式中、Ab1は、スルホ基及びカルボキシ基からなる群から選択される置換基を少なくとも1つ有するフェニル基又はナフチル基を表し、
Rb11~Rb14は、各々独立して、水素原子、炭素数1~4のアルキル基、炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基又はスルホ基を有する炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基を表し、Rb15及びRb16は、各々独立して炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基を示し、
Xb1は、炭素数1~4のアルキル基、炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基、スルホ基、アミノ基、炭素数1~4のアルキルアミノ基、ヒドロキシ基、カルボキシ基及びカルボキシエチルアミノ基からなる群から選択される置換基を少なくとも1つ有していてもよいアミノ基、置換基を有してもよいフェニルアミノ基、置換基を有してもよいフェニルアゾ基、置換基を有してもよいナフトトリアゾール基、置換基を有してもよいベンゾイルアミノ基、または置換基を有してもよいベンゾイル基を表し、
dは0または1を表し;
式中、Ab2は、スルホ基及びカルボキシ基からなる群から選択される置換基を少なくとも1つ有するフェニル基又はナフチル基を表し、
Rb21は水素原子、炭素数1~4のアルキル基、炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基、又はスルホ基を有する炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基を表し、Xb2は、炭素数1~4のアルキル基、炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基、炭素数1~4のアルキルアミン基、ヒドロキシ基、カルボキシ基、スルホ基、アミノ基及び置換アミノ基からなる群から選択される置換基を少なくとも1つ有してもよいアミノ基、置換基を有してもよいフェニルアミノ基、置換基を有してもよいフェニルアゾ基、置換基を有してもよいナフトトリアゾール基、置換基を有してもよいベンゾイルアミノ基、または置換基を有してもよいベンゾイル基を表す。
発明9
前記少なくとも1種の二色性色素が下記式(13)で示されるアゾ化合物又はその塩である、発明1~8のいずれか一項に記載の偏光素子:
式中、Ay1は、水素原子、スルホ基、カルボキシ基、ヒドロキシ基、炭素数1~4のアルキル基、又は炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基を表し、
Ry1及びRy2は、各々独立して、水素原子、スルホ基、炭素数1~4のアルキル基、又は炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基、又はスルホ基を有する炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基を表し、
hは1~3の整数である。
発明10
前記少なくとも1種の二色性色素がヨウ素である、発明1~9のいずれか一項に記載の偏光素子。
発明11
基材が、ポリビニルアルコール系樹脂フィルムである発明1~10のいずれか一項に記載の偏光素子。
発明12
偏光度が99%以上である発明1~11のいずれか一項に記載の偏光素子。
発明13
前記偏光素子2枚を、各々の吸収軸が互いに平行になるように重ねて配置した状態で求められる透過率において、
520nm~590nmの各波長の平均透過率と420nm~480nmの各波長の平均透過率との差が絶対値として5%以下であり、かつ、600nm~640nmの各波長の平均透過率と520nm~590nmの各波長の平均透過率の平均値との差が絶対値として3%以下である、
発明1~12のいずれか一項に記載の偏光素子。
発明14
JIS Z 8781-4:2013に従い、自然光の透過率測定時に求められるa*値及びb*値の絶対値が、
前記偏光素子単体で、ともに1以下(-1≦a*-s≦1、-1≦b*-s≦1)であり、
前記偏光素子2枚を、各々の吸収軸が互いに平行になるよう重ねて配置した状態で、ともに2以下(-2≦a*-p≦2、-2≦b*-p≦2)である、
発明1~13のいずれか一項に記載の偏光素子(a*-sは単体でのa*値を示し、b*-sは単体でのb*値を示し、a*-pは平行位でのa*値を示し、b*-pは平行位でのb*を示す)。
発明15
前記偏光素子2枚を、各々の吸収軸が互いに直交するように重ねて配置した状態で求められる透過率において、
520nm~590nmの各波長の平均透過率と420nm~480nmの各波長の平均透過率との差が絶対値として3%以下であり、かつ、600nm~640nmの各波長の平均透過率と520nm~590nmの各波長の平均透過率との差が絶対値として2%以下である、
発明1~14のいずれか一項に記載の偏光素子。
発明16
発明1~15のいずれか一項に記載の偏光素子と、該偏光素子の少なくとも一方の面に透明保護層を備えた偏光板。
発明17
発明1~15のいずれか一項に記載の偏光素子又は発明16に記載の偏光板を含む光学装置。
発明18
液晶表示装置である、発明17に記載の光学装置。 That is, the gist configuration of the present invention is as follows.
Invention 1
A polarizing element comprising at least one dichroic dye exhibiting polarization characteristics in the visible region, and a water-soluble compound or a salt thereof that absorbs light in the infrared region.
Invention 2
The polarizing element of the invention 1 whose water-soluble compound which absorbs the light of the said infrared region is an azo compound.
Invention 3
The polarizing element as described in the invention 2 whose said azo compound is an azo compound shown by following formula (1):
In the formula, Ai 1 and Ai 2 are each independently represented by a hydrogen atom, an azo group, or the following formula (2) (provided that both Ai 1 and Ai 2 are hydrogen atoms are excluded),
-NH- is bonded to both naphthalene rings at any position of the combination of a and a ', b and b', a and b ', b and a',
In the formula, the rings substituted by Ri 1 are each independently a benzene ring when there is no ring represented by the broken line, and a naphthalene ring when there is a ring represented by the broken line ,
Ri 1 each independently represents a chlorine atom, a sulfo group, a nitro group, a hydroxy group, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms having a sulfo group, An alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms having a hydroxy group, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms having a carboxy group, an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms having a sulfo group, an alkoxy having 1 to 4 carbon atoms having a hydroxy group A C 1-4 alkoxy group having a group or a carboxy group,
Bi each independently represents a phenyl group which may have a substituent or a naphthyl group which may have a substituent, and the substituent is a hydrogen atom, a chlorine atom, a sulfo group, a nitro group, a hydroxy group, Alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms having a sulfo group, alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms having a hydroxy group, carbon number having a carboxy group A C 1-4 alkoxy group having a 1-4 alkyl group, a sulfo group, a C 1-4 alkoxy group having a hydroxy group, or an C 1-4 alkoxy group having a carboxy group,
m is an integer of 1 to 3;
When Bi has a hydroxy group as a substituent, the hydroxy group can form —O—Cu—O— with the hydroxy group in the above formula (1) and a copper atom. )
Invention 4
The polarizing element according to any one of Inventions 1 to 3, wherein Formula (2) is represented by Formula (3):
In the formula, Ri 1 is a substituted ring, Ri 1 and m are respectively the same as in formula (2),
The oxygen atom represented by —O— bond forms —O—Cu—O— with —OH and copper atom in the formula (1),
Ri 2 is a hydrogen atom, a chlorine atom, a sulfo group, a nitro group, a hydroxy group, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms having a sulfo group, hydroxy Alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms having a carboxy group, an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms having a sulfo group, an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms having a hydroxy group Or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms having a carboxy group.
Invention 5
The polarizing element according to any one of the inventions 1 to 4, wherein the azo compound represented by the formula (1) is an azo compound represented by the following formula (4):
In the formula, Ri 3 is a hydrogen atom, a chlorine atom, a sulfo group, a nitro group, a hydroxy group, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms having a sulfo group. Group, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms having a hydroxy group, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms having a carboxy group, an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms having a sulfo group, and 1 to 4 carbon atoms having a hydroxy group Or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms having a carboxy group,
m is the same as equation (2).
Invention 6
The polarizing element according to any one of the inventions 1 to 5, wherein the at least one dichroic dye is a compound represented by the formula (5) or the formula (6) or a salt thereof:
In the formula, each of Ab 1 and Ab 2 independently represents a substituted naphthyl group or a substituted phenyl group, and at least one of the substituents is a hydrogen atom, a sulfo group, or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms An alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms having a sulfo group, a carboxy group, a nitro group, an amino group, or a substituted amino group,
Rb 1 and Rb 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, a sulfo group, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms having a sulfo group,
In the formula, Ag 1 represents a substituted phenyl group or a substituted naphthyl group,
Bg and Cg are each independently represented by the following formula (7) or the following formula (8), and at least one represents the formula (7),
Xg 1 may have an amino group which may have a substituent, a phenylamino group which may have a substituent, a phenylazo group which may have a substituent, or a substituent Exhibit a good benzoylamino group,
In the formula, Rg 1 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms having a sulfo group,
k is an integer of 0 to 2;
In the formula, Rg 2 and Rg 3 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms having a sulfo group.
Invention 7
The polarizer according to any one of Inventions 1 to 6, wherein the at least one dichroic dye is a compound represented by the following formula (9) or (10), a metal complex compound thereof, or a salt thereof :
In the formula, Ac 1 represents a phenyl group or a naphthyl group having at least one substituent selected from the group consisting of a sulfo group and a carboxy group,
Rc 11 to Rc 14 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms having a sulfo group,
In the formula, Ac 2 represents a phenyl group or a naphthyl group having at least one substituent selected from the group consisting of a sulfo group and a carboxy group,
Rc 21 to Rc 25 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms having a sulfo group,
Rc 26 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms having a sulfo group,
Xc 2 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, a sulfo group, an alkylamino group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, a hydroxy group, an amino group, a substituted amino group, a carboxy group, and a carboxy An amino group which may have at least one substituent selected from the group consisting of ethylamino groups, a phenylamino group which may have a substituent, a phenylazo group which may have a substituent, a substituent A naphthotriazole group which may have one or more substituents, a benzoyl group which may have one or more substituents, or a benzoylamino group which may have one or more substituents,
p and q each independently represent an integer of 0 or 1.
Invention 8
Invention 1 to 7 wherein the at least one dichroic dye is an azo compound represented by the following formula (11), a metal complex compound thereof or a salt thereof, or an azo compound represented by the formula (12) or a salt thereof Polarizing element according to any one of:
In the formula, Ab 1 represents a phenyl group or a naphthyl group having at least one substituent selected from the group consisting of a sulfo group and a carboxy group,
Rb 11 ~ Rb 14 are each independently, represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms having an alkoxy group or a sulfo group having 1-4 carbon atoms, Rb 15 And R b 16 each independently represent an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms,
Xb 1 is composed of an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, a sulfo group, an amino group, an alkylamino group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, a hydroxy group, a carboxy group and a carboxyethylamino group An amino group which may have at least one substituent selected from the group, a phenylamino group which may have a substituent, a phenylazo group which may have a substituent, and a substituent A naphthotriazole group, a benzoylamino group which may have a substituent, or a benzoyl group which may have a substituent,
d represents 0 or 1;
In the formula, Ab 2 represents a phenyl group or a naphthyl group having at least one substituent selected from the group consisting of a sulfo group and a carboxy group,
Rb 21 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms having a sulfo group, and Xb 2 has 1 to 4 carbon atoms At least one substituent selected from the group consisting of an alkyl group, an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, an alkylamine group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, a hydroxy group, a carboxy group, a sulfo group, an amino group and a substituted amino group Amino group which may have, phenylamino group which may have a substituent, phenylazo group which may have a substituent, naphthotriazole group which may have a substituent, even having a substituent Represents a good benzoylamino group or a benzoyl group which may have a substituent.
Invention 9
The polarizing element according to any one of Inventions 1 to 8, wherein the at least one dichroic dye is an azo compound represented by the following formula (13) or a salt thereof:
In the formula, Ay 1 represents a hydrogen atom, a sulfo group, a carboxy group, a hydroxy group, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms,
Each of Ry 1 and Ry 2 independently represents a hydrogen atom, a sulfo group, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms having a sulfo group. Represents
h is an integer of 1 to 3.
Invention 10
The polarizer according to any one of Inventions 1 to 9, wherein the at least one dichroic dye is iodine.
Invention 11
The polarizing element according to any one of Inventions 1 to 10, wherein the substrate is a polyvinyl alcohol resin film.
Invention 12
The polarizing element as described in any one of the inventions 1-11 whose degree of polarization is 99% or more.
Invention 13
In the transmissivity which is determined in a state in which the two polarizing elements are arranged so that their absorption axes are parallel to each other,
The difference between the average transmittance of each wavelength of 520 nm to 590 nm and the average transmittance of each wavelength of 420 nm to 480 nm is 5% or less as an absolute value, and the average transmittance of each wavelength of 600 nm to 640 nm, 520 nm to 590 nm The difference from the average value of the average transmittance of each wavelength of is 3% or less as an absolute value,
The polarizing element according to any one of the inventions 1 to 12.
Invention 14
According to JIS Z 8781-4: 2013, the absolute values of a * value and b * value determined at the time of natural light transmittance measurement are
Each of the polarizing elements alone is 1 or less (-1 ≦ a * −s ≦ 1 and −1 ≦ b * −s ≦ 1).
When two polarizing elements are arranged so that their absorption axes are parallel to each other, they are both 2 or less (-2 ≦ a * −p ≦ 2, −2 ≦ b * −p ≦ 2). ,
Invention 1. The polarizing element as described in any one of 1 to 13 (where a * -s represents a single a * value, b * -s represents a single b * value, a * -p represents a parallel position B * -p indicates b * at the parallel position).
Invention 15
In the transmissivity which is determined in a state in which the two polarizing elements are arranged so as to overlap each other so that their absorption axes are orthogonal to each other,
The difference between the average transmittance of each wavelength of 520 nm to 590 nm and the average transmittance of each wavelength of 420 nm to 480 nm is 3% or less as an absolute value, and the average transmittance of each wavelength of 600 nm to 640 nm, 520 nm to 590 nm The difference with the average transmittance of each wavelength of is 2% or less as an absolute value,
The polarizing element according to any one of the inventions 1-14.
Invention 16
A polarizing element according to any one of the inventions 1 to 15, and a polarizing plate comprising a transparent protective layer on at least one surface of the polarizing element.
Invention 17
An optical device comprising the polarizing element according to any one of the first to fifteenth aspects or the polarizing plate according to the sixteenth aspect.
Invention 18
The optical device according to claim 17, which is a liquid crystal display device.
本発明の偏光素子は、可視域において高い偏光特性を有し、赤外域の光を吸収してする。一態様において、可視域から赤外域の広帯域にかけて高い偏光性能を有する。一態様において、本発明の偏光素子は、偏光板及び液晶表示装置に用いるだけでなく、可視域から赤外域にかけての光で機能するセンサーやセキュリティ装置、可視域から赤外域にかけての光を感知することが可能なカメラ等に用いることができる。
The polarizing element of the present invention has high polarization characteristics in the visible range and absorbs light in the infrared range. In one aspect, it has high polarization performance over a wide band in the visible to infrared range. In one aspect, the polarizing element of the present invention is not only used for a polarizing plate and a liquid crystal display device, but is also a sensor or security device that functions with light in the visible range to the infrared range, and senses light in the visible range to the infrared range It can be used for cameras that can
一態様において、本発明の偏光素子は、ヨウ素系偏光板並みの高い透過率と高いコントラストを有しながらも、高い耐久性(耐湿性、耐熱性、及び/又は耐光性)、特に高い耐熱性有する。
In one aspect, the polarizing element of the present invention has high durability (moisture resistance, heat resistance, and / or light resistance), particularly high heat resistance, while having high transmittance and high contrast comparable to iodine-based polarizing plates. Have.
一態様において、本発明の偏光素子は、赤外域の吸収を有しつつ、高い耐久性を有する。
In one aspect, the polarizing element of the present invention has high durability while having infrared absorption.
一態様において、本発明の偏光素子は、可視域に無彩色な色を有し、赤外域に吸収を有し、及び高い耐久性を有する。
In one aspect, the polarizing element of the present invention has an achromatic color in the visible range, has absorption in the infrared range, and has high durability.
本明細書においては、赤外域の光を吸収する水溶性化合物又はその塩を、「赤外光吸収水溶性化合物」と略記する場合がある。
In the present specification, a water-soluble compound that absorbs light in the infrared region or a salt thereof may be abbreviated as “infrared-absorbing water-soluble compound”.
本願の請求項ならびに明細書において、「置換基」には水素原子を含んでもよいため、水素原子を便宜上「置換基」として説明することもある。「置換基を有してもよい」とは、置換基を有していない場合も含まれることを意味する。例えば、「置換基を有してもよいフェニル基」は、非置換の単なるフェニル基と、置換基を有するフェニル基を含む。また、本願の低級アルキル基、低級アルコキシ基などの「低級」とは特に記載がなければ、炭素数が1~4、好ましくは1~3であることを示す。
In the claims and the specification of the present application, since the “substituent” may include a hydrogen atom, the hydrogen atom may be described as the “substituent” for the sake of convenience. The phrase "may have a substituent" means that the case where the substituent is not included is included. For example, the "optionally substituted phenyl group" includes an unsubstituted simple phenyl group and a substituted phenyl group. In addition, “lower” such as lower alkyl group and lower alkoxy group in the present application indicates that it has 1 to 4 carbon atoms, preferably 1 to 3 carbon atoms, unless otherwise specified.
「低級(炭素数1~4の)脂肪族炭化水素基」としては、例えば、メチル基、エチル基、n-プロピル基、n-ブチル基等の直鎖アルキル基、sec-ブチル基、tert―ブチル基等の分鎖アルキル基、ビニル基等の不飽和炭化水素基等が挙げられる。
Examples of the “lower (C1-C4) aliphatic hydrocarbon group” include linear alkyl groups such as methyl, ethyl, n-propyl and n-butyl, sec-butyl, tert- Examples thereof include branched chain alkyl groups such as butyl group and unsaturated hydrocarbon groups such as vinyl group.
「低級(炭素数1~4の)アルコキシ基」としては、例えば、メトキシ基、エトキシ基、プロポキシ基、n-ブトキシ基、sec-ブトキシ基、tert-ブトキシ基等が挙げられる。
Examples of the "lower (C1-C4) alkoxy group" include methoxy group, ethoxy group, propoxy group, n-butoxy group, sec-butoxy group, tert-butoxy group and the like.
本明細書においては、「アゾ化合物又はその塩」又は「アゾ化合物、その金属錯体化合物、又はその塩」の全てを含めて「アゾ化合物」と簡略して記載する場合がある。
In this specification, it may be abbreviated and described as an "azo compound" including all of an "azo compound or its salt", or an "azo compound, its metal complex compound, or its salt."
[偏光素子]
本願は、可視域において偏光特性を示す二色性色素を少なくとも1種と、赤外域の光を吸収する水溶性化合物又はその塩を含む偏光素子に関するものである。 [Polarizer]
The present application relates to a polarizing element including at least one dichroic dye exhibiting polarization characteristics in the visible range, and a water-soluble compound or a salt thereof that absorbs light in the infrared range.
本願は、可視域において偏光特性を示す二色性色素を少なくとも1種と、赤外域の光を吸収する水溶性化合物又はその塩を含む偏光素子に関するものである。 [Polarizer]
The present application relates to a polarizing element including at least one dichroic dye exhibiting polarization characteristics in the visible range, and a water-soluble compound or a salt thereof that absorbs light in the infrared range.
可視域において偏光特性を示す二色性色素とは、一般的に、ヨウ素、及びヨウ化カリウム、ヨウ化リチウム等のヨウ素化合物よりなる化合物が知られており、他の2色性色素としては、非特許文献1に記載の色素が用いることが知られている。具体的には、ヨウ素系偏光板としては例えば特許文献21、特許文献22が挙げられ、染料系偏光板としては特許文献19、特許文献20が挙げられ、特定の波長のみを偏光制御出来る染料系偏光板であれば、特許文献23、特許文献24が挙げられ、こういった可視域に偏光機能を有する二色性色素が挙げられる。特に、後述する式(5)~式(14)に記載のアゾ色素を用いることによって、無彩色な偏光板やさらに高性能な偏光板が得られるため好ましい。
As dichroic dyes exhibiting polarization characteristics in the visible region, compounds generally composed of iodine and iodine compounds such as potassium iodide and lithium iodide are known, and as other dichroic dyes, It is known that the dye described in Non-Patent Document 1 is used. Specifically, for example, Patent Document 21 and Patent Document 22 can be mentioned as an iodine-based polarizing plate, Patent Document 19 and Patent Document 20 can be mentioned as a dye-based polarizing plate, and a dye system capable of polarization control of only a specific wavelength If it is a polarizing plate, the patent document 23 and the patent document 24 will be mentioned, The dichroic dye which has a polarization function in such a visible region is mentioned. In particular, it is preferable to use an azo dye described in Formula (5) to Formula (14) described later, since an achromatic polarizing plate and a higher performance polarizing plate can be obtained.
(赤外域の光を吸収する水溶性化合物)
(Water-soluble compounds that absorb light in the infrared range)
近赤外域に光を吸収できる性能を持つ赤外光吸収水溶性化合物を用いることで、本発明の偏光素子に高い耐久性を付与させることができる。近赤外領域、特に700~1400nmに極大吸収を有する染料を用いることが好ましい。より好ましくは700~1100nm、さらに好ましくは700~1000m、特に好ましくは700~900nmに極大吸収を有する染料が用いられる。
By using an infrared light-absorbing water-soluble compound having an ability to absorb light in the near infrared region, the polarizing element of the present invention can be provided with high durability. It is preferred to use a dye having maximum absorption in the near infrared region, in particular 700 to 1400 nm. More preferably, a dye having maximum absorption at 700 to 1100 nm, still more preferably 700 to 1000 m, particularly preferably 700 to 900 nm is used.
上記赤外光吸収水溶性化合物の種類としては、フタロシアニン系、ナフタロシアニン系、金属錯体系、ホウ素錯体系、シアニン系、スクアリリウム系、ジイモニウム系、ジフェニルアミン・トリフェニルアミン類系、キノン系、アゾ系などが挙げられる。一般的にこれらの染料は既存のπ共役系を拡張することによって吸収波長を長波長化させており、その構造により多種多様な吸収波長を示す。また、多くは疎水性染料や顔料の形態をとるが、水溶性化することにより親水性染料として利用もできる。
The types of infrared light-absorbing water-soluble compounds include phthalocyanines, naphthalocyanines, metal complexes, boron complexes, cyanines, squaryliums, dimoniums, diphenylamines and triphenylamines, quinones, and azos. Etc. Generally, these dyes lengthen the absorption wavelength by extending the existing π conjugated system, and the structure shows a wide variety of absorption wavelengths. Also, many of them are in the form of hydrophobic dyes and pigments, but they can be used as hydrophilic dyes by making them water soluble.
フタロシアニン・ナフタロシアニン系は平面性構造を有し、広いπ共役面を有する染料である。一般式(A-1)のM1で示される中心金属により多様な吸収を示し、中心金属として一般的にはLi、Na、K、Mg、Ti、Zr、V、Nb、Ta、Cr、Mo、W、Mn、Fe、Co、Ni、Ru、Rh、Pd、Os、Ir、Pt、Cu、Ag、Au、Zn、Cd、Hg、Al、Ga、In、Si、Ge、Sn、Pb、Sb等が挙げられる。金属酸化物としてはVO、GeO、TiO等が挙げられる。金属水酸化物としては例えば、Si(OH)2、Cr(OH)2、Sn(OH)2、AlOH等が挙げられる。金属ハロゲン化物としては例えば、SiCl2、VCl、VCl2、VOCl、FeCl、GaCl、ZrCl、AlCl等が挙げられる。これらの中でもFe、Co、Cu、Ni、Zn、Al、V等の金属原子、VO等の金属酸化物、AlOH等の金属水酸化物等が好ましく、VO等の金属酸化物がより好ましい。通常は顔料として用いられるが、特開平2-167791号公報に記載の一般式1のように、水溶性基を付与することにより水へ溶解させることもできる。
The phthalocyanine and naphthalocyanine type is a dye having a planar structure and a wide π conjugated surface. The central metal represented by M 1 in the general formula (A-1) exhibits various absorptions, and generally, the central metal is Li, Na, K, Mg, Ti, Zr, V, Nb, Ta, Cr, Mo , W, Mn, Fe, Co, Ni, Ru, Rh, Pd, Os, Ir, Pt, Cu, Ag, Zn, Cd, Hg, Al, Ga, In, Si, Ge, Sn, Pb, Sb Etc. VO, GeO, TiO etc. are mentioned as a metal oxide. Examples of the metal hydroxide include Si (OH) 2 , Cr (OH) 2 , Sn (OH) 2 , AlOH and the like. Examples of the metal halide include SiCl 2 , VCl, VCl 2 , VOCl, FeCl, GaCl, ZrCl, AlCl and the like. Among these, metal atoms such as Fe, Co, Cu, Ni, Zn, Al and V, metal oxides such as VO, metal hydroxides such as AlOH, and the like are preferable, and metal oxides such as VO are more preferable. Although it is usually used as a pigment, it can also be dissolved in water by providing a water-soluble group as shown in the general formula 1 described in JP-A-2-217791.
下記一般式(A-1)で表される染料は、例えば下記化合物例(A-1-1)で表される染料であることが好ましい。一般式(A-1)における破線の芳香環は、あってもなくてもよいことを意味する。化合物例(A-1-1)におけるe及びfは各々独立に0~12の整数を表し、e及びfの和が0~12であることを示し、特にeが1~4かつfが0であることが好ましい。
The dye represented by the following general formula (A-1) is preferably, for example, a dye represented by the following compound example (A-1-1). The broken aromatic ring in the general formula (A-1) means that it may or may not be present. E and f in the compound example (A-1-1) each independently represent an integer of 0 to 12, and indicate that the sum of e and f is 0 to 12, and in particular, e is 1 to 4 and f is 0 Is preferred.
キノン系は幅広い吸収を有する染料であり、下記一般式(A-2)のように表される染料である。式中、Ar1、Ar2は芳香環若しくは複素環から構成される環状構造であることが望ましく、吸収波長の長波長化の為には複素環がより好ましい。例えば、特開昭61-221264号公報に記載されるようなアンスラキノン系染料が挙げられる。また、これらの環は置換基を有してもよく、例えば置換基を有してもよいアミノ基、ニトロ基、スルホ基、アルキル基、アルコキシ基、スルホ基を有するアルキル基、水酸基を有するアルキル基等が挙げられる。Xは酸素原子又は窒素原子であることが好ましい。なお、Xが窒素原子の場合、その窒素原子は、水素付加体であるNH、あるいは炭素数1~4のアルキル基、置換基を有してもよいフェニル基等で置換された窒素原子を示す。
キノン系は、多くの構造のものが疎水性を示すが、水溶性基を付与することにより水への溶解が可能なものも報告されている。例えば、特表2006-508034号公報に記載されるようなインダンスロン染料が挙げられる。
上記置換基を有してもよいアミノ基としては、置換又は非置換のアミノ基を表し、置換アミノ基としては、モノメチルアミノ基、モノエチルアミノ基、モノブチルアミノ基、モノフェニルアミノ基等のモノ置換アミノ基、ジメチルアミノ基、ジエチルアミノ基、ジブチルアミノ基、ジフェニルアミノ基、メチルフェニルアミノ基等のジ置換アミノ基が挙げられる。アルキル基としては、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、n-ブチル基、n-オクチル基等の直鎖アルキル基、イソプロピル基、セカンダリブチル基、ターシャリブチル基等の分鎖アルキル基、シクロペンチル基、シクロヘキシル基等の環状アルキル基等が挙げられる。アルコキシ基としては、メトキシ基、エトキシ基、プロポキシ基、ブトキシ基等が挙げられる。スルホ基を有するアルキル基としては、スルホメチル基、スルホエチル基、スルホプロピル基、スルホブチル基等が挙げられる。水酸基を有するアルキル基としては、ヒドロキシメチル基、ヒドロキシエチル基、ヒドロキシプロピル基、ヒドロキシブチル基等が挙げられる。 The quinone type is a dye having a wide absorption, and is a dye represented by the following general formula (A-2). In the formula, Ar 1 and Ar 2 are desirably a cyclic structure composed of an aromatic ring or a heterocyclic ring, and a heterocyclic ring is more preferable for increasing the absorption wavelength. For example, anthraquinone dyes as described in JP-A-61-221264 can be mentioned. In addition, these rings may have a substituent, for example, an amino group which may have a substituent, a nitro group, a sulfo group, an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkyl group having a sulfo group, an alkyl group having a hydroxyl group And the like. It is preferable that X is an oxygen atom or a nitrogen atom. When X is a nitrogen atom, the nitrogen atom represents a hydrogen adduct NH, or a nitrogen atom substituted with an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, a phenyl group which may have a substituent, or the like. .
Although quinones are hydrophobic in many structures, those which can be dissolved in water by providing a water-soluble group have also been reported. For example, indanthrone dyes as described in JP-A-2006-508034 can be mentioned.
The above-mentioned amino group which may have a substituent represents a substituted or unsubstituted amino group, and as the substituted amino group, a monomethylamino group, a monoethylamino group, a monobutylamino group, a monophenylamino group, etc. Di-substituted amino groups such as mono-substituted amino group, dimethylamino group, diethylamino group, dibutylamino group, diphenylamino group, methylphenylamino group and the like can be mentioned. Examples of the alkyl group include linear alkyl groups such as methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group, n-butyl group and n-octyl group, branched chain alkyl groups such as isopropyl group, secondary butyl group and tertiary butyl group, and cyclopentyl group And cyclic alkyl groups such as cyclohexyl group. As an alkoxy group, a methoxy group, an ethoxy group, a propoxy group, a butoxy group etc. are mentioned. Examples of the alkyl group having a sulfo group include sulfomethyl group, sulfoethyl group, sulfopropyl group, sulfobutyl group and the like. Examples of the alkyl group having a hydroxyl group include a hydroxymethyl group, a hydroxyethyl group, a hydroxypropyl group and a hydroxybutyl group.
キノン系は、多くの構造のものが疎水性を示すが、水溶性基を付与することにより水への溶解が可能なものも報告されている。例えば、特表2006-508034号公報に記載されるようなインダンスロン染料が挙げられる。
上記置換基を有してもよいアミノ基としては、置換又は非置換のアミノ基を表し、置換アミノ基としては、モノメチルアミノ基、モノエチルアミノ基、モノブチルアミノ基、モノフェニルアミノ基等のモノ置換アミノ基、ジメチルアミノ基、ジエチルアミノ基、ジブチルアミノ基、ジフェニルアミノ基、メチルフェニルアミノ基等のジ置換アミノ基が挙げられる。アルキル基としては、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、n-ブチル基、n-オクチル基等の直鎖アルキル基、イソプロピル基、セカンダリブチル基、ターシャリブチル基等の分鎖アルキル基、シクロペンチル基、シクロヘキシル基等の環状アルキル基等が挙げられる。アルコキシ基としては、メトキシ基、エトキシ基、プロポキシ基、ブトキシ基等が挙げられる。スルホ基を有するアルキル基としては、スルホメチル基、スルホエチル基、スルホプロピル基、スルホブチル基等が挙げられる。水酸基を有するアルキル基としては、ヒドロキシメチル基、ヒドロキシエチル基、ヒドロキシプロピル基、ヒドロキシブチル基等が挙げられる。 The quinone type is a dye having a wide absorption, and is a dye represented by the following general formula (A-2). In the formula, Ar 1 and Ar 2 are desirably a cyclic structure composed of an aromatic ring or a heterocyclic ring, and a heterocyclic ring is more preferable for increasing the absorption wavelength. For example, anthraquinone dyes as described in JP-A-61-221264 can be mentioned. In addition, these rings may have a substituent, for example, an amino group which may have a substituent, a nitro group, a sulfo group, an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkyl group having a sulfo group, an alkyl group having a hydroxyl group And the like. It is preferable that X is an oxygen atom or a nitrogen atom. When X is a nitrogen atom, the nitrogen atom represents a hydrogen adduct NH, or a nitrogen atom substituted with an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, a phenyl group which may have a substituent, or the like. .
Although quinones are hydrophobic in many structures, those which can be dissolved in water by providing a water-soluble group have also been reported. For example, indanthrone dyes as described in JP-A-2006-508034 can be mentioned.
The above-mentioned amino group which may have a substituent represents a substituted or unsubstituted amino group, and as the substituted amino group, a monomethylamino group, a monoethylamino group, a monobutylamino group, a monophenylamino group, etc. Di-substituted amino groups such as mono-substituted amino group, dimethylamino group, diethylamino group, dibutylamino group, diphenylamino group, methylphenylamino group and the like can be mentioned. Examples of the alkyl group include linear alkyl groups such as methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group, n-butyl group and n-octyl group, branched chain alkyl groups such as isopropyl group, secondary butyl group and tertiary butyl group, and cyclopentyl group And cyclic alkyl groups such as cyclohexyl group. As an alkoxy group, a methoxy group, an ethoxy group, a propoxy group, a butoxy group etc. are mentioned. Examples of the alkyl group having a sulfo group include sulfomethyl group, sulfoethyl group, sulfopropyl group, sulfobutyl group and the like. Examples of the alkyl group having a hydroxyl group include a hydroxymethyl group, a hydroxyethyl group, a hydroxypropyl group and a hydroxybutyl group.
下記一般式(A-2)で表される染料は、例えば下記化合物例(A-2-1)で表される染料であることが好ましい。化合物例(A-2-1)におけるnは1~12の整数を表し、nが1以上の場合、それぞれのスルホ基は遊離形態であっても、塩の形態であってもよく、あるいは遊離形態と塩の形態の両方を任意の割合で含んでいてもよい。
The dye represented by the following general formula (A-2) is preferably a dye represented, for example, by the following compound example (A-2-1). In the compound example (A-2-1), n represents an integer of 1 to 12, and when n is 1 or more, each sulfo group may be in a free form or in the form of a salt, or is free Both the form and the salt form may be contained in any proportion.
シアニン系は近赤外域に強い吸収を有する染料であり、一般式(A-3)、あるいは、一般式(A-4)で表され、Ar3~Ar6は複素環を表わす。複素環としては例えば、チアゾール環、ベンゾチアゾール環、ナフトチアゾール環、チアゾリン環、オキサゾール環、ベンゾオキサゾール環、ナフトオキサゾール環、オキサゾリン環、セレナゾール環、ベンゾセレナゾール環、ナフトセレナゾール環、キノリン環などが挙げられ、ベンゾチアゾール環、ナフトチアゾール環であることが好ましい。それぞれの複素環は各々任意の置換基を有してもよく、水溶液基を有することが好ましい。水溶性基としてはスルホ基、水酸基、スルホ基を有するアルキル基、水酸基を有するアルキル基等が挙げられる。これら置換基は、Ar3~Ar6の環上に置換していてもよいし、複素環中の窒素原子上に結合してもよい。一般式(A-3)中のメチン鎖の数cは1~7の整数で表され、3~5が特に好ましい。このメチン鎖上は置換基R4を有してもよく、例えば置換基を有してもよいフェニル基等が挙げられる。また、cが2以上でR4が複数存在する場合、それぞれのR4は同じで合ってもよく、異なっていてもよい。一般式(A-4)中のAr7は炭素数5~7の環状骨格を表し、置換基Wはハロゲン、置換基を有してもよいフェニルアミノ基、置換基を有してもよいフェノキシ基、置換基を有してもよいフェニルチオ基等が挙げられる。この場合の置換基が水溶性基を有してもよい。また、この染料は分子内塩型、又は分子間塩型であり、分子間塩型の場合、ハロゲン化塩、過塩素酸塩、フッ化アンチモン塩、フッ化リン塩、フッ化ホウ素塩、トリフルオロメタンスルホン酸塩、ビス(トリフルオロメタン)スルホン酸イミド塩、又はナフタレンスルホン酸などの有機塩等が挙げられる。具体的にはインドシアニングリーンや特開昭63-33477号公報に記載の水溶性染料等が挙げられ、例えば下記化合物例(A-3-1)及び(A-4-1)~(A-4-3)が挙げられる。スルホ基を有するアルキル基、水酸基を有するアルキル基としては、それぞれ上記と同じでよい。上記ハロゲンとしては、フッ素、塩素、臭素、ヨウ素等が挙げられ、塩素であることが好ましい。
The cyanine dye is a dye having strong absorption in the near infrared region, and is represented by formula (A-3) or (A-4), and Ar 3 to Ar 6 each represent a heterocycle. Examples of the heterocyclic ring include a thiazole ring, a benzothiazole ring, a naphthothiazole ring, a thiazoline ring, an oxazole ring, a benzoxazole ring, a naphthoxazole ring, an oxazoline ring, a selenazole ring, a benzoselenazole ring, a naphtho serenazole ring, a quinoline ring and the like. And preferably a benzothiazole ring or a naphthothiazole ring. Each heterocycle may have any substituent, and preferably has an aqueous solution group. Examples of the water-soluble group include a sulfo group, a hydroxyl group, an alkyl group having a sulfo group, and an alkyl group having a hydroxyl group. These substituents may be substituted on the ring of Ar 3 to Ar 6 or may be bonded on the nitrogen atom in the heterocyclic ring. The number c of methine chains in the general formula (A-3) is represented by an integer of 1 to 7, and 3 to 5 is particularly preferable. The methine chain may have a substituent R 4 , and examples thereof include a phenyl group which may have a substituent. Also, if c is R 4 there are a plurality of two or more, each of R 4 may match the same or may be different. Ar 7 in General Formula (A-4) represents a cyclic skeleton having 5 to 7 carbon atoms, and the substituent W is a halogen, a phenylamino group which may have a substituent, or phenoxy which may have a substituent Groups, and optionally substituted phenylthio groups and the like. The substituent in this case may have a water-soluble group. Further, this dye is an inner salt type or an intermolecular salt type, and in the case of an intermolecular salt type, a halide salt, a perchlorate, an antimony fluoride salt, a phosphorus fluoride salt, a boron fluoride salt, a trifluoromethane salt And organic salts such as naphthalenesulfonic acid, and the like. Specific examples thereof include indocyanine green and water-soluble dyes described in JP-A-63-33477, and examples thereof include the following compound examples (A-3-1) and (A-4-1) to (A-). 4-3). The alkyl group having a sulfo group and the alkyl group having a hydroxyl group may be the same as described above. Examples of the halogen include fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine and the like, and chlorine is preferable.
シアニン系と類似の構造であるスクアリリウム系は下記一般式(A-5)で表されるような、四角酸を中心骨格に持つ染料である。一般式(A-5)中のAr8、Ar9にはシアニン系と同様の複素環を有することが望ましい。また、この染料も分子内塩型、分子間型をとり、シアニン系と同様な塩の形をとる。この染料は疎水性を示すものが多いが、シアニン系と同様に水溶性基を付与することにより、水への溶解を可能にする。
The squarylium system having a similar structure to the cyanine system is a dye having a square acid as a central skeleton as represented by the following general formula (A-5). It is desirable that Ar 8 and Ar 9 in the general formula (A-5) have the same heterocyclic ring as the cyanine type. In addition, this dye also takes an inner salt type and an intermolecular type, and takes the form of a salt similar to cyanine type. Although many of these dyes exhibit hydrophobicity, they can be dissolved in water by providing a water-soluble group as in the cyanine dye.
アゾ系は可視光域を吸収する染料であり、水溶性インクが主な用途であるが、吸収を広帯域化することにより、近赤外域まで吸収可能な染料が市販されている。例えば、一般的には国際公開第2013/035560号に記載の黒色インク作製の目的でC.I. Acid Black 2(オリヱント化学工業社製)、C.I. Direct Black 19(アルドリッチ工業社製)を使用する例などが挙げられる。また、これらアゾ系染料は金属と錯形成させることもできる。この場合、下記一般式(A-6)ように表され、中心金属M2はコバルト、ニッケル等が挙げられ、Ar11、B1はベンゼン環又はナフタレン環等の芳香環が例示され、より具体的には、特開昭59-11385号公報に記載の染料構造が好適である。
Azo dyes are dyes that absorb in the visible light range, and water-soluble inks are the main application, but dyes that can absorb in the near infrared range are commercially available by broadening the absorption. For example, for the purpose of producing a black ink generally described in WO 2013/035560, C.I. I. Acid Black 2 (manufactured by Orient Chemical Industries, Ltd.), C.I. I. Examples include the use of Direct Black 19 (manufactured by Aldrich Kogyo Co., Ltd.). These azo dyes can also be complexed with metals. In this case, it is represented as the following general formula (A-6), cobalt, nickel, etc. are mentioned as central metal M 2 , and Ar 11 and B 1 are exemplified by aromatic rings such as benzene ring or naphthalene ring. Particularly, the dye structure described in JP-A-59-11385 is preferable.
金属錯体系は、下記一般式(A-7)、あるいは下記一般式(A-8)のように表される。式中のM3、M4は金属を表し、Pd、Ni、Co、Cuが一般的であるが、Niが特に好ましい。R71、R72、R81、R82は任意の置換基を表すが、具体的にはハロゲン原子、スルホ基を有してもよいアルキル基、スルホ基を有してもよいアルコキシ基、シアノ基、アミノ基、ニトロ基、置換基を有してもよいフェニル基等が挙げられる。X1~X4は各々独立に窒素原子、酸素原子、硫黄原子を表す。なお、X1~X4が窒素原子の場合、その窒素原子は、水素付加体であるNH、あるいは炭素数1~4のアルキル基、置換基を有してもよいフェニル基等で置換された窒素原子であってもよい。
The metal complex system is represented by the following general formula (A-7) or the following general formula (A-8). In the formula, M 3 and M 4 represent metals, and Pd, Ni, Co, and Cu are generally used, but Ni is particularly preferable. R 71 , R 72 , R 81 and R 82 each represents an arbitrary substituent, and specifically, a halogen atom, an alkyl group which may have a sulfo group, an alkoxy group which may have a sulfo group, cyano Groups, amino groups, nitro groups, optionally substituted phenyl groups and the like. Each of X 1 to X 4 independently represents a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom, or a sulfur atom. When X 1 to X 4 are nitrogen atoms, the nitrogen atoms are substituted with NH which is a hydrogen adduct, or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, a phenyl group which may have a substituent, or the like. It may be a nitrogen atom.
ホウ素錯体系は下記一般式(A-9)のように表され、特開2010-106248号公報に記載の染料構造が好適である。
The boron complex system is represented by the following general formula (A-9), and the dye structure described in JP-A-2010-106248 is preferable.
上記一般式(A-9)において、R93、R94は水素原子、アルキル基、フェニル基が好ましく、R95は強い電子吸引性基、例えばニトロ基、シアノ基が好ましく、Ar90は置換基を有してもよいフェニル基が好ましく、Ar12は芳香環又は複素環から構成される環状構造であることが好ましく、吸収波長の長波長化のためには複素環がより好ましい。Yは硫黄原子又は酸素原子であることが好ましい。
In the above general formula (A-9), R 93 and R 94 each is preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or a phenyl group, R 95 is preferably a strong electron attractive group such as a nitro group or a cyano group, and Ar 90 is a substituent a phenyl group is preferable have a, Ar 12 is preferably an annular structure composed of an aromatic ring or a heterocyclic ring, the heterocyclic ring is more preferred for long absorption wavelength. Y is preferably a sulfur atom or an oxygen atom.
ジイモニウム系は近赤外域でも比較的長波長側(950~1100nm)に吸収を有する染料であり、下記一般式(A-10)のように表される。
The diimmonium type is a dye having absorption on the relatively long wavelength side (950 to 1100 nm) even in the near infrared region, and is represented by the following general formula (A-10).
上記一般式(A-10)において、R6~R13は置換基を有してもよいアルキル基、置換基を有してもよい芳香環などが挙げられる。一般的には疎水性染料であるが、水溶性基が付与された特開2001-181184号公報に示される染料も開示されている。この染料も分子内塩、分子間塩型であり、分子間塩型の場合、Q-はハロゲン化イオン、過塩素酸イオン、フッ化アンチモンイオン、フッ化りんイオン、フッ化ホウ素イオン、トリフルオロメタンスルホン酸イオン、ビス(トリフルオロメタン)スルホン酸イミドイオン、又はナフタレンスルホン酸イオンなどが挙げられる。置換基を有してもよいアルキル基としては、例えば、ハロゲン、水酸基、シアノ基、置換又は非置換のアミノ基、カルボキシ基、スルホ基、リン酸基、カルボキシアルキル基、アルコキシ基、フェノキシ基等が置換した直鎖又は分鎖又は環状のC1~C8アルキル基等が挙げられる。ハロゲンとしては、上記と同じでよい。置換又は非置換のアミノ基としては、例えば、アミノ基、メチルアミノ基、ジメチルアミノ基、ジブチルアミノ基、フェニルアミノ基、ジフェニルアミノ基等が挙げられる。カルボキシアルキル基としては、例えば、メチルカルボキシ基、エチルカルボキシ基等が挙げられる。アルコキシ基としては、例えば、メトキシ基、エトキシ基、ブトキシ基、ターシャリブトキシ基等が挙げられる。
In the above general formula (A-10), R 6 to R 13 include an alkyl group which may have a substituent, an aromatic ring which may have a substituent, and the like. Although generally a hydrophobic dye, a dye disclosed in JP 2001-181184 A, to which a water-soluble group is added, is also disclosed. This dye is also an intramolecular salt, intermolecular salt type, and in the case of intermolecular salt type, Q- is a halide ion, perchlorate ion, antimony fluoride ion, phosphorus fluoride ion, boron fluoride ion, trifluoromethane Sulfonic acid ion, bis (trifluoromethane) sulfonic acid imide ion, naphthalene sulfonic acid ion and the like can be mentioned. As the alkyl group which may have a substituent, for example, halogen, hydroxyl group, cyano group, substituted or unsubstituted amino group, carboxy group, sulfo group, phosphoric acid group, carboxyalkyl group, alkoxy group, phenoxy group, etc. And a linear or branched or cyclic C1-C8 alkyl group substituted by The halogen may be the same as described above. As a substituted or unsubstituted amino group, an amino group, a methylamino group, a dimethylamino group, a dibutylamino group, a phenylamino group, a diphenylamino group etc. are mentioned, for example. As a carboxyalkyl group, a methyl carboxy group, an ethyl carboxy group etc. are mentioned, for example. As an alkoxy group, a methoxy group, an ethoxy group, butoxy group, tertiary butoxy group etc. are mentioned, for example.
ジフェニルアミン・トリフェニルアミン類は下記一般式(A-11)、あるいは下記一般式(A-12)のように表される。
The diphenylamine triphenylamines are represented by the following general formula (A-11) or the following general formula (A-12).
上記一般式(A-11)におけるR14~R17、一般式(A-12)におけるR18~R23は各々独立に、水素原子、又は少なくとも1個の炭素原子を含むアルキル基であり、そのアルキル基は、任意に窒素原子、酸素原子、硫黄原子及びハロゲン原子から選択される1個又は複数個のヘテロ原子を含み、1個以上の窒素原子はカチオンラジカルであり、前記1個以上のカチオンラジカルは、1個以上のアニオンによって電荷が平衡化されている。
R 14 to R 17 in the general formula (A-11) and R 18 to R 23 in the general formula (A-12) are each independently a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group containing at least one carbon atom, The alkyl group optionally includes one or more hetero atoms selected from nitrogen atom, oxygen atom, sulfur atom and halogen atom, and one or more nitrogen atoms are cation radicals, The cation radicals are equilibrated in charge by one or more anions.
上記赤外光吸収水溶性化合物としては、アゾ化合物又はその塩が好ましい。
The infrared light-absorbing water-soluble compound is preferably an azo compound or a salt thereof.
上記アゾ化合物としては、上記式(1)で表されるアゾ化合物が好ましい。
As the above-mentioned azo compound, an azo compound represented by the above-mentioned formula (1) is preferable.
本発明の偏光素子に上記式(1)で表されるアゾ化合物又はその塩を含有させることにより、飛躍的に高い耐久性を付与させることができる。さらには、赤外領域の広い波長にわたって高い偏光を提供しうる偏光素子を得ることができる。一般的な染料系偏光素子に関し、例えば、特許文献19または20では可視域では高い偏光度を示す偏光素子を得ることができるが、赤外域に偏光を有する偏光素子を提供することができないことに加え、耐久性試験において680nmより長波長領域における光透過率変化が極めて大きく、偏光板が耐久性試験後に色変化、例えば赤く変化してしまうという問題を有していた。該問題に対して、式(1)に示すアゾ化合物を用いることにより、より高い耐久性と広帯域での偏光機能を兼ね備える偏光素子が得られるため極めて好ましい。
By including the azo compound represented by the above formula (1) or a salt thereof in the polarizing element of the present invention, it is possible to significantly improve the durability. Furthermore, it is possible to obtain a polarizing element capable of providing high polarization over a wide wavelength in the infrared region. With regard to a general dye-based polarizing element, for example, although a polarizing element exhibiting a high degree of polarization in the visible region can be obtained in Patent Documents 19 and 20, it is impossible to provide a polarizing element having polarization in the infrared region. In addition, the change in light transmittance in a wavelength region longer than 680 nm is extremely large in the durability test, and the polarizing plate has a problem that the color changes, for example, changes to red after the durability test. With respect to the problem, it is extremely preferable to use an azo compound represented by the formula (1), since a polarizing element having higher durability and a polarization function in a wide band can be obtained.
上記式(1)中、Ai1、Ai2は各々独立に水素原子、アゾ基、又は上記式(2)(ただし、Ai1、Ai2がともに水素原子であるものは除く)で表され、Ai1、Ai2がそれぞれ式(2)で表されるものが好ましい。また、-NH-は、aとa’、bとb’、aとb’、bとa’の組合せのいずれかであり、aとa’の組合せであることが好ましい。
In the above formula (1), Ai 1 and Ai 2 are each independently represented by a hydrogen atom, an azo group, or the above formula (2) (with the exception of those in which both Ai 1 and Ai 2 are hydrogen atoms), It is preferable that Ai 1 and Ai 2 be each represented by Formula (2). Further, -NH- is a combination of a and a ', b and b', a and b 'and b and a', and is preferably a combination of a and a '.
上記式(2)中、Ri1が置換している環は、各々独立に、破線で表される環が存在しない場合にはベンゼン環、破線で表される環が存在する場合にはナフタレン環である。Ri1は各々独立に、塩素原子、スルホ基、ニトロ基、ヒドロキシ基、炭素数1~4のアルキル基、炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基、スルホ基を有する炭素数1~4のアルキル基、ヒドロキシ基を有する炭素数1~4のアルキル基、カルボキシ基を有する炭素数1~4のアルキル基、スルホ基を有する炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基、ヒドロキシ基を有する炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基、カルボキシ基を有する炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基からなる群から選択される置換基を表す。
In the above formula (2), the rings substituted by Ri 1 are each independently a benzene ring when there is no ring represented by the broken line, and a naphthalene ring when there is a ring represented by the broken line It is. Ri 1 each independently represents a chlorine atom, a sulfo group, a nitro group, a hydroxy group, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms having a sulfo group, An alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms having a hydroxy group, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms having a carboxy group, an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms having a sulfo group, an alkoxy having 1 to 4 carbon atoms having a hydroxy group And a substituent selected from the group consisting of a C 1 to C 4 alkoxy group having a carboxy group.
上記炭素数1~4のアルキル基としては、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、ノルマルブチル基等の直鎖アルキル基、セカンダリブチル基やターシャリブチル基等の鎖状アルキル基等が挙げられる。炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基としては、メトキシ基、エトキシ基、プロポキシ基、ブトキシ基等が挙げられる。スルホ基を有する炭素数1~4のアルキル基としては、スルホメチル基、スルホエチル基、スルホプロピル基、スルホブチル基等が挙げられる。ヒドロキシ基を有する炭素数1~4のアルキル基としては、ヒドロキシメチル基、ヒドロキシエチル基、ヒドロキシプロピル基、ヒドロキシブチル基等が挙げられる。
Examples of the alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms include linear alkyl groups such as methyl, ethyl, propyl and normal butyl, and chain alkyl groups such as secondary butyl and tertiary butyl. Examples of the alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms include a methoxy group, an ethoxy group, a propoxy group and a butoxy group. Examples of the alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms having a sulfo group include sulfomethyl group, sulfoethyl group, sulfopropyl group, sulfobutyl group and the like. Examples of the alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms having a hydroxy group include a hydroxymethyl group, a hydroxyethyl group, a hydroxypropyl group and a hydroxybutyl group.
上記ヒドロキシ基を有する炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基としては、好ましくはアルコキシ基末端がヒドロキシ基で置換された直鎖アルコキシ基であり、より好ましくは4-ヒドロキシプロポキシ基又は4-ヒドロキシブトキシ基である。カルボキシ基を有する炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基としては、好ましくはアルコキシ基末端がカルボキシ基で置換された直鎖アルコキシ基であり、より好ましくは4-カルボキシプロポキシ基又は4-カルボキシブトキシ基である。スルホ基を有する炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基としては、好ましくはアルコキシ基末端がスルホ基で置換された直鎖アルコキシ基であり、より好ましくは4-スルホプロポキシ基又は4-スルホブトキシ基である。
The alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms having a hydroxy group is preferably a linear alkoxy group in which the alkoxy group end is substituted with a hydroxy group, more preferably a 4-hydroxypropoxy group or a 4-hydroxybutoxy group is there. As a C1-C4 alkoxy group which has a carboxy group, Preferably it is a linear alkoxy group by which the alkoxy group terminal was substituted by the carboxy group, More preferably, it is 4-carboxy propoxy group or 4-carboxy butoxy group . As a C1-C4 alkoxy group which has a sulfo group, Preferably it is a linear alkoxy group by which the alkoxy group terminal was substituted by the sulfo group, More preferably, it is 4-sulfo propoxy group or 4-sulfo butoxy group .
上記式(2)中、Biは各々独立に、置換基を有してもよいフェニル基または置換基を有してもよいナフチル基を表す。
In the above formula (2), Bi each independently represents a phenyl group which may have a substituent or a naphthyl group which may have a substituent.
上記フェニル基及びナフチル基が有していてもよい置換基としては、塩素原子、スルホ基、ニトロ基、ヒドロキシ基、炭素数1~4のアルキル基、炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基、スルホ基を有する炭素数1~4のアルキル基、ヒドロキシ基を有する炭素数1~4のアルキル基、カルボキシ基を有する炭素数1~4のアルキル基、スルホ基を有する炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基、ヒドロキシ基を有する炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基、カルボキシ基を有する炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基からなる群から選択される置換基を表す。
As a substituent which the said phenyl group and a naphthyl group may have, a chlorine atom, a sulfo group, a nitro group, a hydroxyl group, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, a sulfo group An alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms having a hydroxy group, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms having a carboxy group, an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms having a sulfo group, It represents a substituent selected from the group consisting of an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms having a hydroxy group and an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms having a carboxy group.
上記式(2)中のBiがヒドロキシ基を置換基として有する場合、式(1)中のヒドロキシ基と銅原子とで、-O-Cu-O-結合を形成し、アゾ金属錯体化合物又はその塩とすることが可能である。
When Bi in the above formula (2) has a hydroxy group as a substituent, an —O—Cu—O— bond is formed by the hydroxy group in the formula (1) and a copper atom to form an azo metal complex compound or its compound It is possible to use salt.
上記式(2)中、mは1~3の整数を表し、好ましくは1または2であり、より好ましくは2である。
In the above formula (2), m represents an integer of 1 to 3, preferably 1 or 2, and more preferably 2.
Biが置換基を有してもよりフェニル基の場合、置換位置は特に限定されないが、2位と4位、2位と5位、又は3位と5位の組合せが好ましく、2位と4位が特に好ましい。Biが置換基を有してもよいナフチル基の場合、置換位置は特に限定されないが、2位、6位、7位、2位と6位、2位と7位の組合せが好ましく、2位、2位と7位が特に好ましい。式(1)においてAi1、Ai2は各々独立に水素原子、又は式(2)で表されるが、Ai1、Ai2が共に水素原子である場合は除外され、水素原子と式(2)の組み合わせ、又はAi1、Ai2が共に式(2)の組合せが好ましく、Ai1、Ai2が共に式(2)の組合せが特に好ましい。
When Bi has a substituent but is more phenyl, the substitution position is not particularly limited, but a combination of 2 and 4 positions, 2 and 5 positions, or 3 and 5 positions is preferable, and 2 and 4 Position is particularly preferred. In the case where Bi is a naphthyl group which may have a substituent, the substitution position is not particularly limited, but a combination of 2 position, 6 position, 7 position, 2 position and 6 position, 2 position and 7 position is preferable, 2 position , 2 and 7 are particularly preferred. In Formula (1), Ai 1 and Ai 2 are each independently represented by a hydrogen atom or Formula (2), but are excluded when both Ai 1 and Ai 2 are hydrogen atoms, and a hydrogen atom and Formula (2) the combination of), or Ai 1, Ai is preferably a combination of 2 together form a moiety of formula (2), Ai 1, the combination of Ai 2 together form a moiety of formula (2) is particularly preferred.
上記式(2)が上記式(3)で表される場合、本願の偏光素子の耐久性をさらに向上させ、また、赤外域での偏光性能を向上させることができるため好ましい。上記式(3)中、Ri1は上記式(2)のRi1と同じである。
When said Formula (2) is represented by said Formula (3), since durability of the polarizing element of this application can further be improved and the polarization | polarized-light performance in an infrared region can be improved, it is preferable. In the formula (3), Ri 1 is the same as Ri 1 in the formula (2).
上記式(3)中、Ri2は水素原子、塩素原子、スルホ基、ニトロ基、ヒドロキシ基、炭素数1~4のアルキル基、炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基、スルホ基を有する炭素数1~4のアルキル基、ヒドロキシ基を有する炭素数1~4のアルキル基、カルボキシ基を有する炭素数1~4のアルキル基、スルホ基を有する炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基、ヒドロキシ基を有する炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基、カルボキシ基を有する炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基からなる群から選択される置換基を表す。式(3)中のRi2の置換位置は、酸素原子が置換する位置に対して、オルト位、メタ位、パラ位をとり得るが、パラ位に置換していることが好ましい。また、式(3)中の酸素原子と式(1)中の-OHと銅原子とで-O-Cu-O-を形成することが好ましい。上記式(1)で表されるアゾ化合物が上記式(4)であることによってさらに高性能かつ広帯域を有する赤外域用の偏光素子を提供できるため、より好ましい。式(4)中、mは上記式(2)と同じであり、Ri3は式(3)中のRi2と同じでよく、Ri3の置換位置についてもRi2と同じでよい。
In the above formula (3), Ri 2 represents a hydrogen atom, a chlorine atom, a sulfo group, a nitro group, a hydroxy group, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, or 1 carbon atom having a sulfo group An alkyl group of to 4, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms having a hydroxy group, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms having a carboxy group, an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms having a sulfo group, a carbon having a hydroxy group It represents a substituent selected from the group consisting of alkoxy groups of 1 to 4 and alkoxy groups of 1 to 4 carbon atoms having a carboxy group. The substitution position of Ri 2 in the formula (3) may take ortho, meta or para position with respect to the position at which the oxygen atom is substituted, but is preferably substituted at the para position. Further, it is preferable to form —O—Cu—O— by the oxygen atom in the formula (3), the —OH in the formula (1) and the copper atom. The azo compound represented by the above-mentioned formula (1) is more preferable because it is possible to provide a polarizing element for an infrared region having higher performance and a wide band by being the above-mentioned formula (4). In the formula (4), m is the same as the above formula (2), Ri 3 may be the same as Ri 2 in the formula (3), and the substitution position of Ri 3 may be the same as Ri 2 .
式(1)~式(4)で表されるアゾ化合物は遊離形態であっても、塩の形態であってもよい。塩は、例えば、リチウム塩、ナトリウム塩、及びカリウム塩等のアルカリ金属塩、カルシウム塩等のアルカリ土類金属塩、アンモニウム塩やアルキルアミン塩等の有機塩であってもよく、好ましくはナトリウム塩である。
The azo compounds represented by formulas (1) to (4) may be in free form or in the form of a salt. The salts may be, for example, alkali metal salts such as lithium salts, sodium salts and potassium salts, alkaline earth metal salts such as calcium salts, organic salts such as ammonium salts and alkylamine salts, preferably sodium salts. It is.
上記式(1)で表されるアゾ化合物の具体例を以下に挙げるが、特にこれらに限定されるものではない。式中のスルホ基、カルボキシ基及びヒドロキシ基は遊離酸として表す。
Although the specific example of an azo compound represented by said Formula (1) is given to the following, it is not specifically limited to these. The sulfo, carboxy and hydroxy groups in the formula are represented as free acids.
上記式(1)で表されるアゾ化合物又はその塩は、例えば、特許文献14、特許文献15及び非特許文献2に記載されるような通常のアゾ染料の製造方法に従って、ジアゾ化、カップリングを行うことにより製造することができる。
The azo compound represented by the above formula (1) or a salt thereof can be diazotized and coupled according to a conventional method for producing an azo dye as described, for example, in Patent Document 14, Patent Document 15 and Non-patent Document 2. Can be manufactured by performing.
具体的な製造方法の例としては次の方法が挙げられる。例えば、下記式(A)で示されるアミノチアゾール類をジアゾ化し、下記式(B)で示されるアニリン類又は下記式(C)で示されるアミノナフタレン類と一次カップリングさせ、下記式(D)又は下記式(E)で示されるモノアゾアミノ化合物を得る。
このジスアゾアミノ化合物(D)又は(E)をそれぞれ、Ai1成分またはAi2成分として、ジアゾ化し、下記式(F)のナフトール類とそれぞれ二次カップリングさせることにより式(1)のアゾ化合物が得られる。
The following method is mentioned as an example of a specific manufacturing method. For example, aminothiazoles represented by the following formula (A) are diazotized, primary coupling is performed with anilines represented by the following formula (B) or aminonaphthalenes represented by the following formula (C), and the following formula (D) Or the monoazo amino compound shown by following formula (E) is obtained.
The disazo amino compound (D) or (E) is diazotized as Ai 1 component or Ai 2 component, respectively, and azo compound of formula (1) is obtained by secondary coupling with naphthols of the following formula (F) Is obtained.
このジスアゾアミノ化合物(D)又は(E)をそれぞれ、Ai1成分またはAi2成分として、ジアゾ化し、下記式(F)のナフトール類とそれぞれ二次カップリングさせることにより式(1)のアゾ化合物が得られる。
The disazo amino compound (D) or (E) is diazotized as Ai 1 component or Ai 2 component, respectively, and azo compound of formula (1) is obtained by secondary coupling with naphthols of the following formula (F) Is obtained.
上記式(A)~(F)において、Ri1及びRi1が置換している環における破線の有無は式(2)におけるものと同じ意味を表し、Ri2は式(3)におけるものと同じ意味を表し、R24またはR25は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、塩素原子、スルホ基、ニトロ基、ヒドロキシ基、炭素数1~4のアルキル基、炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基、スルホ基を有する炭素数1~4のアルキル基、ヒドロキシ基を有する炭素数1~4のアルキル基、カルボキシ基を有する炭素数1~4のアルキル基、スルホ基を有する炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基、ヒドロキシ基を有する炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基、カルボキシ基を有する炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基を示し、mは式(2)におけるものと同じ意味を表す。
炭素数1~4のアルキル基、炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基、スルホ基を有する炭素数1~4のアルキル基、ヒドロキシ基を有する炭素数1~4のアルキル基、カルボキシ基を有する炭素数1~4のアルキル基、スルホ基を有する炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基、ヒドロキシ基を有する炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基、カルボキシ基を有する炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基としてはそれぞれ、前記と同様でよい。 In the above formulas (A) to (F), the presence or absence of the broken line in the ring substituted by Ri 1 and Ri 1 has the same meaning as that in formula (2), and Ri 2 is the same as that in formula (3) R 24 or R 25 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, a chlorine atom, a sulfo group, a nitro group, a hydroxy group, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, a sulfo group An alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms having a hydroxy group, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms having a carboxy group, an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms having a sulfo group, The alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms having a hydroxy group and the alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms having a carboxy group are shown, and m has the same meaning as that in the formula (2).
Alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms having a sulfo group, alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms having a hydroxy group, carbon number having a carboxy group The alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, the alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms having a sulfo group, the alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms having a hydroxy group, and the alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms having a carboxy group are each as described above. It may be similar to
炭素数1~4のアルキル基、炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基、スルホ基を有する炭素数1~4のアルキル基、ヒドロキシ基を有する炭素数1~4のアルキル基、カルボキシ基を有する炭素数1~4のアルキル基、スルホ基を有する炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基、ヒドロキシ基を有する炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基、カルボキシ基を有する炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基としてはそれぞれ、前記と同様でよい。 In the above formulas (A) to (F), the presence or absence of the broken line in the ring substituted by Ri 1 and Ri 1 has the same meaning as that in formula (2), and Ri 2 is the same as that in formula (3) R 24 or R 25 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, a chlorine atom, a sulfo group, a nitro group, a hydroxy group, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, a sulfo group An alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms having a hydroxy group, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms having a carboxy group, an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms having a sulfo group, The alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms having a hydroxy group and the alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms having a carboxy group are shown, and m has the same meaning as that in the formula (2).
Alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms having a sulfo group, alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms having a hydroxy group, carbon number having a carboxy group The alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, the alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms having a sulfo group, the alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms having a hydroxy group, and the alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms having a carboxy group are each as described above. It may be similar to
上記製造方法において、ジアゾ化工程は、ジアゾ成分の塩酸、硫酸などの鉱酸水溶液又はけん濁液に亜硝酸ナトリウムなどの亜硝酸塩を混合するという、いわゆる「順法」によるか、あるいはジアゾ成分の中性又は弱アルカリ性の水溶液に亜硝酸塩を加えておき、これと鉱酸を混合するという、いわゆる「逆法」によって行うことが好ましい。ジアゾ化の温度は、-10~40℃が適当である。また、アニリン類とのカップリング工程は塩酸、酢酸などの酸性水溶液と上記各ジアゾ液を混合し、温度が-10~40℃でpH2~7の酸性条件で行うことが好ましい。
In the above production method, the diazotization step is carried out by a so-called "sequential method" in which a nitrite such as sodium nitrite is mixed with an aqueous solution or suspension of a mineral acid such as hydrochloric acid or sulfuric acid as a diazo component, or It is preferable to carry out the so-called "inverse method" in which nitrite is added to a neutral or weakly alkaline aqueous solution and this is mixed with a mineral acid. The temperature for diazotization is preferably -10 to 40.degree. The coupling step with anilines is preferably carried out by mixing an acidic aqueous solution such as hydrochloric acid or acetic acid with each of the above diazo liquids, at a temperature of -10 to 40 ° C and under acidic conditions of pH 2 to 7.
カップリング反応により得られた式(D)又は式(E)のモノアゾ化合物は、そのまま濾過するか、酸析や塩析により析出させ濾過して取り出すか、溶液又はけん濁液のまま次の工程へ進むこともできる。ジアゾニウム塩が難溶性でけん濁液となっている場合は濾過し、プレスケーキとして次のカップリング工程で使うこともできる。
The monoazo compound of the formula (D) or the formula (E) obtained by the coupling reaction may be filtered as it is, or it may be precipitated by acid precipitation or salting out and removed by filtration, or the solution or suspension may be used as it is You can go to When the diazonium salt is poorly soluble and is in the form of a suspension, it can be filtered and used as a press cake in the next coupling step.
式(D)又は式(E)のモノアゾ化合物のジアゾ化物と、式(F)で表されるナフトール類との三次カップリング反応は、温度が-10~40℃でpH7~10の中性からアルカリ性条件で行われることが好ましい。反応終了後、得られた式(1)のアゾ化合物又は塩を、好ましくは塩析により析出させ濾過して取り出す。また、精製が必要な場合には、塩析を繰り返すか又は有機溶媒を使用して水中から析出させればよい。精製に使用する有機溶媒としては、例えばメタノール、エタノール等のアルコール類、アセトン等のケトン類等の水溶性有機溶媒が挙げられる。
The tertiary coupling reaction of the diazotized compound of the monoazo compound of the formula (D) or the formula (E) with the naphthols represented by the formula (F) has a temperature of −10 to 40 ° C. and a neutral pH of 7 to 10. It is preferred to be carried out under alkaline conditions. After completion of the reaction, the obtained azo compound or salt of the formula (1) is preferably precipitated by salting out and filtered out. In addition, if purification is required, salting out may be repeated or precipitation may be performed from water using an organic solvent. Examples of the organic solvent used for purification include water-soluble organic solvents such as alcohols such as methanol and ethanol, and ketones such as acetone.
上記式(A)で表される化合物は、破線で表される環が存在しない場合には2-アミノベンゾチアゾール類であり、例えば、2-アミノ-6-スルホベンゾチアゾール、2-アミノ-7-メトキシ-6-スルホベンゾチアゾール、2-アミノ-4,6-ジスルホベンゾチアゾール、2-アミノ-7-メトキシ-4,6-ジスルホベンゾチアゾール、等が挙げられる。破線で表される環が存在する場合には2-アミノナフトチアゾール類であり、例えば、2-アミノ-6,8-ジスルホナフトチアゾール、2-アミノ-4,6,8-トリスルホナフトチアゾール、2-アミノ-4-クロロ-6,8-ジスルホナフトチアゾール、2-アミノ-6-スルホプロポキシ-4,8-ジスルホナフトチアゾール、2-アミノ-6-スルホプロポキシ-4,7,8-トリスルホナフトチアゾール、2-アミノ-6-メトキシ-4,7,8-トリスルホナフトチアゾール、2-アミノ-7-スルホプロポキシ-4,9-ジスルホナフトチアゾール、2-アミノ-4-スルホプロポキシ-5,7,9-トリスルホナフトチアゾール、等が挙げられ、2-アミノ-6-スルホベンゾチアゾール、2-アミノ-7-メトキシ-6-スルホベンゾチアゾール、2-アミノ-6,8-ジスルホナフトチアゾールが好ましい。
The compound represented by the above formula (A) is a 2-aminobenzothiazole in the absence of the ring represented by the broken line, for example, 2-amino-6-sulfobenzothiazole, 2-amino-7 And -methoxy-6-sulfobenzothiazole, 2-amino-4,6-disulfobenzothiazole, 2-amino-7-methoxy-4,6-disulfobenzothiazole, and the like. When a ring represented by a broken line is present, it is 2-aminonaphthothiazoles, for example, 2-amino-6,8-disulfonaphthothiazole, 2-amino-4,6,8-trisulfonaphthothiazole , 2-amino-4-chloro-6,8-disulfonaphthothiazole, 2-amino-6-sulfopropoxy-4,8-disulfonaphthothiazole, 2-amino-6-sulfopropoxy-4,7,8 -Trisulfonaphthothiazole, 2-amino-6-methoxy-4,7,8-trisulfonaphthothiazole, 2-amino-7-sulfopropoxy-4,9-disulfonaphthothiazole, 2-amino-4-sulfo Propoxy-5,7,9-trisulfonaphthothiazole, etc., and 2-amino-6-sulfobenzothiazole, 2-amino-7-methoxy-6- Sulfobenzothiazole and 2-amino-6,8-disulfonaphthothiazole are preferred.
式(B)のアニリン類としては、スルホ基を有する低級アルコキシ基を有するアニリン類として、3-(2-アミノ-4-メチルフェノキシ)プロパン-1-スルホン酸、3-(2-アミノフェノキシ)プロパン-1-スルホン酸、及び3-(2-アミノ-4-メチルフェノキシ)ブタン-1-スルホン酸等が挙げられる。それ以外のアニリン類としては、例えばアニリン、2-メチルアニリン、3-メチルアニリン、2-エチルアニリン、3-エチルアニリン、2,5-ジメチルアニリン、2,5-ジエチルアニリン、2-メトキシアニリン、3-メトキシアニリン、2-メトキシ-5-メチルアニリン、2,5-ジメトキシアニリン、3,5-ジメチルアニリン、2,6-ジメチルアニリン、及び3,5-ジメトキシアニリン等が挙げられる。これらのアニリン類はアミノ基が保護されていてもよい。式(C)のアミノナフタレン類としては、例えば、1-アミノナフタレン、1-アミノナフタレン-6-スルホン酸、1-アミノナフタレン-7-スルホン酸、1-アミノ-2-メトキシナフタレン-6-スルホン酸、1-アミノ-2-メトキシナフタレン-7-スルホン酸、1-アミノ-2-エトキシナフタレン-6-スルホン酸、及び1-アミノ-2-エトキシナフタレン-7-スルホン酸が挙げられ、好ましくは1-アミノナフタレン-7-スルホン酸及び1-アミノ-2-メトキシナフタレン-7-スルホン酸が挙げられる。これらのアミノナフタレン類はアミノ基が保護されていてもよい。保護基としては、例えばそのω-メタンスルホン基が挙げられる。
As anilines of the formula (B), 3- (2-amino-4-methylphenoxy) propane-1-sulfonic acid, 3- (2-aminophenoxy) as anilines having a lower alkoxy group having a sulfo group Propane-1-sulfonic acid, 3- (2-amino-4-methylphenoxy) butane-1-sulfonic acid and the like can be mentioned. Examples of other anilines include aniline, 2-methyl aniline, 3-methyl aniline, 2-ethyl aniline, 3-ethyl aniline, 2,5-dimethyl aniline, 2,5-diethyl aniline, 2-methoxy aniline, Examples thereof include 3-methoxyaniline, 2-methoxy-5-methylaniline, 2,5-dimethoxyaniline, 3,5-dimethylaniline, 2,6-dimethylaniline, and 3,5-dimethoxyaniline. These anilines may have an amino group protected. Examples of aminonaphthalenes of the formula (C) include 1-aminonaphthalene, 1-aminonaphthalene-6-sulfonic acid, 1-aminonaphthalene-7-sulfonic acid, 1-amino-2-methoxynaphthalene-6-sulfone Acid, 1-amino-2-methoxynaphthalene-7-sulfonic acid, 1-amino-2-ethoxynaphthalene-6-sulfonic acid, and 1-amino-2-ethoxynaphthalene-7-sulfonic acid, preferably Examples include 1-aminonaphthalene-7-sulfonic acid and 1-amino-2-methoxynaphthalene-7-sulfonic acid. These aminonaphthalenes may be protected at the amino group. Examples of the protective group include the ω-methanesulfone group.
上記式(1)で表されるアゾ化合物又はその塩は、赤外域に高い偏光性能、並びに、耐湿性、耐熱性、及び/又は耐光性を有する高性能な偏光板を提供する。よって、本発明に係る偏光素子は、高温高湿条件下で使用される車載用偏光板、屋外表示用のニュートラルグレー偏光板、赤外域の光による制御が必要な各種センサーの作製に好適である。
The azo compound represented by the above formula (1) or a salt thereof provides a high-performance polarizing plate having high polarization performance in the infrared region, as well as moisture resistance, heat resistance, and / or light resistance. Therefore, the polarizing element according to the present invention is suitable for producing an automotive polarizing plate used under high temperature and high humidity conditions, a neutral gray polarizing plate for outdoor display, and various sensors which require control by light in the infrared region. .
上記偏光素子には、本発明の性能を損なわない程度に、色の補正及び/又は偏光性能の向上を目的として、可視域において偏光特性を示す二色性色素を少なくとも1種を用いる。例えば、式(1)で表されるアゾ化合物以外の可視域において偏光特性を示す二色性色素を少なくとも1種を含有させてもよい。
For the polarizing element, at least one kind of dichroic dye exhibiting polarization characteristics in the visible region is used for the purpose of color correction and / or improvement of polarization performance to the extent that the performance of the present invention is not impaired. For example, at least one dichroic dye that exhibits polarization characteristics in the visible region other than the azo compound represented by Formula (1) may be contained.
無彩色な偏光素子を作製するには、本発明の偏光素子は式(5)または式(6)のアゾ化合物又はその塩を、その一方を、または、両方を含むことが好適である。その処方は高い透過率で、高偏光度でありながらも無彩色な偏光素子を提供しうるに至る。式(5)または式(6)のアゾ化合物を含む偏光素子は耐久性が高く、信頼性の高い液晶ディスプレイを提供しうるに至る。
In order to produce an achromatic polarizing element, the polarizing element of the present invention preferably contains the azo compound of the formula (5) or the formula (6) or a salt thereof, or one or both of them. The formulation has high transmittance and can provide an achromatic polarizing element with a high degree of polarization. The polarizing element containing the azo compound of Formula (5) or Formula (6) leads to being able to provide a highly durable and reliable liquid crystal display.
まず、式(5)について説明する。式(5)中、Ab1、Ab2はそれぞれ独立に、置換基を有するナフチル基又は置換基を有するフェニル基を示し、その置換基の少なくとも1つが水素原子、スルホ基、低級アルキル基、低級アルコキシ基、スルホ基を有する低級アルコキシ基、カルボキシ基、ニトロ基、アミノ基、又は置換アミノ基であり、Rb1、Rb2は各々独立に、水素原子、低級アルキル基、低級アルコキシ基、スルホ基、又はスルホ基を有する低級アルコキシ基を示す。
First, equation (5) will be described. In the formula (5), Ab 1 and Ab 2 each independently represent a substituted naphthyl group or a substituted phenyl group, and at least one of the substituents is a hydrogen atom, a sulfo group, a lower alkyl group, or a lower group An alkoxy group, a lower alkoxy group having a sulfo group, a carboxy group, a nitro group, an amino group, or a substituted amino group, and Rb 1 and Rb 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a lower alkyl group, a lower alkoxy group, a sulfo group Or a lower alkoxy group having a sulfo group.
さらに、より高透過率、かつ、高偏光度を有し、かつ、平行位、直交位の色相がより無彩色である偏光素子を得るためには、式(5)のRb1、Rb2が各々独立に置換基がメチル基、または、メトキシ基であることが好ましく、メトキシ基であることがさらに好ましい。
Furthermore, in order to obtain a polarization element having higher transmittance, high polarization degree, and more achromatic hue in parallel and orthogonal positions, Rb 1 and Rb 2 in the equation (5) are The substituents are preferably each independently a methyl group or a methoxy group, and more preferably a methoxy group.
さらに、より高透過率、かつ、高偏光度を有し、かつ、平行位、直交位の色相がより無彩色である偏光素子を得るためには、式(5)のAb1、Ab2はそれぞれ独立に、スルホ基またはカルボニル基を有するナフチル基であることが好ましく、スルホ基を有するナフチル基であることが、高コントラストな偏光板が得られるためさらに好ましい。
Furthermore, in order to obtain a polarization element having higher transmittance, high polarization degree, and more neutral hues of parallel and orthogonal positions, Ab 1 and Ab 2 of the formula (5) are Each of them is preferably a naphthyl group having a sulfo group or a carbonyl group, and more preferably a naphthyl group having a sulfo group because a high contrast polarizing plate can be obtained.
本願で用いられる式(5)で表されるアゾ化合物の具体例を、下記に遊離酸の形式で示す。
Specific examples of the azo compound represented by the formula (5) used in the present application are shown below in the form of free acid.
式(6)において、Ag1は、置換基を有するフェニル基または置換基を有するナフチル基を示す。Ag1がフェニル基である場合には、その置換基としてスルホ基またはカルボキシ基を少なくとも1つ有することが好ましい。フェニル基が置換基を2つ以上有する場合は、その置換基の少なくとも1つがスルホ基またはカルボキシ基であり、その他の置換基が、スルホ基、カルボキシ基、低級アルキル基、低級アルコキシ基、スルホ基を有する低級アルコキシ基、ニトロ基、アミノ基、アセチルアミノ基、または低級アルキルアミノ基置換アミノ基であることが好ましい。その他の置換基は、より好ましくは、スルホ基、メチル基、エチル基、メトキシ基、エトキシ基、カルボキシ基、ニトロ基、またはアミノ基であり、特に好ましくはスルホ基、メチル基、メトキシ基、エトキシ基、またはカルボキシ基である。スルホ基を有する低級アルコキシ基としては、直鎖アルコキシが好ましく、スルホ基の置換位置はアルコキシ基末端が好ましく、より好ましくは3-スルホプロポキシ基および4-スルホブトキシ基であり、特に好ましくは3-スルホプロポキシ基である。フェニル基が有する置換基の数は1または2が好ましく、置換位置は特に限定されないが、4位のみ、2位と4位の組合せ、および3位と5位の組合せが好ましい。
In formula (6), Ag 1 represents a phenyl group having a substituent or a naphthyl group having a substituent. When Ag 1 is a phenyl group, it is preferable to have at least one sulfo group or carboxy group as a substituent. When the phenyl group has two or more substituents, at least one of the substituents is a sulfo group or a carboxy group, and the other substituents are a sulfo group, a carboxy group, a lower alkyl group, a lower alkoxy group, a sulfo group It is preferable that it is a lower alkoxy group having the following, a nitro group, an amino group, an acetylamino group, or a lower alkylamino group-substituted amino group. The other substituent is more preferably a sulfo group, a methyl group, an ethyl group, a methoxy group, an ethoxy group, a carboxy group, a nitro group or an amino group, and particularly preferably a sulfo group, a methyl group, a methoxy group or an ethoxy group. A group or a carboxy group. As the lower alkoxy group having a sulfo group, linear alkoxy is preferable, and the substitution position of the sulfo group is preferably an alkoxy group end, more preferably a 3-sulfopropoxy group and a 4-sulfobutoxy group, particularly preferably 3- It is a sulfopropoxy group. The number of substituents which the phenyl group has is preferably 1 or 2, and the substitution position is not particularly limited, but only the 4-position, the combination of 2-position and 4-position, and the combination of 3-position and 5-position are preferred.
Ag1が置換基を有するナフチル基である場合、その置換基としてスルホ基を少なくとも1つ有することが好ましい。ナフチル基が置換基を2つ以上有する場合は、好ましくは、その置換基の少なくとも1つがスルホ基であり、その他の置換基としては、スルホ基、ヒドロキシ基、カルボキシ基、またはスルホ基を有する低級アルコキシ基である。ナフチル基は、置換基として2つ以上のスルホ基を有することが特に好ましい。スルホ基を有する低級アルコキシ基としては、直鎖アルコキシが好ましく、スルホ基の置換位置はアルコキシ基末端が好ましい。より好ましくは3-スルホプロポキシ基および4-スルホブトキシ基であり、特に好ましくは3-スルホプロポキシ基である。ナフチル基が有するスルホ基の数が2である場合、スルホ基の置換位置は好ましくは4、8位の組合せ、および6、8位の組合せが好ましく、6、8位の組合せがより好ましい。ナフチル基が有するスルホ基の数が3である場合、スルホ基の置換位置は好ましくは1、3、6位の組合せである。
When Ag 1 is a substituted naphthyl group, it is preferable to have at least one sulfo group as the substituent. When a naphthyl group has two or more substituents, preferably, at least one of the substituents is a sulfo group, and as the other substituent, a sulfo group, a hydroxy group, a carboxy group, or a lower group having a sulfo group It is an alkoxy group. It is particularly preferable that the naphthyl group has two or more sulfo groups as a substituent. As the lower alkoxy group having a sulfo group, linear alkoxy is preferable, and the substitution position of the sulfo group is preferably an alkoxy group terminal. More preferably, they are 3-sulfopropoxy group and 4-sulfobutoxy group, and particularly preferably 3-sulfopropoxy group. When the number of sulfo groups which a naphthyl group has is 2, the combination position of a sulfo group is preferably a combination of 4 and 8 positions, and a combination of 6 and 8 positions is preferable, and a combination of 6 and 8 positions is more preferable. When the number of sulfo groups that a naphthyl group has is 3, the substitution position of the sulfo group is preferably a combination of 1, 3, and 6 positions.
上記式(6)におけるBgおよびCgは、各々独立に、下記式(7)または下記式(8)で表されるが、BgおよびCgの少なくとも一方が式(7)で表される。
Although Bg and Cg in the said Formula (6) are respectively independently represented by following formula (7) or following formula (8), at least one of Bg and Cg is represented by Formula (7).
上記式(7)および式(8)において、Rg1からRg3は、各々独立に水素原子、低級アルキル基、低級アルコキシ基、またはスルホ基を有する低級アルコキシ基を示す。式(7)において、Rg1は、好ましくは水素原子、低級アルキル基、または低級アルコキシ基であり、より好ましくは水素原子、メチル基、またはメトキシ基であり、特に好ましくは、水素原子またはメトキシ基である。スルホ基を有する低級アルコキシ基としては、直鎖アルコキシが好ましく、スルホ基の置換位置はアルコキシ基末端が好ましい。より好ましくは3-スルホプロポキシ基および4-スルホブトキシ基であり、特に好ましくは3-スルホプロポキシ基である。Rg1の置換位置は、Ag1側のアゾ基を1位とした場合、2位または3位が好ましい。より好ましくはAg1側のアゾ基を1位とした場合、3位であることがより好ましい。スルホ基がある場合には、そのスルホ基の置換位置は6位または7位が好ましく、より好ましくは6位である。kは0~2の整数を示す。式(8)において、Rg2またはおよびRg3は、各々独立に、好ましくは水素原子、低級アルキル基、低級アルコキシ基、またはスルホ基を有する低級アルコキシ基であり、より好ましくは水素原子、メチル基、メトキシ基、3-スルホプロポキシ基、または、4-スルホプロポキシ基である。Rg2、または、Rg3の置換位置としては、Xg1側のアゾ基を1位とした場合、2位のみ、5位のみ、2位および5位、3位および5位、2位および6位、または、3位および6位の組合せが適用でき、好ましくは、2位のみ、5位のみ、2位および5位である。
In the above formulas (7) and (8), Rg 1 to Rg 3 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a lower alkyl group, a lower alkoxy group, or a lower alkoxy group having a sulfo group. In the formula (7), Rg 1 is preferably a hydrogen atom, a lower alkyl group or a lower alkoxy group, more preferably a hydrogen atom, a methyl group or a methoxy group, and particularly preferably a hydrogen atom or a methoxy group It is. As the lower alkoxy group having a sulfo group, linear alkoxy is preferable, and the substitution position of the sulfo group is preferably an alkoxy group terminal. More preferably, they are 3-sulfopropoxy group and 4-sulfobutoxy group, and particularly preferably 3-sulfopropoxy group. The substitution position of Rg 1 is preferably 2-position or 3-position, when the azo group on the Ag 1 side is 1-position. More preferably, when the azo group on the Ag 1 side is 1- position, it is more preferably 3-position. When there is a sulfo group, the substitution position of the sulfo group is preferably 6- or 7-position, more preferably 6-position. k represents an integer of 0 to 2; In Formula (8), Rg 2 and Rg 3 each independently are preferably a hydrogen atom, a lower alkyl group, a lower alkoxy group, or a lower alkoxy group having a sulfo group, and more preferably a hydrogen atom, a methyl group , Methoxy group, 3-sulfopropoxy group or 4-sulfopropoxy group. As the substitution position of Rg 2 or Rg 3 , when the azo group on the Xg 1 side is 1 position, only 2 position, 5 position only, 2 and 5 positions, 3 and 5 positions, 2 position and 6 position Or a combination of 3 and 6 positions is applicable, preferably only 2 positions, only 5 positions, 2 positions and 5 positions.
上記式(6)におけるXg1は、置換基を有してもよいアミノ基、置換基を有してもよいフェニルアミノ基、置換基を有してもよいフェニルアゾ基、または置換基を有してもよいベンゾイルアミノ基を示す。Xg1は、好ましくは、置換基を有してもよいアミノ基または置換基を有してもよいフェニルアミノ基であり、より好ましくはフェニルアミノ基である。置換基を有してもよいアミノ基は、好ましくは、水素原子、メチル基、メトキシ基、スルホ基、アミノ基、および低級アルキルアミノ基からなる群から選択される1つまたは2つを有するアミノ基であり、より好ましくは水素原子、メチル基、スルホ基を1つまたは2つ有するアミノ基である。置換基を有してもよいフェニルアミノ基は、好ましくは、水素原子、低級アルキル基、低級アルコキシ基、スルホ基、アミノ基、および低級アルキルアミノ基からなる群から選択される1つまたは2つの置換基を有するフェニルアミノ基であり、より好ましくは、水素原子、メチル基、メトキシ基、スルホ基、およびアミノ基からなる群から選択される1つまたは2つの置換基を有するフェニルアミノ基である。置換位置は特に限定されないが、置換基の1つはフェニルアミノ基のアミノ基に対してp位であることが好ましい。フェニルアゾ基は、好ましくは、水素原子、ヒドロキシ基、炭素数1~4のアルキル基、炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基、アミノ基、ヒドロキシ基およびカルボキシエチルアミノ基からなる群から選択される1~3つを有するフェニルアゾ基である。置換基を有してもよいベンゾイルアミノ基は、好ましくは、水素原子、ヒドロキシ基、アミノ基、およびカルボキシエチルアミノ基からなる群から選択される1つの置換基を有するベンゾイルアミノ基である。Xg1の置換位置は、置換しているナフチル基のヒドロキシ基を1位とした場合、6位または7位が好ましく、より好ましくは6位である。
Xg 1 in the above formula (6) has an amino group which may have a substituent, a phenylamino group which may have a substituent, a phenylazo group which may have a substituent, or a substituent Or benzoylamino group. Xg 1 is preferably an amino group which may have a substituent or a phenylamino group which may have a substituent, more preferably a phenylamino group. The amino group which may have a substituent is preferably an amino having one or two selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, a methoxy group, a sulfo group, an amino group, and a lower alkylamino group. And more preferably a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, or an amino group having one or two sulfo groups. The phenylamino group which may have a substituent is preferably one or two selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen atom, a lower alkyl group, a lower alkoxy group, a sulfo group, an amino group and a lower alkylamino group. It is a phenylamino group having a substituent, more preferably a phenylamino group having one or two substituents selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, a methoxy group, a sulfo group, and an amino group. . Although the substitution position is not particularly limited, it is preferable that one of the substituents is p-position to the amino group of the phenylamino group. The phenylazo group is preferably selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen atom, a hydroxy group, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, an amino group, a hydroxy group and a carboxyethylamino group. It is a phenylazo group having three. The benzoylamino group which may have a substituent is preferably a benzoylamino group having one substituent selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen atom, a hydroxy group, an amino group, and a carboxyethylamino group. The substitution position of Xg 1 is preferably 6- or 7-position, more preferably 6-position, when the hydroxy group of the substituted naphthyl group is 1-position.
式(6)で表されるアゾ化合物またはその塩は、下記式(6’)で表されるアゾ化合物またはその塩である場合、特に性能が向上するために好ましい。
The azo compound represented by the formula (6) or a salt thereof is preferably an azo compound represented by the following formula (6 ′) or a salt thereof because the performance is particularly improved.
上記式(6’)中、Ag1は置換基を有するフェニル基または置換基を有するナフチル基を示し、Rg4およびRg5は各々独立に式(7)中のRg1と同じ意味を示し、Xg1は式(6)中のXg1と同じ意味を示す。k1およびk2は各々独立に0~2の整数を示す。
In the above formula (6 ′), Ag 1 represents a phenyl group having a substituent or a naphthyl group having a substituent, and Rg 4 and Rg 5 each independently represent the same as Rg 1 in the formula (7), Xg 1 has the same meaning as Xg 1 in the formula (6). Each of k 1 and k 2 independently represents an integer of 0 to 2.
式(6)で表されるアゾ化合物の具体例としては、例えば、
C.I.Direct Blue 34、
C.I.Direct Blue 69、
C.I.Direct Blue 70、
C.I.Direct Blue 71、
C.I.Direct Blue 72、
C.I.Direct Blue 75、
C.I.Direct Blue 78、
C.I.Direct Blue 81、
C.I.Direct Blue 82、
C.I.Direct Blue 83、
C.I.Direct Blue 186、
C.I.Direct Blue 258、
Benzo Fast Chrome Blue FG(C.I.34225)、
Benzo Fast Blue BN(C.I.34120)、
C.I.Direct Green 51、
等のアゾ化合物が挙げられる。 As a specific example of the azo compound represented by Formula (6), for example,
C. I. Direct Blue 34,
C. I. Direct Blue 69,
C. I. Direct Blue 70,
C. I. Direct Blue 71,
C. I. Direct Blue 72,
C. I. Direct Blue 75,
C. I. Direct Blue 78,
C. I. Direct Blue 81,
C. I. Direct Blue 82,
C. I. Direct Blue 83,
C. I. Direct Blue 186,
C. I. Direct Blue 258,
Benzo Fast Chrome Blue FG (C.I. 34225),
Benzo Fast Blue BN (C.I. 34120),
C. I. Direct Green 51,
And azo compounds such as
C.I.Direct Blue 34、
C.I.Direct Blue 69、
C.I.Direct Blue 70、
C.I.Direct Blue 71、
C.I.Direct Blue 72、
C.I.Direct Blue 75、
C.I.Direct Blue 78、
C.I.Direct Blue 81、
C.I.Direct Blue 82、
C.I.Direct Blue 83、
C.I.Direct Blue 186、
C.I.Direct Blue 258、
Benzo Fast Chrome Blue FG(C.I.34225)、
Benzo Fast Blue BN(C.I.34120)、
C.I.Direct Green 51、
等のアゾ化合物が挙げられる。 As a specific example of the azo compound represented by Formula (6), for example,
C. I. Direct Blue 34,
C. I. Direct Blue 69,
C. I. Direct Blue 70,
C. I. Direct Blue 71,
C. I. Direct Blue 72,
C. I. Direct Blue 75,
C. I. Direct Blue 78,
C. I. Direct Blue 81,
C. I. Direct Blue 82,
C. I. Direct Blue 83,
C. I. Direct Blue 186,
C. I. Direct Blue 258,
Benzo Fast Chrome Blue FG (C.I. 34225),
Benzo Fast Blue BN (C.I. 34120),
C. I. Direct Green 51,
And azo compounds such as
以下に、式(6)で表されるアゾ化合物の具体例を、遊離酸の形式で示す。
Below, the specific example of an azo compound represented by Formula (6) is shown in the form of a free acid.
本発明の偏光素子において、式(5)または式(6)で表されるアゾ化合物またはその塩の含有量は、水溶液100質量部に対して、0.0001~5質量部であることが好ましく、より好ましくは0.001~1質量部である。
In the polarizing element of the present invention, the content of the azo compound represented by the formula (5) or the formula (6) or a salt thereof is preferably 0.0001 to 5 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the aqueous solution. And more preferably 0.001 to 1 part by mass.
式(5)で示されるアゾ化合物を得る方法、および、アゾ化合物としては、例えば、国際公開第2012/165223号に記載の方法で得ることができるが、これらに限定されるものではない。
The method for obtaining the azo compound represented by the formula (5) and the azo compound can be obtained, for example, by the method described in WO 2012/165223, but is not limited thereto.
式(6)で示されるアゾ化合物またはその塩は、例えば特開平1-161202号公報、特開平01-172907号公報、特開平01-248105号公報、特開平01-265205号公報、および特公平07-92531号公報等に記載される方法により合成することができるが、これらに限定されない。
The azo compound represented by the formula (6) or a salt thereof is disclosed, for example, in JP-A-1-161202, JP-A-01-172907, JP-A-01-248105, JP-A-01-265205, and the like. Although it can synthesize | combine by the method described in the 07-92531 gazette etc., it is not limited to these.
一態様において、本発明の偏光素子は上記式(9)又は式(10)で示されるアゾ化合物、その金属錯体化合物、又はその塩を含む。上記偏光素子を作製するには、赤外光吸収化合物、及び、式(9)又は式(10)のアゾ化合物を、それぞれ独立に、又は、同時に用いることが好適であり、高い透過率で、高偏光度でありながらも無彩色な偏光素子の提供を可能とする。特に、式(9)、又は式(10)のアゾ化合物を用いた偏光素子は耐久性が高く、信頼性の高い液晶ディスプレイの提供を可能とする。
In one aspect, the polarizing element of the present invention comprises the azo compound represented by the above formula (9) or (10), a metal complex compound thereof, or a salt thereof. In order to produce the polarizing element, it is preferable to use an infrared light absorbing compound and an azo compound of the formula (9) or the formula (10) independently or simultaneously, with high transmittance, It is possible to provide an achromatic polarization element with a high degree of polarization. In particular, a polarizing element using the azo compound of the formula (9) or the formula (10) can provide a highly durable and highly reliable liquid crystal display.
まず、式(9)について下記に説明する。
First, equation (9) will be described below.
上記式(9)中、Ac1は、スルホ基、カルボキシ基からなる群から選択される置換基を少なくとも1つ有するフェニル基又はナフチル基を表し、Rc11~Rc14は、各々独立して、水素原子、低級アルキル基、低級アルコキシ基又はスルホ基を有する低級アルコキシ基を表す
In the above formula (9), Ac 1 represents a phenyl group or a naphthyl group having at least one substituent selected from the group consisting of a sulfo group and a carboxy group, and Rc 11 to Rc 14 each independently represent Represents a lower alkoxy group having a hydrogen atom, a lower alkyl group, a lower alkoxy group or a sulfo group
上記式(9)中、Ac1がフェニル基である場合には、その置換基としてスルホ基又はカルボキシ基を少なくとも1つ有することが好ましい。フェニル基が置換基を2つ以上有する場合には、その置換基の少なくとも1つがスルホ基又はカルボキシ基であり、他の置換基は、好ましくは、スルホ基、カルボキシ基、低級アルキル基、低級アルコキシ基、スルホ基を有する低級アルコキシ基、ニトロ基、アミノ基、アセチルアミノ基及び低級アルキルアミノ基置換アミノ基からなる群から選択され、より好ましくは、スルホ基、メチル基、エチル基、メトキシ基、エトキシ基、カルボキシ基、ニトロ基及びアミノ基からなる群から選択され、特に好ましくは、スルホ基、メチル基、メトキシ基、エトキシ基及びカルボキシ基からなる群から選択される。上記スルホ基を有する低級アルコキシ基としては、直鎖のアルコキシ基が好ましく、また、スルホ基の置換位置はアルコキシ基の末端であることが好ましい。このようなスルホ基を有する低級アルコキシ基として、より好ましくは、3-スルホプロポキシ基又は4-スルホブトキシ基であり、特に好ましくは3-スルホプロポキシ基である。フェニル基が置換基としてスルホ基を有する場合、スルホ基の数は、1つ又は2つであることが好ましい。スルホ基の置換位置については、特に限定されるものではないが、スルホ基が1つである場合にはアゾ基の位置を1位として、フェニル基の4-位が好ましく、スルホ基が2つである場合には、フェニル基の2-,4-位の組合せ又はフェニル基の3-,5-位の組合せが好ましい。
In the above formula (9), when Ac 1 is a phenyl group, it is preferable to have at least one sulfo group or carboxy group as a substituent. When the phenyl group has two or more substituents, at least one of the substituents is a sulfo group or a carboxy group, and the other substituent is preferably a sulfo group, a carboxy group, a lower alkyl group or a lower alkoxy. Group, a lower alkoxy group having a sulfo group, a nitro group, an amino group, an acetylamino group and a lower alkylamino group-substituted amino group, more preferably a sulfo group, a methyl group, an ethyl group or a methoxy group, It is selected from the group consisting of an ethoxy group, a carboxy group, a nitro group and an amino group, and particularly preferably selected from a group consisting of a sulfo group, a methyl group, a methoxy group, an ethoxy group and a carboxy group. The lower alkoxy group having a sulfo group is preferably a linear alkoxy group, and the substitution position of the sulfo group is preferably at the end of the alkoxy group. The lower alkoxy group having such a sulfo group is more preferably a 3-sulfopropoxy group or a 4-sulfobutoxy group, and particularly preferably a 3-sulfopropoxy group. When the phenyl group has a sulfo group as a substituent, the number of sulfo groups is preferably one or two. The substitution position of the sulfo group is not particularly limited, but in the case where there is one sulfo group, the 4-position of the phenyl group is preferable with the position of the azo group being 1 position, and two sulfo groups are present. When it is the combination of 2- and 4-position of phenyl group or the combination of 3- and 5-position of phenyl group is preferable.
上記式(9)中、Ac1がナフチル基である場合には、その置換基としてスルホ基を少なくとも1つ有することが好ましい。ナフチル基が置換基を2つ以上有する場合には、その置換基の少なくとも1つがスルホ基であり、他の置換基は、好ましくは、スルホ基、ヒドロキシ基、カルボキシ基及びスルホ基を有する低級アルコキシ基からなる群から選択される。スルホ基を有する低級アルコキシ基としては、直鎖のアルコキシ基が好ましく、また、スルホ基の置換位置はアルコキシ基の末端であることが好ましい。このようなスルホ基を有する低級アルコキシ基として、より好ましくは3-スルホプロポキシ基又は4-スルホブトキシ基であり、特に好ましくは3-スルホプロポキシ基である。ナフチル基に置換されるスルホ基の数が2つである場合、アゾ基の位置を2位として、スルホ基の置換位置はナフチル基の4-,8-位の組み合わせ又は6-,8-位の組合せが好ましく、6-,8-位の組合せがより好ましい。ナフチル基に置換されるスルホ基の数が3つである場合、スルホ基の置換位置は、1-,3-,6-位の組合せであることが好ましい。
In the above formula (9), when Ac 1 is a naphthyl group, it is preferable to have at least one sulfo group as a substituent. When the naphthyl group has two or more substituents, at least one of the substituents is a sulfo group, and the other substituent is preferably a sulfo group, a hydroxy group, a carboxy group and a lower alkoxy having a sulfo group. It is selected from the group consisting of The lower alkoxy group having a sulfo group is preferably a linear alkoxy group, and the substitution position of the sulfo group is preferably at the end of the alkoxy group. The lower alkoxy group having such a sulfo group is more preferably a 3-sulfopropoxy group or a 4-sulfobutoxy group, and particularly preferably a 3-sulfopropoxy group. When the number of sulfo groups substituted by a naphthyl group is two, the position of the azo group is 2-position, and the substitution position of the sulfo group is 4-, 8-position combination or 6-, 8- position of a naphthyl group. A combination of 6- and 8-positions is more preferred. When the number of sulfo groups substituted by a naphthyl group is three, the substitution position of the sulfo group is preferably a combination of 1-, 3- and 6-positions.
上記式(9)中、Rc11~Rc14は、各々独立して、水素原子、低級アルキル基、低級アルコキシ基又はスルホ基を有する低級アルコキシ基を表す。スルホ基を有する低級アルコキシ基としては、直鎖のアルコキシ基が好ましく、また、スルホ基の置換位置はアルコキシ基の末端であることが好ましい。Rc11~Rc14は、好ましくは、各々独立して、水素原子、メチル基、エチル基、メトキシ基、エトキシ基、3-スルホプロポキシ基又は4-スルホブトキシ基であり、特に好ましくは水素原子、メチル基、メトキシ基又は3-スルホプロポキシ基である。Rc11~Rc14が置換されるフェニル基の置換位置としては、ウレイド骨格側のアゾ基の置換位置を1位とした場合、好ましくはフェニル基の2-位のみ、5-位のみ、2-位と6-位の組合せ、2-位と5-位の組合せ、3-位と5-位の組合せであり、特に好ましくは、2-位のみ、5-位のみ、2-位と5-位の組合せである。なお、上記2-位のみ、5-位のみとは、Rc11とRc12、Rc13とRc14との関係で、Rc11とRc12又はRc13とRc14のいずれか一方が、2-位又は5-位のみに水素原子以外の置換基を1つ有し、他方が水素原子であることを意味する。
In the above formula (9), each of Rc 11 to Rc 14 independently represents a hydrogen atom, a lower alkyl group, a lower alkoxy group or a lower alkoxy group having a sulfo group. The lower alkoxy group having a sulfo group is preferably a linear alkoxy group, and the substitution position of the sulfo group is preferably at the end of the alkoxy group. Rc 11 to Rc 14 are preferably each independently a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, an ethyl group, a methoxy group, an ethoxy group, a 3-sulfopropoxy group or a 4-sulfobutoxy group, and particularly preferably a hydrogen atom, It is a methyl group, a methoxy group or a 3-sulfopropoxy group. As the substitution position of the phenyl group by which Rc 11 to Rc 14 is substituted, when the substitution position of the azo group on the ureido skeleton side is 1 position, preferably only the 2-position of the phenyl group, only the 5-position, 2- A combination of 1-position and 6-position, a combination of 2-position and 5-position, a combination of 3-position and 5-position, particularly preferably only 2-position, 5-only, 2-position and 5-position It is a combination of orders. Note that the 2-position only, only the 5-position, in relation to the Rc 11 and Rc 12, Rc 13 and Rc 14, one of Rc 11 and Rc 12 or Rc 13 and Rc 14 is 2- It means that it has one substituent other than a hydrogen atom at only the position or 5-position, and the other is a hydrogen atom.
上記式(9)で表されるアゾ化合物の中でも、特に、下記式(9b)で表されるアゾ化合物が好ましい:
式中、Ac1、Rc11~Rc14は、上記式(9)に定義された通りである。このようなアゾ化合物の使用により、偏光素子の偏光性能をより向上させることができる。 Among the azo compounds represented by the above formula (9), an azo compound represented by the following formula (9b) is particularly preferable:
In the formula, Ac 1 and Rc 11 to Rc 14 are as defined in the above formula (9). The use of such an azo compound can further improve the polarization performance of the polarizing element.
式中、Ac1、Rc11~Rc14は、上記式(9)に定義された通りである。このようなアゾ化合物の使用により、偏光素子の偏光性能をより向上させることができる。 Among the azo compounds represented by the above formula (9), an azo compound represented by the following formula (9b) is particularly preferable:
In the formula, Ac 1 and Rc 11 to Rc 14 are as defined in the above formula (9). The use of such an azo compound can further improve the polarization performance of the polarizing element.
上記式(9)で表されるアゾ化合物の具体例として、例えば、以下の化合物が挙げられる。
As a specific example of the azo compound represented by said Formula (9), the following compounds are mentioned, for example.
上記式(9)で表されるアゾ化合物は、例えば、特開2009-155364号公報等に記載された方法及びこれに類する方法で合成することができるが、これらに限定されるものではない。例えば、後述する式(9-v)で表されるベースとなる化合物を、クロロ炭酸フェニル等のウレイド化剤と、20~95℃で反応させることにより上記式(9)で表されるアゾ化合物を作製することができる。他のウレイド化による合成方法として、ホスゲン化合物等を使用し、アミン化合物をウレイド化させる方法が知られている。この合成方法により、ウレイド骨格を有する本発明における式(9)で表されるアゾ化合物を得ることができる。
The azo compound represented by the above formula (9) can be synthesized by, for example, the method described in JP-A-2009-155364 and the like and methods similar thereto, but is not limited thereto. For example, the azo compound represented by the above formula (9) is obtained by reacting the base compound represented by the formula (9-v) described later with a ureating agent such as phenyl chlorocarbonate at 20 to 95 ° C. Can be made. As another synthesis method by ureidation, a method of using a phosgene compound etc. to ureide an amine compound is known. By this synthetic method, the azo compound represented by the formula (9) in the present invention having a ureido skeleton can be obtained.
上記式(9)で表されるアゾ化合物の具体的な合成方法を以下に説明する。まず、下記式(9-i)で表されるような置換基を有するアミン類を、例えば、細田豊著「染料化学」,技報堂,1957年,P.135-234に記載されている製法と同様の製法によりジアゾ化し、次いで、下記式(9-ii)で表されるアニリン類とカップリングさせることにより、下記式(9-iii)で表されるモノアゾアミノ化合物を得る。
The specific synthesis method of the azo compound represented by the said Formula (9) is demonstrated below. First, an amine having a substituent as represented by the following formula (9-i) can be prepared, for example, by the method described in Toyo Hosoda “Dye Chemistry”, Tech Journal, 1957, P. 135-234 and By diazotization according to the same production method and then coupling with an aniline represented by the following formula (9-ii), a monoazoamino compound represented by the following formula (9-iii) is obtained.
式(9-i)中、Ac1は上記式(9)のAc1と同じ意味を表す。式(9-ii)中、Rc11及びRc12は、上記式(9)におけるRc11及びRc12とそれぞれ同じ意味を表す。式(9-iii)中、Ac1は上記式(9)のAc1と同じ意味を表し、Rc11及びRc12は上記式(9)におけるRc11及びRc12とそれぞれ同じ意味を表す。
Wherein (9-i), Ac 1 has the same meaning as Ac 1 of the formula (9). Wherein (9-ii), Rc 11 and Rc 12 represent respectively the same meaning as Rc 11 and Rc 12 in the formula (9). Wherein (9-iii), Ac 1 has the same meaning as Ac 1 of the formula (9), Rc 11 and Rc 12 each represent the same meaning as Rc 11 and Rc 12 in the formula (9).
次いで、上記式(9-iii)で表されるモノアゾアミノ化合物をジアゾ化し、さらに、下記式(9-iv)で表されるアニリン類と2次カップリングさせ、下記式(9-v)で表されるジスアゾアミノ化合物を得る。なお、式(9-iv)中、Rc13及びRc14は上記式(9)におけるRc13及びRc14とそれぞれ同じ意味を表す。式(9-v)中、Ac1は上記式(9)のAc1と同じ意味を表し、Rc11~Rc14は上記式(9)におけるRc11及びRc14とそれぞれ同じ意味を表す。
Then, the monoazo amino compound represented by the above formula (9-iii) is diazotized, and further, it is subjected to secondary coupling with an aniline represented by the following formula (9-iv) to give a compound of the following formula (9-v) The disazo amino compound represented is obtained. In the formula (9-iv), Rc 13 and Rc 14 have the same meanings respectively as Rc 13 and Rc 14 in the formula (9). Wherein (9-v), Ac 1 has the same meaning as Ac 1 of the formula (9), Rc 11 ~ Rc 14 have the same meanings respectively as Rc 11 and Rc 14 in the formula (9).
上記反応経路におけるジアゾ化工程は、ジアゾ成分の塩酸、硫酸等の鉱酸水溶液又はけ懸濁液に亜硝酸ナトリウム等の亜硝酸塩を混合するといった順法により行われるか、或いはジアゾ成分の中性若しくは弱アルカリ性の水溶液に亜硝酸塩を加えておき、これと鉱酸を混合するといった逆法によって行われる。ジアゾ化の温度は、-10~40℃が適当である。また、アニリン類とのカップリング工程は、塩酸、酢酸等の酸性水溶液と上記各ジアゾ液とを混合し、温度が-10~40℃でpH2~7の酸性条件で行われる。
The diazotization step in the above reaction route is carried out by a conventional method in which a nitrite such as sodium nitrite is mixed with an aqueous solution of mineral acid such as hydrochloric acid or sulfuric acid or a suspension of diazo component, or Alternatively, it is carried out by the reverse method such as adding nitrite to a weakly alkaline aqueous solution and mixing it with a mineral acid. The temperature for diazotization is preferably -10 to 40.degree. Further, the coupling step with anilines is carried out by mixing an acidic aqueous solution of hydrochloric acid, acetic acid or the like with each of the above diazo solutions, at a temperature of −10 to 40 ° C. and under acidic conditions of pH 2 to 7.
カップリング工程により得られたモノアゾアミノ化合物又はジスアゾアミノ化合物は、そのまま或いは酸析や塩析により析出させ濾過して取り出すか、溶液又は懸濁液のまま更なる工程を行うこともできる。ジアゾニウム塩が難溶性で懸濁液である場合には、当該懸濁液を濾過し、プレスケーキとして濾過後のジアゾニウム塩を更なるカップリング工程で使用することもできる。
The monoazoamino compound or disazoamino compound obtained by the coupling step may be precipitated as it is or by acid precipitation or salting out and removed by filtration, or it may be subjected to a further step as a solution or suspension. If the diazonium salt is poorly soluble and a suspension, the suspension can be filtered and the diazonium salt after filtration can be used as a presscake in a further coupling step.
上記の工程により得られたジスアゾアミノ化合物を、その後、クロロ炭酸フェニルとウレイド化反応に施すことにより、上記式(9)で表されるアゾ化合物が合成される。当該ウレイドか反応は、例えば、特開2009-155364号公報に記載される製法により、温度が10~90℃でpH7~11の中性~アルカリ性条件で行われる。ウレイド化反応の終了後、塩析により得られたアゾ化合物を析出させ、次いで濾過させる。また、精製が必要な場合には、塩析を繰り返すか又は有機溶媒を使用して水中から得られたアゾ化合物を析出させればよい。精製に使用する有機溶媒としては、例えば、メタノール、エタノール等のアルコール類、アセトン等のケトン類等の水溶性有機溶媒が挙げられる。このようにして、本発明で使用される上記式(9)で表されるアゾ化合物を合成させることができる。
Thereafter, the disazo amino compound obtained by the above process is subjected to a ureicidation reaction with phenyl chlorocarbonate to synthesize the azo compound represented by the above formula (9). The ureide reaction is carried out under neutral to alkaline conditions at a temperature of 10 to 90 ° C. and a pH of 7 to 11, for example, according to the production method described in JP-A 2009-155364. After completion of the ureidation reaction, the azo compound obtained by salting out is precipitated and then filtered. When purification is necessary, salting out may be repeated or an azo compound obtained from water may be precipitated using an organic solvent. Examples of the organic solvent used for purification include water-soluble organic solvents such as alcohols such as methanol and ethanol, and ketones such as acetone. Thus, the azo compound represented by the above formula (9) used in the present invention can be synthesized.
次に、式(10)について説明する。
Next, equation (10) will be described.
上記式(10)中、Ac2は、スルホ基、カルボキシ基からなる群から選択される置換基を少なくとも1つ有するフェニル基又はナフチル基を表す。Rc21~Rc25は、各々独立して、水素原子、低級アルキル基、低級アルコキシ基又はスルホ基を有する低級アルコキシ基を表す。Rc26は、水素原子、低級アルキル基又はスルホ基を有する低級アルコキシ基を表す。Xc2は、置換基を少なくとも1つ有してもよいアミノ基、置換基を少なくとも1つ有してもよいフェニルアゾ基、置換基を少なくとも1つ有してもよいナフトトリアゾール基、又は置換基を少なくとも1つ有してもよいベンゾイルアミノ基を表し、上記置換基は、低級アルキル基、低級アルコキシ基、スルホ基、低級アルキルアミノ基、ヒドロキシ基、アミノ基、置換アミノ基、カルボキシ基、及びカルボキシエチルアミノ基からなる群から選択される。p、qはそれぞれ独立に0又は1の整数を表す。
In the above formula (10), Ac 2 represents a phenyl group or a naphthyl group having at least one substituent selected from the group consisting of a sulfo group and a carboxy group. Each of Rc 21 to Rc 25 independently represents a hydrogen atom, a lower alkyl group, a lower alkoxy group or a lower alkoxy group having a sulfo group. Rc 26 represents a hydrogen atom, a lower alkyl group or a lower alkoxy group having a sulfo group. Xc 2 is an amino group which may have at least one substituent, a phenylazo group which may have at least one substituent, a naphthotriazole group which may have at least one substituent, or a substituent And the substituent is a lower alkyl group, a lower alkoxy group, a sulfo group, a lower alkylamino group, a hydroxy group, an amino group, a substituted amino group, a carboxy group, and the like. It is selected from the group consisting of carboxyethylamino groups. p and q each independently represent an integer of 0 or 1.
上記式(10)中、Ac2は置換基を有するフェニル基、又は置換基を有するナフチル基を表すが、Ac2が置換基を有するフェニル基である場合には、フェニル基が置換基としてスルホ基又はカルボキシ基を少なくとも1つ有することが好ましく、フェニル基が置換基を2つ以上有する場合には、それらの置換基の少なくとも1つがスルホ基又はカルボキシ基であり、他の置換基が、スルホ基、カルボキシ基、炭素数1~4のアルキル基、炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基、スルホ基を有する炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基、ヒドロキシ基、ニトロ基、アミノ基、又は置換アミノ基(特に、アセチルアミノ基又は炭素数1~4のアルキルアミノ基)であることが好ましく、他の置換基は、スルホ基、カルボキシ基、メチル基、エチル基、メトキシ基、エトキシ基、ヒドロキシ基、ニトロ基、又はアミノ基であることがより好ましく、スルホ基、カルボキシ基、メチル基、メトキシ基、又はエトキシ基であることが特に好ましい。また、スルホ基を有する炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基としては、直鎖アルコキシ基が好ましく、スルホ基の置換位置は、アルコキシ基末端であることが好ましい。スルホ基を有する炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基としては、3-スルホプロポキシ基又は4-スルホブトキシ基がより好ましく、3-スルホプロポキシ基が特に好ましい。フェニル基上の置換基数は、1又は2であることが好ましく、フェニル基上の置換基の位置は、特に限定されないが、4-位のみであるか、2-位と4-位との組み合わせ、又は3-位と5-位との組み合わせであることが好ましい。
In the above formula (10), Ac 2 represents a phenyl group having a substituent or a naphthyl group having a substituent, but when Ac 2 is a phenyl group having a substituent, the phenyl group is sulfo as a substituent It is preferable to have at least one group or a carboxy group, and when the phenyl group has two or more substituents, at least one of the substituents is a sulfo group or a carboxy group, and the other substituent is a sulfo group. Group, carboxy group, alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms having a sulfo group, hydroxy group, nitro group, amino group or substituted amino group In particular, an acetylamino group or an alkylamino group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms is preferable, and the other substituent is preferably a sulfo group, a carboxy group, a methyl group, an ethyl group or a methoxy group. Group, ethoxy group, hydroxy group, more preferably a nitro group, or an amino group, a sulfo group, a carboxy group, and particularly preferably a methyl group, a methoxy group, or ethoxy group. Further, as the alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms having a sulfo group, a straight chain alkoxy group is preferable, and the substitution position of the sulfo group is preferably at the end of the alkoxy group. As the alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms having a sulfo group, a 3-sulfopropoxy group or a 4-sulfobutoxy group is more preferable, and a 3-sulfopropoxy group is particularly preferable. The number of substituents on the phenyl group is preferably 1 or 2, and the position of the substituent on the phenyl group is not particularly limited, but may be only 4-position or a combination of 2-position and 4-position Preferably, it is a combination of 3-position and 5-position.
上記式(10)中、Ac2が置換基を有するナフチル基である場合には、ナフチル基が置換基としてスルホ基を少なくとも1つ有することが好ましく、ナフチル基が置換基を2つ以上有する場合には、それらの置換基の少なくとも1つがスルホ基であり、他の置換基が、スルホ基、ヒドロキシ基、カルボキシ基、又はスルホ基を有する炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基であることが好ましい。また、スルホ基を有する炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基としては、直鎖アルコキシ基が好ましく、スルホ基の置換位置は、アルコキシ基末端であることが好ましい。スルホ基を有する炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基としては、3-スルホプロポキシ基又は4-スルホブトキシ基がより好ましく、3-スルホプロポキシ基が特に好ましい。ナフチル基上のスルホ基数が2である場合、アゾ基の置換位置を2位として、スルホ基の置換位置は4-位と8-位との組み合わせ又は6-位と8-位との組み合わせであることが好ましく、6-位と8-位との組み合わせであることが特に好ましい。ナフチル基上のスルホ基数が3である場合、スルホ基の置換位置は、アゾ基の置換位置を2位として、1-位と3-位と6-位との組み合わせであることが特に好ましい。
In the above formula (10), when Ac 2 is a naphthyl group having a substituent, the naphthyl group preferably has at least one sulfo group as a substituent, and the naphthyl group has two or more substituents. Preferably, at least one of those substituents is a sulfo group, and the other substituent is a sulfo group, a hydroxy group, a carboxy group, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms having a sulfo group. Further, as the alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms having a sulfo group, a straight chain alkoxy group is preferable, and the substitution position of the sulfo group is preferably at the end of the alkoxy group. As the alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms having a sulfo group, a 3-sulfopropoxy group or a 4-sulfobutoxy group is more preferable, and a 3-sulfopropoxy group is particularly preferable. When the number of sulfo groups on the naphthyl group is 2, the substitution position of the azo group is 2-position, and the substitution position of the sulfo group is a combination of 4-position and 8-position or a combination of 6-position and 8-position It is preferable that it be a combination of 6- and 8-positions. When the number of sulfo groups on the naphthyl group is 3, the substitution position of the sulfo group is particularly preferably a combination of 1-position, 3-position and 6-position, with the substitution position of the azo group as the 2-position.
上記式(10)中、Xc2は、置換基を少なくとも1つ有していてもよいアミノ基、置換基を少なくとも1つ有していてもよいフェニルアミノ基、置換基を少なくとも1つ有していてもよいフェニルアゾ基、置換基を少なくとも1つ有していてもよいナフトトリアゾール基、置換基を少なくとも1つ有していてもよいベンゾイル基、又は置換基を少なくとも1つ有していてもよいベンゾイルアミノ基を表し、好ましくは、置換基を有してもよいフェニルアミノ基、置換基を有してもよいフェニルアゾ基、置換基を有してもよいナフトトリアゾール基、置換基を有してもよいベンゾイル基、又は置換基を有してもよいベンゾイルアミノ基が挙げられ、特に好ましいXc2としては、置換基を有してもよいフェニルアミノ基、置換基を有してもよいフェニルアゾ基、置換基を有してもよいベンゾイルアミノ基が挙げられる。上記置換基は、低級アルキル基、低級アルコキシ基、スルホ基、低級アルキルアミノ基、ヒドロキシ基、アミノ基、置換アミノ基、カルボキシ基、及びカルボキシエチルアミノ基からなる群から選択される。
In the above formula (10), Xc 2 has an amino group which may have at least one substituent, a phenylamino group which may have at least one substituent, at least one substituent Optionally substituted phenylazo group, naphthotriazole group optionally having at least one substituent group, benzoyl group optionally having at least one substituent group, or even having at least one substituent group Is preferably a phenylamino group which may have a substituent, a phenylazo group which may have a substituent, a naphthotriazole group which may have a substituent, and a substituent. which may be a benzoyl group, or a substituent include good benzoylamino group, a particularly preferred Xc 2, phenyl amino group which may have a substituent, which may have a substituent There phenylazo group, and a benzoylamino group that may have a substituent. The substituent is selected from the group consisting of a lower alkyl group, a lower alkoxy group, a sulfo group, a lower alkylamino group, a hydroxy group, an amino group, a substituted amino group, a carboxy group, and a carboxyethylamino group.
Xc1が、置換基を少なくとも1つ有していてもよいアミノ基である場合、当該アミノ基は、非置換でもよいが、好ましくは、低級アルキル基、低級アルコキシ基、スルホ基、アミノ基、置換アミノ基、及び低級アルキルアミノ基からなる群から選択される置換基を1つ又は2つ有し、より好ましくは、メチル基、メトキシ基、スルホ基、アミノ基及び低級アルキルアミノ基からなる群から選択される置換基を1つ又は2つ有する。
When Xc 1 is an amino group which may have at least one substituent, the amino group may be unsubstituted, preferably a lower alkyl group, a lower alkoxy group, a sulfo group, an amino group, It has one or two substituents selected from the group consisting of a substituted amino group and a lower alkylamino group, more preferably a group consisting of a methyl group, a methoxy group, a sulfo group, an amino group and a lower alkylamino group And one or two substituents selected from
Xc1が、置換基を少なくとも1つ有していてもよいフェニルアミノ基である場合、当該フェニルアミノ基は、非置換であるか、或いは、好ましくは、低級アルキル基、低級アルコキシ基、スルホ基、アミノ基及び低級アルキルアミノ基からなる群から選択される置換基を1つ又は2つ有し、より好ましくは、メチル基、メトキシ基、スルホ基及びアミノ基からなる群から選択される置換基を1つ又は2つ有する。
When Xc 1 is a phenylamino group which may have at least one substituent, the phenylamino group is unsubstituted or preferably a lower alkyl group, a lower alkoxy group, a sulfo group And one or two substituents selected from the group consisting of amino and lower alkylamino, more preferably a substituent selected from the group consisting of methyl, methoxy, sulfo and amino Have one or two.
Xc1が、置換基を少なくとも1つ有していてもよいフェニルアゾ基である場合、当該フェニルアゾ基は、非置換であるか、或いは、好ましくは、ヒドロキシ基、低級アルキル基、低級アルコキシ基、アミノ基及びカルボキシエチルアミノ基からなる群から選択される置換基を1~3つ有し、より好ましくは、メチル基、メトシキ基、アミノ及びヒドロキシ基からなる群から選択される置換基を1~3つ有する。
When Xc 1 is a phenylazo group which may have at least one substituent, the phenylazo group is unsubstituted, or preferably, a hydroxy group, a lower alkyl group, a lower alkoxy group, amino And one to three substituents selected from the group consisting of carboxyethylamino group, more preferably, one to three substituents selected from the group consisting of methyl group, methoxy group, amino and hydroxy group Have one.
Xc1が、置換基を少なくとも1つ有していてもよいナフトトリアゾール基である場合、当該ナフトトリアゾール基は、非置換であるか、或いは、好ましくは、スルホ基、アミノ基及びカルボキシ基からなる群から選択される置換基1つ又は2つを有し、より好ましくは、置換基としてスルホ基を1つ又は2つ有する。
When Xc 1 is a naphthotriazole group which may have at least one substituent, the naphthotriazole group is unsubstituted or preferably composed of a sulfo group, an amino group and a carboxy group It has one or two substituents selected from the group, more preferably one or two sulfo groups as substituents.
Xc1が、上記置換基を少なくとも1つ有していてもよいベンゾイルアミノ基である場合、当該ベンゾイルアミノ基は、非置換であるか、或いは、好ましくは、ヒドロキシ基、アミノ基及びカルボキシエチルアミノ基からなる群から選択される置換基を1つ有し、より好ましくは、置換基としてヒドロキシ基又はアミノ基を1つ又は2つ有する。
When Xc 1 is a benzoylamino group which may have at least one of the above-mentioned substituents, the benzoylamino group is unsubstituted or, preferably, a hydroxy group, an amino group and carboxyethylamino It has one substituent selected from the group consisting of groups, and more preferably has one or two hydroxy or amino groups as substituents.
Xc1が、置換基を少なくとも1つ有していてもよいベンゾイル基である場合、当該ベンゾイル基は、非置換であるか、或いは、好ましくは、ヒドロキシ基、アミノ基及びカルボキシエチルアミノ基からなる群から選択される置換基を1つ有し、より好ましくは、置換基としてヒドロキシ基又はアミノ基を1つ又は2つ有する。
When Xc 1 is a benzoyl group which may have at least one substituent, the benzoyl group is unsubstituted or preferably composed of a hydroxy group, an amino group and a carboxyethylamino group It has one substituent selected from the group, and more preferably has one or two hydroxy groups or amino groups as substituents.
さらに好ましいXc2としては以下が挙げられる。
・水素原子、メチル基、メトキシ基、スルホ基、アミノ基、及び炭素数1~4のアルキルアミノ基からなる群より選択される1つ若しくは2つの置換基を有していてもよいアミノ基、
・水素原子、メチル基、メトキシ基、スルホ基、アミノ基、炭素数1~4のアルキルアミノ基からなる群より選択される1つ若しくは2つの置換基を有していてもよいフェニルアミノ基、
・アミノ基、及びカルボキシエチルアミノ基からなる群より選択される1つの置換基を有していてもよいベンゾイル基、
・水素原子、アミノ基、及びカルボキシエチルアミノ基からなる群より選択される1つの置換基を有していてもよいベンゾイルアミノ基、又は
・水素原子、ヒドロキシ基、メチル基、メトキシ基、アミノ基、及びカルボキシエチルアミノ基からなる群より選択される1~3つの置換基を有していてもよいフェニルアゾ基。
置換基の位置は、特に限定されないが、例えばXc2がフェニルアミノ基の場合にはフェニル基上の置換基の少なくとも1が、アミノ基に対してフェニル基のp-位であることが特に好ましい。 Further preferable examples of Xc 2 include the following.
An amino group optionally having one or two substituents selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, a methoxy group, a sulfo group, an amino group, and an alkylamino group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms,
・ Phenylamino group optionally having one or two substituents selected from the group consisting of hydrogen atom, methyl group, methoxy group, sulfo group, amino group, and alkylamino group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms,
Benzoyl group which may have one substituent selected from the group consisting of amino group and carboxyethylamino group,
Benzoylamino group optionally having one substituent selected from the group consisting of hydrogen atom, amino group and carboxyethylamino group, or hydrogen atom, hydroxy group, methyl group, methoxy group, amino group And a phenylazo group optionally having 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of a carboxyethylamino group.
The position of the substituent is not particularly limited. For example, when Xc 2 is a phenylamino group, it is particularly preferable that at least one of the substituents on the phenyl group is the p-position of the phenyl group with respect to the amino group. .
・水素原子、メチル基、メトキシ基、スルホ基、アミノ基、及び炭素数1~4のアルキルアミノ基からなる群より選択される1つ若しくは2つの置換基を有していてもよいアミノ基、
・水素原子、メチル基、メトキシ基、スルホ基、アミノ基、炭素数1~4のアルキルアミノ基からなる群より選択される1つ若しくは2つの置換基を有していてもよいフェニルアミノ基、
・アミノ基、及びカルボキシエチルアミノ基からなる群より選択される1つの置換基を有していてもよいベンゾイル基、
・水素原子、アミノ基、及びカルボキシエチルアミノ基からなる群より選択される1つの置換基を有していてもよいベンゾイルアミノ基、又は
・水素原子、ヒドロキシ基、メチル基、メトキシ基、アミノ基、及びカルボキシエチルアミノ基からなる群より選択される1~3つの置換基を有していてもよいフェニルアゾ基。
置換基の位置は、特に限定されないが、例えばXc2がフェニルアミノ基の場合にはフェニル基上の置換基の少なくとも1が、アミノ基に対してフェニル基のp-位であることが特に好ましい。 Further preferable examples of Xc 2 include the following.
An amino group optionally having one or two substituents selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, a methoxy group, a sulfo group, an amino group, and an alkylamino group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms,
・ Phenylamino group optionally having one or two substituents selected from the group consisting of hydrogen atom, methyl group, methoxy group, sulfo group, amino group, and alkylamino group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms,
Benzoyl group which may have one substituent selected from the group consisting of amino group and carboxyethylamino group,
Benzoylamino group optionally having one substituent selected from the group consisting of hydrogen atom, amino group and carboxyethylamino group, or hydrogen atom, hydroxy group, methyl group, methoxy group, amino group And a phenylazo group optionally having 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of a carboxyethylamino group.
The position of the substituent is not particularly limited. For example, when Xc 2 is a phenylamino group, it is particularly preferable that at least one of the substituents on the phenyl group is the p-position of the phenyl group with respect to the amino group. .
上記式(10)中、Rc21~Rc25は、各々独立して、水素原子、低級アルキル基、低級アルコキシ基又はスルホ基を有する低級アルコキシ基を表す。Rc21~Rc25はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、炭素数1~4のアルキル基、又は炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基、又は末端にスルホ基を有する直鎖型アルコキシ基であることが好ましく、水素原子、メチル基、エチル基、メトキシ基、エトキシ基、3-スルホプロポキシ基、又は4-スルホブトキシ基であることがより好ましく、水素原子、メチル基、メトキシ基、又は3-スルホプロポキシ基であることが特に好ましい。
In the above formula (10), each of Rc 21 to Rc 25 independently represents a hydrogen atom, a lower alkyl group, a lower alkoxy group or a lower alkoxy group having a sulfo group. Each of Rc 21 to Rc 25 is preferably independently a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, or a linear alkoxy group having a sulfo group at the terminal, A hydrogen atom, methyl group, ethyl group, methoxy group, ethoxy group, 3-sulfopropoxy group, or 4-sulfobutoxy group is more preferable, and a hydrogen atom, methyl group, methoxy group or 3-sulfopropoxy group is preferable. Being particularly preferred.
上記式(10)中、Rc26は、水素原子、低級アルキル基又はスルホ基を有する低級アルコキシ基を示し。水素原子、炭素数1~4のアルキル基、末端にスルホ基を有する直鎖型アルコキシ基であることが好ましく、水素原子、メチル基、エチル基、3-スルホプロポキシ基、又は4-スルホブトキシ基であることがより好ましく、水素原子、メチル基、又は3-スルホプロポキシ基であることが特に好ましい。
In the above formula (10), Rc 26 represents a hydrogen atom, a lower alkyl group or a lower alkoxy group having a sulfo group. It is preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, or a linear alkoxy group having a sulfo group at the terminal, and a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, an ethyl group, a 3-sulfopropoxy group, or a 4-sulfobutoxy group More preferably, it is a hydrogen atom, a methyl group or a 3-sulfopropoxy group.
上記式(10)中、p及びqはそれぞれ独立に0又は1の整数である。本発明の偏光素子において良好な偏光性能を得るには、p及びqのいずれか一方が0の場合、他方が1であることが好ましく、pおよびqが1であることがより好ましい。
In the above formula (10), p and q are each independently an integer of 0 or 1. In order to obtain good polarization performance in the polarizing element of the present invention, when either one of p and q is 0, the other is preferably 1, and more preferably p and q are 1.
上記式(10)で表されるアゾ化合物の中でも、下記式(10b)で表されるアゾ化合物が好ましい。このようなアゾ化合物の使用により、偏光素子の偏光性能をより向上させることができる。式(10b)中、Ac2、Rc21~Rc26、Xc2、p、及びq上記式(10)に定義された通りである
Among the azo compounds represented by the above formula (10), an azo compound represented by the following formula (10b) is preferable. The use of such an azo compound can further improve the polarization performance of the polarizing element. In the formula (10b), Ac 2 , Rc 21 to Rc 26 , Xc 2 , p and q are as defined in the above formula (10)
次に、遊離酸の形が式(10)で表されるアゾ化合物の具体例を以下に挙げる。なお、以下の化合物例では、スルホ基及びヒドロキシ基を遊離酸の形で表しているが、スルホ基及びヒドロキシ基は塩の形であってもよい。
Next, specific examples of the azo compound in which the form of the free acid is represented by Formula (10) will be given below. In the following compound examples, the sulfo group and the hydroxy group are represented in the form of free acid, but the sulfo group and the hydroxy group may be in the form of a salt.
遊離酸の形が式(10)で表されるアゾ化合物の合成方法としては、例えば、特開平9-302250号公報、特開平3-12606号公報、国際公開第2005/075572号、国際公開第2012/108169号、国際公開第2012/108173号などに記載されている方法が挙げられるが、これらに限定されるものではない。遊離酸の形が式(10)で表されるアゾ化合物としては、例えば、C.I.Direct Red 117、C.I.Direct Red 127、特開平3-12606号公報に記載されているアゾ化合物、国際公開第2005/075572号に記載されているアゾ化合物、国際公開第2012/108169号に記載されているアゾ化合物等が挙げられる。
As a synthesis method of the azo compound in which the form of the free acid is represented by the formula (10), for example, JP-A-9-302250, JP-A-3-12606, WO 2005/075572, WO Examples thereof include, but are not limited to, the methods described in 2012/108169 and WO 2012/108173. As an azo compound in which the form of a free acid is represented by Formula (10), for example, C.I. I. Direct Red 117, C.I. I. Direct Red 127, azo compounds described in JP-A-3-12606, azo compounds described in WO 2005/075572, azo compounds described in WO 2012/108169, etc. Can be mentioned
一態様において、本発明の偏光素子は上記式(11)で示されるアゾ化合物、その金属錯体化合物、又はその塩、又は、式(12)で示されるアゾ化合物又はその塩をさらに含む。
In one aspect, the polarizing element of the present invention further includes the azo compound represented by the above formula (11), a metal complex compound thereof, or a salt thereof, or the azo compound represented by the formula (12) or a salt thereof.
式(11)に示す化合物について説明する。
The compound shown in Formula (11) will be described.
式(11)中、Ab1は、スルホ基、カルボキシ基からなる群から選択される置換基を少なくとも1つ有するフェニル基又はナフチル基を表し、Rb11~Rb14は、各々独立して、水素原子、低級アルキル基、低級アルコキシ基又はスルホ基を有する低級アルコキシ基を表し、Rb15及びRb16は、各々独立して低級アルコキシ基を示し、Xb1は、低級アルキル基、低級アルコキシ基、スルホ基、アミノ基、低級アルキルアミノ基、ヒドロキシ基、カルボキシ基及びカルボキシエチルアミノ基からなる群から選択される置換基を少なくとも1つ有していてもよいアミノ基、置換基を有してもよいフェニルアミノ基、置換基を有してもよいフェニルアゾ基、置換基を有してもよいナフトトリアゾール基又は置換基を有してもよいベンゾイルアミノ基、または置換基を有してもよいベンゾイル基を表す。dは0または1の整数を表す。また、その化合物は金属錯体化合物であってもよく、好ましくは銅錯体化合物であってもよい。
In formula (11), Ab 1 represents a phenyl group or a naphthyl group having at least one substituent selected from the group consisting of a sulfo group and a carboxy group, and Rb 11 to Rb 14 each independently represent hydrogen R b 15 and R b 16 each independently represent a lower alkoxy group, and X b 1 represents a lower alkyl group, a lower alkoxy group, a sulfo group, a sulfo group, or a sulfo group. Group optionally having at least one substituent selected from the group consisting of a group, an amino group, a lower alkylamino group, a hydroxy group, a carboxy group and a carboxyethylamino group, which may have a substituent A phenylamino group, a phenylazo group which may have a substituent, a naphthotriazole group which may have a substituent, or a substituent Represents a benzoylamino group or a benzoyl group which may have a substituent. d represents an integer of 0 or 1; In addition, the compound may be a metal complex compound, preferably a copper complex compound.
前記銅錯体化合物とは、例えば、下記の式(11b)を指し、式(11b)のMが金属であり、銅、ニッケル、コバルトなどが用いられるが、好ましくは銅である。尚、式(11b)中、Ab1、Rb11~Rb14、Rb16、Xb1、dはそれぞれ上記式(11)におけるものと同じ意味を示す。
The copper complex compound refers to, for example, the following formula (11b), M in the formula (11b) is a metal, and copper, nickel, cobalt and the like are used, preferably copper. In the formula (11b), Ab 1 , Rb 11 to Rb 14 , Rb 16 , Xb 1 and d each have the same meaning as in the above formula (11).
上記式(11)及び式(11b)中、Ab1がフェニル基である場合には、その置換基としてスルホ基又はカルボキシ基を少なくとも1つ有することが好ましい。フェニル基が置換基を2つ以上有する場合は、その置換基の少なくとも1つがスルホ基又はカルボキシ基であり、他の置換基は、好ましくは、スルホ基、カルボキシ基、低級アルキル基、低級アルコキシ基、スルホ基を有する低級アルコキシ基、ヒドロキシ基、ニトロ基、ベンゾイル基、アミノ基、アセチルアミノ基及び低級アルキルアミノ基置換アミノ基からなる群から選択され、より好ましくは、スルホ基、メチル基、エチル基、メトキシ基、エトキシ基、ヒドロキシ基、カルボキシ基、ニトロ基、アミノ基、3-スルホプロポキシ基及び4-スルホブトキシ基からなる群から選択され、特に好ましくは、スルホ基、メチル基、メトキシ基、カルボキシ基及び3-スルホプロポキシ基からなる群から選択される。スルホ基を有する低級アルコキシ基としては、上記の3-スルホプロポキシ基又は4-スルホブトキシ基のように、直鎖のアルコキシが好ましく、また、スルホ基の置換位置はアルコキシ基の末端であることが好ましい。フェニル基が置換基としてスルホ基を有する場合が好ましく、スルホ基の数は1つ又は2つであることが好ましい。置換基の置換位置については、特に限定されるものではないが、アゾ基の位置を1位とした場合、フェニル基の4位-が好ましく、スルホ基が2つである場合には、フェニル基の2位-,4-位の組合せ又は3-位,5-位の組合せが好ましい。
When Ab 1 is a phenyl group in the above formulas (11) and (11 b), it is preferable to have at least one sulfo group or carboxy group as a substituent. When the phenyl group has two or more substituents, at least one of the substituents is a sulfo group or a carboxy group, and the other substituent is preferably a sulfo group, a carboxy group, a lower alkyl group or a lower alkoxy group. And a lower alkoxy group having a sulfo group, a hydroxy group, a nitro group, a benzoyl group, an amino group, an acetylamino group and a lower alkylamino group substituted amino group, more preferably a sulfo group, a methyl group or an ethyl group. It is selected from the group consisting of a group, methoxy group, ethoxy group, hydroxy group, carboxy group, nitro group, amino group, 3-sulfopropoxy group and 4-sulfobutoxy group, and particularly preferably sulfo group, methyl group, methoxy group , A carboxy group and a 3-sulfopropoxy group. As the lower alkoxy group having a sulfo group, linear alkoxy is preferable as in the above-mentioned 3-sulfopropoxy group or 4-sulfobutoxy group, and the substitution position of the sulfo group is at the end of the alkoxy group preferable. It is preferable that the phenyl group has a sulfo group as a substituent, and the number of sulfo groups is preferably one or two. The substitution position of the substituent is not particularly limited, but when the position of the azo group is 1-position, 4-position of the phenyl group is preferable, and when there are two sulfo groups, the phenyl group is Preferred is a combination of 2- and 4-positions or a combination of 3- and 5-positions.
上記式(11)及び式(11b)中、Ab1がナフチル基である場合には、その置換基としてスルホ基を少なくとも1つ有することが好ましい。ナフチル基が置換基を2つ以上有する場合には、その置換基の少なくとも1つがスルホ基であり、他の置換基は、好ましくは、スルホ基、ヒドロキシ基、カルボキシ基及びスルホ基を有する低級アルコキシ基からなる群から選択される。スルホ基を有する低級アルコキシ基としては、直鎖のアルコキシ基が好ましく、また、スルホ基の置換位置はアルコキシ基の末端であることが好ましい。このようなスルホ基を有する低級アルコキシ基として、より好ましくは3-スルホプロポキシ基又は4-スルホブトキシ基であり、特に好ましくは3-スルホプロポキシ基である。ナフチル基に置換されるスルホ基の数が2つである場合、スルホ基の置換位置は、アゾ基の位置を2位としてナフチル基の4-,8-位の組合せ又は6-,8-位の組合せが好ましく、6-,8-位の組合せがより好ましい。ナフチル基に置換されるスルホ基の数が3つである場合、アゾ基の位置を2位として、スルホ基の置換位置は3-,6-,8-位の組合せであることが好ましい。
In formulas (11) and (11b), when Ab 1 is a naphthyl group, it is preferable to have at least one sulfo group as a substituent. When the naphthyl group has two or more substituents, at least one of the substituents is a sulfo group, and the other substituent is preferably a sulfo group, a hydroxy group, a carboxy group and a lower alkoxy having a sulfo group. It is selected from the group consisting of The lower alkoxy group having a sulfo group is preferably a linear alkoxy group, and the substitution position of the sulfo group is preferably at the end of the alkoxy group. The lower alkoxy group having such a sulfo group is more preferably a 3-sulfopropoxy group or a 4-sulfobutoxy group, and particularly preferably a 3-sulfopropoxy group. When the number of sulfo groups substituted for the naphthyl group is two, the substitution position of the sulfo group is the combination of 4-, 8-position or 6-, 8-position of the naphthyl group with the position of the azo group as the 2-position. A combination of 6- and 8-positions is more preferred. When the number of sulfo groups substituted for the naphthyl group is three, it is preferable that the position of the azo group be 2-position and the substitution position of the sulfo group be a combination of 3-, 6- and 8-positions.
上記式(11)及び式(11b)中、Rb11~Rb14は、各々独立して、水素原子、低級アルキル基、低級アルコキシ基又はスルホ基を有する低級アルコキシ基を表す。スルホ基を有する低級アルコキシ基としては、直鎖のアルコキシ基が好ましく、また、スルホ基の置換位置はアルコキシ基の末端であることが好ましい。Rb11~Rb14は、好ましくは、水素原子、メチル基、エチル基、メトキシ基、エトキシ基、3-スルホプロポキシ基又は4-スルホブトキシ基であり、特に好ましくは、スルホ基、メチル基、メトキシ基、カルボキシ基又は3-スルホプロポキシ基である。
In the above formulas (11) and (11b), each of Rb 11 to Rb 14 independently represents a hydrogen atom, a lower alkyl group, a lower alkoxy group or a lower alkoxy group having a sulfo group. The lower alkoxy group having a sulfo group is preferably a linear alkoxy group, and the substitution position of the sulfo group is preferably at the end of the alkoxy group. Rb 11 to Rb 14 are preferably a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, an ethyl group, a methoxy group, an ethoxy group, a 3-sulfopropoxy group or a 4-sulfobutoxy group, and particularly preferably a sulfo group, a methyl group or a methoxy group. A carboxy group or a 3-sulfopropoxy group.
上記式(11)中のRb15およびRb16、式(11b)中のRb16は、各々独立して低級アルコキシ基を表し、好ましくは、メトキシ基又はエトキシ基である。メトキシ基は、本発明に係る偏光素子又は偏光板の偏光性能は飛躍的に向上するため、より好ましい。
Rb 15 and Rb 16 in the above formula (11), Rb 16 in the formula (11b) are each independently represents a lower alkoxy group, preferably a methoxy group or an ethoxy group. The methoxy group is more preferable because the polarization performance of the polarizing element or polarizing plate according to the present invention is dramatically improved.
上記式(11)及び式(11b)中、Xb1は、低級アルキル基、低級アルコキシ基、スルホ基、アミノ基、低級アルキルアミノ基からなる群から選択される置換基を少なくとも1つ有していてもよいアミノ基、置換基を有してもよいフェニルアミノ基、置換基を有してもよいフェニルアゾ基、置換基を有してもよいナフトトリアゾール基又は置換基を有してもよいベンゾイルアミノ基、または置換基を有してもよいベンゾイル基を表す。
In the above formulas (11) and (11b), Xb 1 has at least one substituent selected from the group consisting of a lower alkyl group, a lower alkoxy group, a sulfo group, an amino group and a lower alkylamino group. Amino group, phenylamino group which may have a substituent, phenylazo group which may have a substituent, naphthotriazole group which may have a substituent, or benzoyl which may have a substituent It represents an amino group or a benzoyl group which may have a substituent.
Xb1が、上記置換基を有していてもよいアミノ基である場合、当該アミノ基は、非置換でもよいが、好ましくは、低級アルキル基、低級アルコキシ基、スルホ基、アミノ基及び低級アルキルアミノ基からなる群から選択される置換基を1つ又は2つ有し、より好ましくは、メチル基、メトキシ基、スルホ基、アミノ基及び低級アルキルアミノ基からなる群から選択される置換基を1つ又は2つ有する。
When Xb 1 is an amino group which may have the above-mentioned substituent, the amino group may be unsubstituted, preferably a lower alkyl group, a lower alkoxy group, a sulfo group, an amino group and a lower alkyl. It has one or two substituents selected from the group consisting of amino groups, more preferably a substituent selected from the group consisting of methyl group, methoxy group, sulfo group, amino group and lower alkylamino group I have one or two.
Xb1が、上記置換基を有していてもよいフェニルアミノ基である場合、当該フェニルアミノ基は、非置換であるか、或いは、好ましくは、低級アルキル基、低級アルコキシ基、スルホ基、アミノ基及び低級アルキルアミノ基からなる群から選択される置換基を1つ又は2つ有し、より好ましくは、メチル基、メトキシ基、スルホ基及びアミノ基からなる群から選択される置換基を1つ又は2つ有する。
When Xb 1 is a phenylamino group which may have the above-mentioned substituent, the phenylamino group is unsubstituted or preferably a lower alkyl group, a lower alkoxy group, a sulfo group, amino And one or two substituents selected from the group consisting of lower alkylamino groups, more preferably a substituent selected from the group consisting of methyl groups, methoxy groups, sulfo groups and amino groups There are one or two.
Xb1が、上記置換基を有していてもよいフェニルアゾ基である場合、当該フェニルアゾ基は、非置換であるか、或いは、好ましくは、ヒドロキシ基、低級アルキル基、低級アルコキシ基、アミノ基及びカルボキシエチルアミノ基からなる群から選択される置換基を1~3つ有し、より好ましくは、メチル基、メトシキ基、アミノ及びヒドロキシ基からなる群から選択される置換基を1~3つ有する。
When Xb 1 is a phenylazo group which may have the above-mentioned substituent, the phenylazo group is unsubstituted or, preferably, a hydroxy group, a lower alkyl group, a lower alkoxy group, an amino group and It has 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of carboxyethylamino groups, and more preferably has 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of methyl, methoxy, amino and hydroxy groups .
Xb1が、上記置換基を有していてもよいナフトトリアゾール基である場合、当該ナフトトリアゾール基は、非置換であるか、或いは、好ましくは、スルホ基、アミノ基及びカルボキシ基からなる群から選択される置換基1つ又は2つを有し、より好ましくは、置換基としてスルホ基を1つ又は2つ有する。
When Xb 1 is a naphthotriazole group which may have the above-mentioned substituent, the naphthotriazole group is unsubstituted or, preferably, from the group consisting of a sulfo group, an amino group and a carboxy group It has one or two substituents selected, and more preferably one or two sulfo groups as substituents.
Xb1が、上記置換基を有していてもよいベンゾイルアミノ基である場合、当該ベンゾイルアミノ基は、非置換であるか、或いは、好ましくは、ヒドロキシ基、アミノ基及びカルボキシエチルアミノ基からなる群から選択される置換基を1つ有し、より好ましくは、置換基としてヒドロキシ基又はアミノ基を1つ又は2つ有する。
When Xb 1 is a benzoylamino group which may have the above-mentioned substituent, the benzoylamino group is unsubstituted or preferably composed of a hydroxy group, an amino group and a carboxyethylamino group. It has one substituent selected from the group, and more preferably has one or two hydroxy groups or amino groups as substituents.
Xb1は、上記置換基を少なくとも1つ有していてもよい、ベンゾイルアミノ基又はフェニルアミノ基であることが好ましく、最も好ましくは、上記置換基を有していてもよいフェニルアミノ基である。ベンゾイルアミノ基又はフェニルアミノ基が上記置換基を有する場合、当該置換基の位置は特に限定されるものではないが、フェニルアミノ基の場合、上記置換基の1つはアミノ基に対してp-位であることが好ましく、一方、ベンゾイルアミノ基の場合、上記置換基の1つはカルボニル基に対してp-位であることが好ましい。
Xb 1 is preferably a benzoylamino group or a phenylamino group which may have at least one of the above substituents, and most preferably a phenylamino group which may have the above substituents . When the benzoylamino group or the phenylamino group has the above-mentioned substituent, the position of the substituent is not particularly limited, but in the case of the phenylamino group, one of the above-mentioned substituents is p- Preferably, in the case of a benzoylamino group, one of the above substituents is p-position to the carbonyl group.
上記式(11)で表されるアゾ化合物の中でも、下記式(11c)で表されるアゾ化合物が好ましく、このようなアゾ化合物の使用により、偏光素子の偏光性能をより向上させることができる。式(11c)中、Ab1、Rb11~Rb16、Xb1及びdは、それぞれ上記式(11)おいて定義された通りである。
Among the azo compounds represented by the above formula (11), an azo compound represented by the following formula (11c) is preferable, and the polarization performance of the polarizing element can be further improved by using such an azo compound. In the formula (11c), Ab 1 , Rb 11 to Rb 16 , Xb 1 and d are as defined in the above-mentioned formula (11).
上記式(11)、(11b)、(11c)で表されるアゾ化合物の具体例として、例えば、特開平3-12606号公報、特開平5-295281号公報、特開平10-259311号公報、国際公開第2007/145210号、国際公開第2012/108169号、及び国際公開第2012/108173号等に記載されているような以下のアゾ化合物が挙げられる。
As specific examples of the azo compounds represented by the above formulas (11), (11b) and (11c), for example, JP-A-3-12606, JP-A-5-295281, JP-A-10-259311, The following azo compounds as described in WO 2007/145210, WO 2012/108169, and WO 2012/108173 and the like can be mentioned.
上記式(11)、(11b)、(11c)で表されるアゾ化合物は、例えば、特開平3-12606号公報、特開平5-295281号公報、特開平10-259311号公報、国際公開第2007/145210号、国際公開第2012/108169号、及び国際公開第2012/108173号等に記載された方法により製造することできるが、これらに限定されるものではない。
The azo compounds represented by the above formulas (11), (11b) and (11c) are, for example, disclosed in JP-A-3-12606, JP-A-5-295281, JP-A-10-259311, and International Publication No. Although it can manufacture by the method described in 2007/145210, WO2012 / 108169, and WO2012 / 108173 grade | etc., It is not limited to these.
続いて、上記式(12)で表されるアゾ化合物について説明する。
Then, the azo compound represented by the said Formula (12) is demonstrated.
式(12)中、Ab2は、スルホ基、カルボキシ基からなる群から選択される置換基を少なくとも1つ有するフェニル基又はナフチル基を表し、Rb21は水素原子、低級アルキル基、低級アルコキシ基又はスルホ基を有する低級アルコキシ基を表し、Xb2は、低級アルキル、低級アルコキシ基、低級アルキルアミン基、ヒドロキシ基、カルボキシ基、スルホ基、アミノ基及び置換アミノ基からなる群から選択される置換基を少なくとも1つ有してもよいアミノ基、置換基を有してもよいフェニルアミノ基、置換基を有してもよいフェニルアゾ基、置換基を有してもよいナフトトリアゾール基、置換基を有してもよいベンゾイルアミノ基、または置換基を有してもよいベンゾイル基を表す)
In formula (12), Ab 2 represents a phenyl group or a naphthyl group having at least one substituent selected from the group consisting of a sulfo group and a carboxy group, and Rb 21 represents a hydrogen atom, a lower alkyl group or a lower alkoxy group Or a lower alkoxy group having a sulfo group, and Xb 2 is a substituent selected from the group consisting of a lower alkyl, a lower alkoxy group, a lower alkylamine group, a hydroxy group, a carboxy group, a sulfo group, an amino group and a substituted amino group An amino group which may have at least one group, a phenylamino group which may have a substituent, a phenylazo group which may have a substituent, a naphthotriazole group which may have a substituent, a substituent Represents a benzoylamino group which may have or a benzoyl group which may have a substituent)
式(12)中、Ab2は、スルホ基、カルボキシ基からなる群から選択される置換基を少なくとも1つ有するフェニル基又はナフチル基を表し、該フェニル基又は該ナフチル基が置換基を2つ以上有する場合には、その置換基の少なくとも1つがスルホ基又はカルボキシ基であり、他の置換基は、好ましくは、スルホ基、低級アルキル基、低級アルコキシ基、スルホ基を有する低級アルコキシ基、カルボキシ基、ニトロ基、アミノ基及び置換アミノ基からなる群から選択され、より好ましくは、スルホ基、メチル基、エチル基、メトキシ基、エトキシ基、カルボキシ基、ニトロ基及びアミノ基からなる群から選択され、特に好ましくは、スルホ基、カルボキシ基、低級アルキル基及び低級アルコキシ基からなる群から選択される。スルホ基を有する低級アルコキシ基としては、直鎖のアルコキシ基が好ましく、また、スルホ基の置換位置はアルコキシ基の末端であることが好ましい。このようなスルホ基を有する低級アルコキシ基として、より好ましくは、3-スルホプロポキシ基又は4-スルホブトキシ基であり、特に好ましくは3-スルホプロポキシ基である。また、フェニル基が有する置換基の数は、1つ又は2つであることが好ましく、一方、ナフチル基が有する置換基の数は2つ又は3つであることが好ましい。これらの置換基の位置については、特に限定されるものではないが、フェニル基が有する置換基の数が1つである場合には、アゾ基の位置を1位としてフェニル基の4位-が好ましく、置換基の数が2つである場合には、フェニル基の2位-,4-位の組合せ又は3-位,5-位の組合せが好ましい。一方、ナフチル基は、置換基としてスルホ基を2つ又は3つ有していることが好ましく、ナフチル基に置換されるスルホ基の数が2つである場合、スルホ基の置換位置は、ナフチル基のアゾ基の置換位置を2位として4-,8-位の組合せ又は6-,8-位の組合せが好ましく、6-,8-位の組合せがより好ましい。また、ナフチル基に置換されるスルホ基の数が3つである場合、スルホ基の置換位置はアゾ基の置換位置を2位として、3-,6-,8-位の組合せであることが好ましい。
In Formula (12), Ab 2 represents a phenyl group or a naphthyl group having at least one substituent selected from the group consisting of a sulfo group and a carboxy group, and the phenyl group or the naphthyl group has two substituents. When it has one or more substituents, at least one of the substituents is a sulfo group or a carboxy group, and the other substituents are preferably sulfo, lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, lower alkoxy having sulfo, carboxy It is selected from the group consisting of group, nitro group, amino group and substituted amino group, more preferably selected from the group consisting of sulfo group, methyl group, ethyl group, methoxy group, ethoxy group, carboxy group, nitro group and amino group Most preferably, it is selected from the group consisting of a sulfo group, a carboxy group, a lower alkyl group and a lower alkoxy group. The lower alkoxy group having a sulfo group is preferably a linear alkoxy group, and the substitution position of the sulfo group is preferably at the end of the alkoxy group. The lower alkoxy group having such a sulfo group is more preferably a 3-sulfopropoxy group or a 4-sulfobutoxy group, and particularly preferably a 3-sulfopropoxy group. Further, the number of substituents which a phenyl group has is preferably one or two, while the number of substituents which a naphthyl group has is preferably two or three. The positions of these substituents are not particularly limited, but when the number of substituents that the phenyl group has is one, the 4-position of the phenyl group is the 1-position of the azo group. Preferably, when the number of substituents is two, a combination of 2- and 4-positions or a combination of 3- and 5-positions of a phenyl group is preferred. On the other hand, it is preferable that the naphthyl group has two or three sulfo groups as a substituent, and when the number of sulfo groups substituted by the naphthyl group is two, the substitution position of the sulfo group is naphthyl A combination of 4- and 8-positions or a combination of 6- and 8-positions is preferred, where the substitution position of the azo group of the group is 2-position, and a combination of 6- and 8-positions is more preferred. When the number of sulfo groups substituted by a naphthyl group is three, the substitution position of the sulfo group is a combination of 3-, 6-, and 8-positions with the substitution position of the azo group as the 2-position. preferable.
上記式(12)中、Rb21は、水素原子、低級アルキル基、低級アルコキシ基又はスルホ基を有する低級アルコキシ基を表す。スルホ基を有する低級アルコキシ基としては、直鎖のアルコキシ基が好ましく、また、スルホ基の置換位置はアルコキシ基の末端であることが好ましい。Rb21として、より好ましくは、水素原子、メチル基、エチル基、メトキシ基、エトキシ基、3-スルホプロポキシ基又は4-スルホブトキシ基であり、特に好ましくは、スルホ基、メチル基、メトキシ基、カルボキシ基又は3-スルホプロポキシ基である。特に、Rb21がメトキシ基である場合、本発明に係る偏光素子又は偏光板の偏光性能は飛躍的に向上するため好ましい。
In the above formula (12), Rb 21 represents a hydrogen atom, a lower alkyl group, a lower alkoxy group or a lower alkoxy group having a sulfo group. The lower alkoxy group having a sulfo group is preferably a linear alkoxy group, and the substitution position of the sulfo group is preferably at the end of the alkoxy group. Rb 21 is more preferably a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, an ethyl group, a methoxy group, an ethoxy group, a 3-sulfopropoxy group or a 4-sulfobutoxy group, particularly preferably a sulfo group, a methyl group or a methoxy group, It is a carboxy group or a 3-sulfopropoxy group. In particular, when Rb 21 is a methoxy group, it is preferable because the polarization performance of the polarizing element or the polarizing plate according to the present invention is dramatically improved.
上記式(12)中、Xb2は、低級アルキル、低級アルコキシ基、低級アルキルアミン基、ヒドロキシ基、カルボキシ基、スルホ基、アミノ基及び置換アミノ基からなる群から選択される置換基を少なくとも1つ有してもよいアミノ基、もしくは、水素原子、低級アルキル、低級アルコキシ基、ヒドロキシ基、カルボキシ基、スルホ基、アミノ基及び置換アミノ基からなる群から選択される置換基を少なくとも1つ有していてもよいフェニルアミノ基、フェニルアゾ基、ナフトトリアゾール基又はベンゾイルアミノ基を表す。
In the above formula (12), Xb 2 represents at least one substituent selected from the group consisting of lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, lower alkylamine, hydroxy, carboxy, sulfo, amino and substituted amino. Or at least one substituent selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, hydroxy, carboxy, sulfo, amino and substituted amino. And an optionally substituted phenylamino group, a phenylazo group, a naphthotriazole group or a benzoylamino group.
Xb2が、上記置換基を有していてもよいアミノ基である場合、当該アミノ基は、非置換でもよいが、好ましくは、ヒドロキシ基、カルボキシ基、スルホ基、アミノ基及び低級アルキルアミノ基からなる群から選択される置換基を1つ又は2つ有し、より好ましくは、メチル基、メトキシ基、スルホ基、アミノ基及び低級アルキルアミノ基からなる群から選択される置換基を1つ又は2つ有することがよい。
When Xb 2 is an amino group which may have the above-mentioned substituent, the amino group may be unsubstituted, preferably a hydroxy group, a carboxy group, a sulfo group, an amino group and a lower alkylamino group And one or two substituents selected from the group consisting of, more preferably one substituent selected from the group consisting of methyl, methoxy, sulfo, amino and lower alkylamino. Or it is good to have two.
Xb2が、上記置換基を有していてもよいフェニルアミノ基である場合、当該フェニルアミノ基は、非置換であるか、或いは、メチル基、メトキシ基、アミノ基、置換アミノ基、及びスルホ基からなる群から選択される置換基を有し、好ましくは、非置換もしくは置換基としてメトキシ基を有する。フェニルアミノ基が上記置換基を有する場合、当該置換基の位置は特に限定されるものではないが、上記置換基の1つは、フェニル基に結合したアミノ基に対してp-位であることが好ましい。
When Xb 2 is a phenylamino group which may have the above-mentioned substituent, the phenylamino group is unsubstituted or a methyl group, a methoxy group, an amino group, a substituted amino group, and sulfo. It has a substituent selected from the group consisting of groups, and preferably has a methoxy group as an unsubstituted or substituted group. When the phenylamino group has the above-mentioned substituent, the position of the substituent is not particularly limited, but one of the above-mentioned substituents is at the p-position relative to the amino group bonded to the phenyl group. Is preferred.
Xb2が、上記置換基を有していてもよいベンゾイルアミノ基である場合、当該ベンゾイルアミノ基は、非置換であるか、或いは、アミノ基、置換アミノ基、及びヒドロキシ基からなる群から選択される置換基を有し、好ましくは、置換基としてアミノ基を有する。ベンゾイルアミノ基が上記置換基を有する場合、当該置換基の位置は特に限定されるものではないが、上記置換基の1つは、フェニル基に結合したカルボニル基に対してp-位であることが好ましい。
When Xb 2 is a benzoylamino group which may have the above-mentioned substituent, the benzoylamino group is unsubstituted or selected from the group consisting of an amino group, a substituted amino group, and a hydroxy group. And preferably have an amino group as a substituent. When the benzoylamino group has the above-mentioned substituent, the position of the substituent is not particularly limited, but one of the above-mentioned substituents is p-position relative to the carbonyl group bonded to the phenyl group. Is preferred.
Xb2が、上記置換基を有していてもよいフェニルアゾ基である場合、当該フェニルアゾ基は、非置換であるか、或いは、ヒドロキシ基、アミノ基、メチル基、メトキシ基及びカルボキシ基からなる群から選択される置換基を有し、より好ましくは、置換基としてヒドロキシ基を有する。
When Xb 2 is a phenylazo group which may have the above-mentioned substituent, the phenylazo group is unsubstituted or a group consisting of a hydroxy group, an amino group, a methyl group, a methoxy group and a carboxy group And more preferably a hydroxy group as a substituent.
Xb2が、上記置換基を有していてもよいナフトトリアゾール基である場合、当該フェニルアゾ基は、非置換であるか、或いは、置換基としてスルホ基を有する。
When Xb 2 is a naphthotriazole group which may have the above-described substituent, the phenylazo group is unsubstituted or has a sulfo group as a substituent.
上記式(12)で表されるアゾ化合物の中でも、下記式(12b)で表されるアゾ化合物が好ましく、このようなアゾ化合物の使用により、偏光素子の偏光性能をより向上させることができる。
Among the azo compounds represented by the above formula (12), an azo compound represented by the following formula (12b) is preferable, and the polarization performance of the polarizing element can be further improved by using such an azo compound.
式(12b)中、Ab2、Rb21及びXb2は、それぞれ上記式(12)に定義された通りである。
In formula (12b), Ab 2 , Rb 21 and Xb 2 are each as defined in the above formula (12).
このような式(12)で表されるアゾ化合物の具体例として、例えば、以下のアゾ化合物が挙げられる。
As a specific example of an azo compound represented by such Formula (12), the following azo compounds are mentioned, for example.
上記式(12)で表されるアゾ化合物は、例えば、特公昭64-5623号公報、特開平5-53014号公報に記載されているような、公知のジアゾ化、カップリングにより製造することができるが、これらに限定されるものではない。
The azo compound represented by the above formula (12) can be produced by, for example, known diazotization and coupling as described in JP-B-64-5623 and JP-A-5-53014. Although it can be done, it is not limited to these.
上記偏光素子において、式(11)又は式(12)で表されるアゾ化合物又はその塩の含有量は、水溶液100質量部に対して、0.0001~5質量部であることが好ましく、より好ましくは0.001~1質量部である。
In the polarizing element, the content of the azo compound represented by the formula (11) or the formula (12) or a salt thereof is preferably 0.0001 to 5 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the aqueous solution. Preferably, it is 0.001 to 1 part by mass.
一態様において、本発明の偏光素子は、偏光性能をさらに向上させるために、下記式(13)又は(13’)で表されるアゾ化合物又はその塩の少なくとも1種を含むことが好ましい。
In one aspect, the polarizing element of the present invention preferably contains at least one of the azo compound represented by the following formula (13) or (13 ′) or a salt thereof in order to further improve the polarization performance.
上記式(13)中、Ay1は水素原子、スルホ基、カルボキシ基、ヒドロキシ基、低級アルキル基、又は低級アルコキシ基であり、好ましくはスルホ基又はカルボキシ基である。Ry1~Ry4は、各々独立に、水素原子、スルホ基、低級アルキル基、低級アルコキシ基、スルホ基を有する低級アルコキシ基であり、好ましくは水素原子、スルホ基、低級アルキル基、低級アルコキシ基であり、さらに好ましくは水素原子、メチル基、メトキシ基である。jは1~3の整数を示す。
In the above formula (13), Ay 1 is a hydrogen atom, a sulfo group, a carboxy group, a hydroxy group, a lower alkyl group or a lower alkoxy group, preferably a sulfo group or a carboxy group. Each of Ry 1 to Ry 4 independently represents a hydrogen atom, a sulfo group, a lower alkyl group, a lower alkoxy group, or a lower alkoxy group having a sulfo group, preferably a hydrogen atom, a sulfo group, a lower alkyl group or a lower alkoxy group. And more preferably a hydrogen atom, a methyl group or a methoxy group. j represents an integer of 1 to 3;
上記式(13’)中、iは0又は1である。Ay1、Ay2、Ry1、Ry2、及びjは、式(13)におけるものと同じ意味を表す。
In the above formula (13 ′), i is 0 or 1. Ay 1 , Ay 2 , Ry 1 , Ry 2 , and j have the same meaning as in Formula (13).
式(13’)中、Ay1及びAy2は、スルホ基、カルボキシ基又は低級アルコキシ基であることが好ましく、より好ましくは、スルホ基、カルボキシ基、メトキシ基又はエトキシ基であり、さらに好ましくは、スルホ基又はカルボキシ基である。
In formula (13 ′), Ay 1 and Ay 2 are preferably a sulfo group, a carboxy group or a lower alkoxy group, more preferably a sulfo group, a carboxy group, a methoxy group or an ethoxy group, and still more preferably , A sulfo group or a carboxy group.
式(13’)中、Ry1及びRy2は、水素原子、スルホ基、メチル基、エチル基、メトキシ基又はエトキシ基であることが好ましく、より好ましくは、水素原子、スルホ基、メチル基又はメトキシ基である。
In formula (13 ′), Ry 1 and Ry 2 are preferably a hydrogen atom, a sulfo group, a methyl group, an ethyl group, a methoxy group or an ethoxy group, and more preferably a hydrogen atom, a sulfo group, a methyl group or It is a methoxy group.
上記式(13)又は(13’)で表されるアゾ化合物の中でも、特に、下記式(13b)で表されるアゾ化合物が好ましく、このようなアゾ化合物の使用により、偏光素子の偏光性能をより向上させることができる。式(13b)中、Ay1、Ry1、Ry2は上記式(13)に定義された通りである
Among the azo compounds represented by the above formula (13) or (13 ′), an azo compound represented by the following formula (13b) is particularly preferable, and the polarization performance of the polarizing element It can be improved more. In formula (13b), Ay 1 , Ry 1 , Ry 2 are as defined in the above formula (13)
好ましい一態様において、式(13)又は(13’)で表されるアゾ化合物は、式(5)又は式(6)で示されるアゾ化合物とともに用いられてもよい。
In a preferred embodiment, the azo compound represented by the formula (13) or (13 ') may be used together with the azo compound represented by the formula (5) or the formula (6).
上記偏光素子において、上記式(13)又は(13’)で表されるアゾ化合物又はその塩の含有量は、式(5)又は(6)のアゾ化合物の含有量100質量部に対して、0.01~300質量部であることが好ましく、より好ましくは0.1~200質量部であり、30~200質量部であることがさらに好ましい。
In the polarizing element, the content of the azo compound represented by the formula (13) or (13 ′) or the salt thereof is 100 parts by mass of the azo compound of the formula (5) or (6), The amount is preferably 0.01 to 300 parts by mass, more preferably 0.1 to 200 parts by mass, and still more preferably 30 to 200 parts by mass.
上記式(13)及び(13’)で表されるアゾ化合物は、400~500nmの透過率に影響を与える。偏光素子において、特に、400~500nmの短波長側の透過率と偏光度(二色性)は、黒表示時の青抜けや白表示時の白色の黄色化に影響を与える。式(13)及び(13’)で表されるアゾ化合物は、偏光素子の平行位における短波長側の透過率の低下を抑えつつも、400~500nmの偏光特性(二色性)を向上させ、白表示時の黄色っぽさと黒表示時の青色の抜けをさらに低下させることができる。偏光素子は、式(13)又は(13’)で表されるアゾ化合物をさらに含有することにより、特に視感度補正後の単体透過率が30~65%の範囲において、単体でより無彩色性を示し、白表示時により高品位な紙のような白色を表現し、さらに視感度補正後の単体透過率が特に35~45%である時、偏光度、またはコントラストが向上するため好ましい。
The azo compounds represented by the above formulas (13) and (13 ') affect the transmittance of 400 to 500 nm. In the polarizing element, in particular, the transmittance on the short wavelength side of 400 to 500 nm and the degree of polarization (dichroism) have an influence on the blue loss at the time of black display and the yellowing of white at the time of white display. The azo compounds represented by the formulas (13) and (13 ′) improve the polarization characteristics (dichroism) of 400 to 500 nm while suppressing the decrease in the transmittance on the short wavelength side at the parallel position of the polarizing element. The yellowishness at the time of white display and the omission of blue at the time of black display can be further reduced. The polarizing element further contains an azo compound represented by the formula (13) or (13 ′), so that it is more achromatic by itself, particularly in the range of 30 to 65% of the single transmittance after the visibility correction. When white is displayed, white color such as high quality paper is expressed, and when the single transmittance after the visibility correction is 35 to 45% in particular, the degree of polarization or the contrast is improved, which is preferable.
式(13)及び(13’)で表されるアゾ化合物の具体例としては、例えば、C.I.Direct Yellow 4、C.I.Direct Yellow 12、C.I.Direct Yellow 72、およびC.I.Direct Orange 39、並びに国際公開第2007/138980号等に記載されるスチルベン構造を有するアゾ化合物等があるが、これらに限定されるものではない。
Specific examples of the azo compounds represented by the formulas (13) and (13 ') include C.I. I. Direct Yellow 4, C.I. I. Direct Yellow 12, C.I. I. Direct Yellow 72, and C.I. I. Examples thereof include, but are not limited to, Direct Orange 39, and azo compounds having a stilbene structure described in WO 2007/138980 and the like.
式(13)及び(13’)で表されるアゾ化合物のさらなる具体例を以下に挙げる。なお、化合物例は、遊離酸の形態で表す。
Further specific examples of the azo compounds represented by the formulas (13) and (13 ′) will be given below. The compound examples are shown in the form of free acid.
式(13)及び(13’)で表されるアゾ化合物又はその塩は、例えば国際公開第2007/138980号等に記載される方法により合成することができるが、市販のものを入手することもできる。
The azo compounds represented by the formulas (13) and (13 ′) or salts thereof can be synthesized, for example, by the method described in, for example, WO 2007/138980, etc. it can.
本発明の偏光素子には、本発明に係る性能を損なわない程度に、色の補正を目的として他のアゾ化合物を含有させてもよい。含有させる他のアゾ化合物としては、特に、二色性の高いものが好ましい。例えば、非特許文献1に示されるようなアゾ化合物、C.I.Direct.Yellow12、C.I.DirectYellow28、C.I.Direct. Yellow44、C.I.Direct.Orange26、C.I.Direct.Orange39、C.I.Direct.Orange107、C.I.Direct.Red2、C.I.Direct.Red31、C.I.Direct.Red79、C.I.Direct.Red247、C.I.Direct.Green80、C.I.Direct.Green59、並びに、特開2001-33627号公報、特開2002-296417号公報及び特開昭60-156759号公報に記載されたアゾ化合物等が挙げられる。特に、トリスアゾ構造にフェニルJ酸を有するアゾ化合物を好適に用いることができる。そのような他のアゾ化合物を式(1)で表されるアゾ化合物又はその塩とともに偏光素子に用いることが好適である。上記他のアゾ化合物は、遊離酸のほか、アルカリ金属塩(例えばナトリウム塩、カリウム塩、リチウム塩)、アンモニウム塩、又はアミン類の塩、あるいは銅錯体化合物又はその塩としても用いることができる。上記他のアゾ化合物はこれらに限定されず、公知の二色性を有するアゾ化合物を用いることができる。他のアゾ化合物を、遊離酸、その塩、又はその銅錯塩の形態で含ませることで、特に、光学特性を向上させることが可能となる。他のアゾ化合物は、1種のみで用いてもよいし、複数を混合して用いてもよい。
The polarizing element of the present invention may contain other azo compounds for the purpose of color correction to the extent that the performance according to the present invention is not impaired. As another azo compound to be contained, one having high dichroism is particularly preferable. For example, an azo compound as shown in Non-Patent Document 1, C.I. I. Direct. Yellow 12, C.I. I. Direct Yellow 28, C.I. I. Direct. Yellow 44, C.I. I. Direct. Orange 26, C.I. I. Direct. Orange 39, C.I. I. Direct. Orange 107, C.I. I. Direct. Red 2, C.I. I. Direct. Red 31, C.I. I. Direct. Red 79, C.I. I. Direct. Red 247, C.I. I. Direct. Green 80, C.I. I. Direct. Green 59, and azo compounds described in JP-A-2001-33627, JP-A-2002-296417, and JP-A-60-156759. In particular, an azo compound having phenyl J acid in a trisazo structure can be suitably used. It is preferable to use such other azo compounds together with the azo compound represented by the formula (1) or a salt thereof for the polarizing element. The above-mentioned other azo compounds can be used as alkali metal salts (for example, sodium salts, potassium salts, lithium salts), ammonium salts, salts of amines, or copper complex compounds or salts thereof, as well as free acids. The above-mentioned other azo compounds are not limited to these, and known azo compounds having dichroism can be used. Inclusion of other azo compounds in the form of a free acid, a salt thereof or a copper complex salt thereof makes it possible in particular to improve the optical properties. The other azo compounds may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
一態様において、本発明の偏光素子は、ヨウ素を含むことにより、耐熱耐久性が向上する。基材にヨウ素を含ませる際、ヨウ素のみでは溶媒に溶解しにくく、基材へ含浸させにくいため、ヨウ化カリウム、ヨウ化アンモニウム、ヨウ化銅、ヨウ化ナトリウム、ヨウ化カルシウム、ヨウ化コバルト、ヨウ化亜鉛などのヨウ化物、塩化ナトリウム、塩化リチウム、塩化カリウムなどの塩化物をヨウ素と共に含有させるのが一般的である。上記ヨウ化物を用いて偏光素子を作製した場合、通常、480nm付近および600nm付近を中心とした可視域において高い偏光度を有する偏光素子を作製することができる。
In one aspect, the polarizing element of the present invention has improved heat resistance and durability by containing iodine. When iodine is contained in the substrate, it is difficult to dissolve in a solvent with iodine alone, and it is difficult to impregnate into the substrate, so potassium iodide, ammonium iodide, copper iodide, copper iodide, sodium iodide, calcium iodide, cobalt iodide, It is common to include iodides such as zinc iodide and chlorides such as sodium chloride, lithium chloride and potassium chloride together with iodine. When the polarizing element is produced using the above-mentioned iodide, a polarizing element having a high degree of polarization in the visible region centered on around 480 nm and around 600 nm can usually be produced.
一態様において、本発明の偏光素子はヨウ素を含んでもよく、それにより、例えば、視感度補正後の単体透過率が35~50%であって高い偏光度、つまりはコントラストを有することができる。ヨウ素系偏光板の特徴である高い透過率と高いコントラストを有しながらも、高い耐久性、特に、耐熱性において光学特性、特に色変化が少なく、また、透過率の変化が少ないという特徴を有することができる。
In one aspect, the polarizing element of the present invention may contain iodine, whereby, for example, the single transmittance after luminosity correction can be 35 to 50% and can have a high degree of polarization, that is, contrast. It has the characteristics of high durability, particularly heat resistance, low optical characteristics, particularly little color change, and small change in transmittance, while having high transmittance and high contrast, which are the characteristics of an iodine-based polarizing plate be able to.
(基材)
上記偏光素子の作製に用いる基材としては、赤外光吸収水溶性化合物等の二色性色素を含ませることが可能なものであれば特に限定されず、例えば、親水性高分子から成形される成形体が挙げられる。親水性高分子としては、例えば、ポリビニルアルコール系樹脂、アミロース系樹脂、デンプン系樹脂、セルロース系樹脂、ポリアクリル酸塩系樹脂などが挙げられる。上記赤外光吸収水溶性化合物等の二色性色素を基材に含ませる際、加工性、染色性及び架橋性などの観点から、基材としてポリビニルアルコール系樹脂を用いることが最も好ましい。基材の形状は特に限定されないが、フィルム状であることが好ましい。 (Base material)
The substrate used for producing the polarizing element is not particularly limited as long as it can contain a dichroic dye such as an infrared light-absorbing water-soluble compound, and for example, it is formed of a hydrophilic polymer And molded articles. Examples of hydrophilic polymers include polyvinyl alcohol resins, amylose resins, starch resins, cellulose resins, and polyacrylate resins. When a dichroic dye such as an infrared light-absorbing water-soluble compound is contained in a substrate, it is most preferable to use a polyvinyl alcohol-based resin as the substrate from the viewpoint of processability, dyeability and crosslinkability. The shape of the substrate is not particularly limited, but is preferably in the form of a film.
上記偏光素子の作製に用いる基材としては、赤外光吸収水溶性化合物等の二色性色素を含ませることが可能なものであれば特に限定されず、例えば、親水性高分子から成形される成形体が挙げられる。親水性高分子としては、例えば、ポリビニルアルコール系樹脂、アミロース系樹脂、デンプン系樹脂、セルロース系樹脂、ポリアクリル酸塩系樹脂などが挙げられる。上記赤外光吸収水溶性化合物等の二色性色素を基材に含ませる際、加工性、染色性及び架橋性などの観点から、基材としてポリビニルアルコール系樹脂を用いることが最も好ましい。基材の形状は特に限定されないが、フィルム状であることが好ましい。 (Base material)
The substrate used for producing the polarizing element is not particularly limited as long as it can contain a dichroic dye such as an infrared light-absorbing water-soluble compound, and for example, it is formed of a hydrophilic polymer And molded articles. Examples of hydrophilic polymers include polyvinyl alcohol resins, amylose resins, starch resins, cellulose resins, and polyacrylate resins. When a dichroic dye such as an infrared light-absorbing water-soluble compound is contained in a substrate, it is most preferable to use a polyvinyl alcohol-based resin as the substrate from the viewpoint of processability, dyeability and crosslinkability. The shape of the substrate is not particularly limited, but is preferably in the form of a film.
(透過率)
2つの波長帯域の平均透過率の差において、本発明の偏光素子は、特定の波長帯域間の平均透過率の差の絶対値が所定の値以下であることが好ましい。平均透過率は、特定の波長帯域における各波長の透過率の平均値である。 (Transmittance)
In the difference of the average transmittances of the two wavelength bands, in the polarizing element of the present invention, it is preferable that the absolute value of the difference of the average transmittances between the specific wavelength bands is equal to or less than a predetermined value. The average transmittance is an average value of the transmittance of each wavelength in a specific wavelength band.
2つの波長帯域の平均透過率の差において、本発明の偏光素子は、特定の波長帯域間の平均透過率の差の絶対値が所定の値以下であることが好ましい。平均透過率は、特定の波長帯域における各波長の透過率の平均値である。 (Transmittance)
In the difference of the average transmittances of the two wavelength bands, in the polarizing element of the present invention, it is preferable that the absolute value of the difference of the average transmittances between the specific wavelength bands is equal to or less than a predetermined value. The average transmittance is an average value of the transmittance of each wavelength in a specific wavelength band.
一態様において、本発明の偏光素子は、2枚の偏光素子の吸収軸を平行にして測定した時の520nm~590nmにおける各波長の透過率の平均値と420nm~480nmにおける各波長の透過率の平均値との差の絶対値が5%以下であり、かつ、600nm~640nmにおける各波長の透過率の平均値と520nm~640nmにおける各波長の透過率の平均値との差の絶対値が3%以下であることを特徴とする。
In one aspect, the polarizing element of the present invention has an average value of the transmittance of each wavelength at 520 nm to 590 nm and a transmittance of each wavelength at 420 nm to 480 nm when measured with the absorption axes of two polarizing elements in parallel. The absolute value of the difference from the average value is 5% or less, and the absolute value of the difference between the average of the transmittance of each wavelength at 600 nm to 640 nm and the average of the transmittance of each wavelength at 520 nm to 640 nm is 3 It is characterized by being less than%.
(視感度補正後の透過率)
視感度補正後の透過率は、JIS Z 8722:2009に従って求められる、視感度補正後の透過率である。補正するために用いる透過率の測定は、測定試料(例えば、偏光素子または偏光板)について、C光源(2度視野)を用いて400~700nmの各波長について、5nmまたは10nmごとに分光透過率を測定し、これをJIS Z 8722:2009に従って視感度に補正することで求めることができる。視感度補正後の透過率は、偏光素子、または偏光板を単体で測定した場合の視感度補正後の単体透過率、偏光素子、または偏光板を2枚用いて各々の吸収軸を平行にした時の透過率を視感度に補正した場合の視感度補正後の平行位透過率、偏光素子、または偏光板を2枚用いて各々の吸収軸を直交にした時の透過率を視感度に補正した場合の視感度補正後の直交位透過率がある。 (Transmittance after visibility correction)
The transmittance after the visual sensitivity correction is the transmittance after the visual sensitivity correction, which is obtained according to JIS Z 8722: 2009. The measurement of the transmittance used for correction is, for a measurement sample (for example, a polarizing element or a polarizing plate), a spectral light transmittance every 5 nm or 10 nm for each wavelength of 400 to 700 nm using a C light source (2 degrees visual field) Can be determined by correcting it to the luminosity according to JIS Z 8722: 2009. The transmittance after luminosity correction is the single transmittance after luminosity correction when the polarizing element or the polarizing plate is measured alone, or the absorption axis is made parallel by using two polarizing elements or two polarizing plates. Corrects the transmissivity when the absorption axis is orthogonal to the transmissivity when the transmissivity at the time of illumination is corrected to the visibility, the parallel position transmissivity after luminosity correction, and two absorption elements using two polarizing elements or polarizing plates There is orthogonal position transmissivity after visual sensitivity correction in the case of
視感度補正後の透過率は、JIS Z 8722:2009に従って求められる、視感度補正後の透過率である。補正するために用いる透過率の測定は、測定試料(例えば、偏光素子または偏光板)について、C光源(2度視野)を用いて400~700nmの各波長について、5nmまたは10nmごとに分光透過率を測定し、これをJIS Z 8722:2009に従って視感度に補正することで求めることができる。視感度補正後の透過率は、偏光素子、または偏光板を単体で測定した場合の視感度補正後の単体透過率、偏光素子、または偏光板を2枚用いて各々の吸収軸を平行にした時の透過率を視感度に補正した場合の視感度補正後の平行位透過率、偏光素子、または偏光板を2枚用いて各々の吸収軸を直交にした時の透過率を視感度に補正した場合の視感度補正後の直交位透過率がある。 (Transmittance after visibility correction)
The transmittance after the visual sensitivity correction is the transmittance after the visual sensitivity correction, which is obtained according to JIS Z 8722: 2009. The measurement of the transmittance used for correction is, for a measurement sample (for example, a polarizing element or a polarizing plate), a spectral light transmittance every 5 nm or 10 nm for each wavelength of 400 to 700 nm using a C light source (2 degrees visual field) Can be determined by correcting it to the luminosity according to JIS Z 8722: 2009. The transmittance after luminosity correction is the single transmittance after luminosity correction when the polarizing element or the polarizing plate is measured alone, or the absorption axis is made parallel by using two polarizing elements or two polarizing plates. Corrects the transmissivity when the absorption axis is orthogonal to the transmissivity when the transmissivity at the time of illumination is corrected to the visibility, the parallel position transmissivity after luminosity correction, and two absorption elements using two polarizing elements or polarizing plates There is orthogonal position transmissivity after visual sensitivity correction in the case of
波長帯域420nmから480nm、520nmから590nm、および600nmから640nmは、JIS Z 8781-4:2013において色を示す際に計算で用いる等色関数に基づく主な波長帯域である。具体的には、JIS Z 8781-4:2013の元になるJIS Z 8701のXYZ等色関数において、600nmを最大値とするx(λ)、550nmを最大値とするy(λ)、455nmを最大値とするz(λ)のそれぞれの最大値を100としたとき、20以上となる値を示すそれぞれの波長が、420nmから480nm、520nmから590nm、および600nmから640nmの各波長帯域である。
Wavelength bands of 420 nm to 480 nm, 520 nm to 590 nm, and 600 nm to 640 nm are main wavelength bands based on the color matching function used in calculation when showing a color in JIS Z 8781-4: 2013. Specifically, in the XYZ color matching function of JIS Z 8701 based on JIS Z 8781-4: 2013, x (λ) with 600 nm as the maximum value, y (λ) with 550 nm as the maximum value, 455 nm When the maximum value of z (λ) as the maximum value is 100, the respective wavelengths showing values of 20 or more are wavelength bands of 420 nm to 480 nm, 520 nm to 590 nm, and 600 nm to 640 nm.
偏光素子2枚を吸収軸方向が平行になるように重ねて配置した状態(明表示時、または、白表示時)について測定して得られる透過率を「平行位透過率」とも称する。また、○nmから△nmの各波長の平均透過率を「AT○-△」とも称する。本発明の偏光素子の一態様において、平行位透過率について、AT420-480とAT520-590との差が絶対値として5.0%以内であり、好ましくは3.5%以下、より好ましくは2.5%以下、さらに好ましくは2.0%以下、特に好ましくは1.5%以下である。また、一態様において、平行位透過率について、AT520-590とAT600-640との差が絶対値として3.0%以内であり、好ましくは2.0%以下、より好ましくは1.5%以下、さらに好ましくは1.0%以下である。このような偏光素子は、平行位で高品位な紙のような白色を表示することができる。
The transmittance obtained by measurement in a state in which two polarizing elements are arranged so as to be parallel to each other in the absorption axis direction (during bright display or white display) is also referred to as “parallel transmittance”. In addition, the average transmittance of each wavelength of nm nm to nm nm is also referred to as " AT-- ". In one embodiment of the polarizing element of the present invention, the difference between AT 420-480 and AT 520-590 in terms of parallel transmittance is 5.0% or less as an absolute value, preferably 3.5% or less, more preferably Is preferably at most 2.5%, more preferably at most 2.0%, particularly preferably at most 1.5%. In one embodiment, the difference between AT 520-590 and AT 600-640 in terms of parallel transmittance is 3.0% or less as an absolute value, preferably 2.0% or less, more preferably 1.5 % Or less, more preferably 1.0% or less. Such a polarizing element can display high-quality paper-like white color at a parallel position.
偏光素子2枚を吸収軸方向が直交になるように重ねて配置した状態(黒表示時、または、暗表示時)について測定して得られる透過率を「直交位透過率」とも称する。本発明の偏光素子の一態様において、直交位透過率について、好ましくは、AT420-480とAT520-590との差が絶対値として3.0%以下であり、かつ、AT520-590と、AT600-640との差が絶対値として2.0%以下である。このような偏光素子は、直交位で無彩色な黒色を表示することができる。さらに、直交位透過率について、AT420-480とAT520-590との差が、絶対値として、より好ましくは1.5%以下、さらに好ましくは1.0%以下、特に好ましくは0.5%以下である。直交位透過率について、AT520-590とAT600-640との差が、絶対値として、より好ましくは1.5%以下、さらに好ましくは1.0%以下、特に好ましくは0.5%以下である。
The transmittance obtained by measurement in a state in which two polarizing elements are arranged so as to be orthogonal to each other in the absorption axis direction (black display or dark display) is also referred to as “orthogonal transmittance”. In one embodiment of the polarizing element of the present invention, preferably, the difference between AT 420-480 and AT 520-590 is 3.0% or less as an absolute value, and orthogonal to the transmissivity , , The difference between AT 600-640 is 2.0% or less as an absolute value. Such a polarizing element can display achromatic black at the orthogonal position. Furthermore, regarding orthogonal position transmittance, the difference between AT 420-480 and AT 520-590 as an absolute value is more preferably 1.5% or less, still more preferably 1.0% or less, particularly preferably 0.5 % Or less. The difference between AT 520-590 and AT 600-640 is preferably 1.5% or less, more preferably 1.0% or less, particularly preferably 0.5% or less as an absolute value, with respect to orthogonal position transmittance. It is.
さらに、波長帯域380nmから420nm、480nmから520nm、および640nmから780nmの各々における各波長の単体透過率、各波長の平行位透過率、および各波長の直交位透過率のそれぞれの平均透過率は、上記波長帯域420nmから480nm、520nmから590nm、600nmから640nmにおける各波長の平均透過率が上述したように調整されている場合には、色素へ大きな影響を与えにくいが、ある程度調整されていることが好ましい。各波長の単体透過率について、AT380-420とAT420-480との差が絶対値として15%以下であることが好ましく、AT480-520とAT420-480との差が絶対値として15%以下、AT480-520とAT520-590との差が絶対値として15%以下、AT640-780とAT600-640との差が絶対値として20%以下であることが好ましい。
Furthermore, the single transmittance of each wavelength, the parallel transmittance of each wavelength, and the average transmittance of the orthogonal transmittance of each wavelength in each of wavelength bands 380 nm to 420 nm, 480 nm to 520 nm, and 640 nm to 780 nm are When the average transmittance of each wavelength in the wavelength band of 420 nm to 480 nm, 520 nm to 590 nm, and 600 nm to 640 nm is adjusted as described above, it is difficult to greatly affect the dye, but adjusted to some extent preferable. For single transmittance of each wavelength, it is preferable that the difference between the AT 380-420 and AT 420-480 is 15% or less as an absolute value, the difference between the AT 480-520 and AT 420-480 as the absolute value 15 % or less, aT 480-520 a difference between the aT 520-590 15% or less as an absolute value, and the difference between the aT 640-780 and aT 600-640 is 20% or less as an absolute value.
一態様において、本発明に係る偏光素子は、視感度補正後の単体透過率が30%から65%であることが良い。視感度補正後の単体透過率は、測定試料(例えば、偏光素子または偏光板)1枚について、JIS Z 8722:2009に従って視感度に補正した透過率である。偏光板の性能としては、透過率がより高いものが求められるが、視感度補正後の単体透過率が30%から65%であれば表示装置に用いても、違和感なく明るさを表現できる。透過率が高いほど偏光度は下がる傾向にあるため、偏光度とのバランスの観点からは、視感度補正後の単体透過率は、35%から50%であることがより好ましく、さらに好ましくは37%から47%が良く、特に好ましくは38%から45%である。視感度補正後の単体透過率が65%を超えると偏光度が低下する場合があるが、偏光素子の明るい透過率、または、特定の偏光性能やコントラストを求める場合には、視感度補正後の単体透過率が65%を超えてもよい。
In one aspect, the polarizing element according to the present invention preferably has a single transmittance of 30% to 65% after the visibility correction. The single transmittance after the visibility correction is the transmittance corrected to the visibility according to JIS Z 8722: 2009 for one measurement sample (for example, a polarizing element or a polarizing plate). As the performance of the polarizing plate, one having a higher transmittance is required, but if the single transmittance after the visibility correction is 30% to 65%, the brightness can be expressed without discomfort even when used in a display device. The higher the transmittance, the lower the degree of polarization, so from the viewpoint of the balance of the degree of polarization, the single transmittance after visual sensitivity correction is more preferably 35% to 50%, and still more preferably 37 % To 47%, particularly preferably 38% to 45%. The degree of polarization may decrease if the single transmittance after luminosity correction exceeds 65%, but if the light transmittance of the polarizing element or specific polarization performance or contrast is to be determined, it may be after luminosity correction. The single transmittance may exceed 65%.
偏光素子における平行位透過率において、AT520-590が25%から50%であることが良い。このような偏光素子は、表示装置に設けた際に、明るく、輝度の高い明瞭な表示装置とすることができる。520nmから590nmの波長帯域の各波長の透過率は、JIS Z 8781-4:2013において色を示す際に計算で用いる等色関数に基づく主な波長帯域の1つである。特に、520nmから590nmの各波長帯域は、等色関数に基づく最も視感度の高い波長帯域であり、この範囲における透過率が、目視で確認できる透過率と近い。このため、520nmから590nmの波長帯域の各波長の透過率を調整することが非常に重要である。平行位で測定されたAT520-590は、より好ましくは28%から45%であり、さらに好ましくは30%から40%である。さらに、このときの偏光素子の偏光度は、80%から100%で良いが、好ましくは90%~100%、より好ましくは97%~100%であり、さらに好ましくは99%以上であり、特に好ましくは99.5%以上である。偏光度は、高い方が好ましいが、偏光度と透過率との関係において、明るさを重視するか、偏光度(またはコントラスト)を重視するかにより、適した透過率および偏光度に調整することができる。
It is desirable that AT 520-590 be 25% to 50% in the parallel transmittance in the polarizing element. When provided in a display device, such a polarizing element can be a bright and clear display device with high luminance. The transmittance of each wavelength in the wavelength band of 520 nm to 590 nm is one of the main wavelength bands based on the color matching function used in calculation when showing a color in JIS Z 8781-4: 2013. In particular, each wavelength band of 520 nm to 590 nm is the wavelength band with the highest visibility based on the color matching function, and the transmittance in this range is close to the transmittance that can be visually confirmed. Therefore, it is very important to adjust the transmittance of each wavelength in the wavelength band of 520 nm to 590 nm. The AT 520-590 measured in the parallel position is more preferably 28% to 45%, still more preferably 30% to 40%. Furthermore, the polarization degree of the polarizing element at this time may be 80% to 100%, preferably 90% to 100%, more preferably 97% to 100%, still more preferably 99% or more, and in particular Preferably it is 99.5% or more. The higher the degree of polarization, the better. However, in the relationship between the degree of polarization and the transmittance, the degree of polarization and transmittance should be adjusted to a suitable degree of transmittance and degree of polarization depending on whether the importance is on brightness or the degree of polarization (or contrast). Can.
視感度補正後の単体透過率は、2°視野(C光源)により視感度補正を行った単体透過率である。視感度補正後の単体透過率は、測定試料(例えば、偏光素子又は偏光板)1枚について、400~700nmの各波長について、5nm又は10nm毎に単体透過率を算出し、さらに2°視野(C光源)により、視感度補正を行うことで求めることができる。
The single transmittance after the visibility correction is the single transmittance subjected to the visibility correction by the 2 ° field of view (C light source). The single transmittance after correction of visibility is calculated for each wavelength of 400 to 700 nm for every 5 nm or 10 nm for one measurement sample (for example, polarizing element or polarizing plate), and the 2 ° field of view It can obtain | require by performing visual sensitivity correction | amendment by C light source.
(偏光度)
本発明の偏光素子は、少なくとも700nm~1400nmの一部又は全部の波長域の光に対して偏光性能を有している。 (Degree of polarization)
The polarizing element of the present invention has polarization performance for light in a partial or entire wavelength range of at least 700 nm to 1400 nm.
本発明の偏光素子は、少なくとも700nm~1400nmの一部又は全部の波長域の光に対して偏光性能を有している。 (Degree of polarization)
The polarizing element of the present invention has polarization performance for light in a partial or entire wavelength range of at least 700 nm to 1400 nm.
本発明の偏光素子の偏光度は特に限定されないが、偏光度が80%~100%あれば一般的な偏光素子としては汎用的な用途で使用が可能である。偏光度が90%以上であることが好ましい。偏光素子の偏光度が90%以上であれば、液晶表示装置に用いても、偏光機能を表現することができる。偏光度は、好ましくは99%以上、より好ましくは99.9%以上、さらに好ましくは99.95%以上である。ただし、偏光度の要求は明るさ(透過率)とコントラスト(偏光度)との関係で用いられる用途が異なるため、必ずしも99%である必要はなく、その要求に応じて偏光度を設定し、用いることができる。
The degree of polarization of the polarizing element of the present invention is not particularly limited, but if the degree of polarization is 80% to 100%, it can be used for general purpose applications as a general polarizing element. The degree of polarization is preferably 90% or more. If the polarization degree of the polarizing element is 90% or more, the polarization function can be expressed even when used in a liquid crystal display device. The degree of polarization is preferably 99% or more, more preferably 99.9% or more, and still more preferably 99.95% or more. However, the application of the degree of polarization does not have to be 99% because the application used for the relationship between brightness (transmittance) and contrast (degree of polarization) differs, and the degree of polarization is set according to the requirement, It can be used.
(色度)
色度a*値およびb*値は、JIS Z 8781-4:2013に従って自然光の透過率測定時に求められる値である。JIS Z 8781-4:2013に定められる物体色の表示方法は、国際照明委員会(略称:CIE)が定める物体色の表示方法に相当する。色度a*値およびb*値の測定は、測定試料(例えば、偏光素子または偏光板)に自然光を照射して行われる。なお、以下において、測定試料1枚について求められる色度a*値およびb*値はa*-sおよびb*-s、測定試料2枚をその吸収軸方向が互いに平行となるように配置した状態(白表示時)について求められる色度a*値およびb*値はa*-pおよびb*-p、測定試料2枚をその吸収軸方向が互いに直交するように配置した状態(黒表示時)について求められる色度a*値およびb*値はa*-cおよびb*-cと示す。 (Chromaticity)
The chromaticity a * value and the b * value are values determined at the time of natural light transmittance measurement according to JIS Z 8781-4: 2013. The display method of the object color defined in JIS Z 8781-4: 2013 corresponds to the display method of the object color defined by the International Commission on Illumination (abbr .: CIE). The measurement of the chromaticity a * value and the b * value is performed by irradiating the measurement sample (for example, a polarizing element or a polarizing plate) with natural light. In the following, the chromaticity a * value and the b * value determined for one measurement sample are a * -s and b * -s, and two measurement samples are arranged so that the absorption axis directions are parallel to each other. The chromaticity a * and b * values determined for the state (white display) are a * -p and b * -p, and two measurement samples are arranged with their absorption axis directions orthogonal to each other (black display The chromaticity a * values and b * values determined for time) are denoted as a * -c and b * -c.
色度a*値およびb*値は、JIS Z 8781-4:2013に従って自然光の透過率測定時に求められる値である。JIS Z 8781-4:2013に定められる物体色の表示方法は、国際照明委員会(略称:CIE)が定める物体色の表示方法に相当する。色度a*値およびb*値の測定は、測定試料(例えば、偏光素子または偏光板)に自然光を照射して行われる。なお、以下において、測定試料1枚について求められる色度a*値およびb*値はa*-sおよびb*-s、測定試料2枚をその吸収軸方向が互いに平行となるように配置した状態(白表示時)について求められる色度a*値およびb*値はa*-pおよびb*-p、測定試料2枚をその吸収軸方向が互いに直交するように配置した状態(黒表示時)について求められる色度a*値およびb*値はa*-cおよびb*-cと示す。 (Chromaticity)
The chromaticity a * value and the b * value are values determined at the time of natural light transmittance measurement according to JIS Z 8781-4: 2013. The display method of the object color defined in JIS Z 8781-4: 2013 corresponds to the display method of the object color defined by the International Commission on Illumination (abbr .: CIE). The measurement of the chromaticity a * value and the b * value is performed by irradiating the measurement sample (for example, a polarizing element or a polarizing plate) with natural light. In the following, the chromaticity a * value and the b * value determined for one measurement sample are a * -s and b * -s, and two measurement samples are arranged so that the absorption axis directions are parallel to each other. The chromaticity a * and b * values determined for the state (white display) are a * -p and b * -p, and two measurement samples are arranged with their absorption axis directions orthogonal to each other (black display The chromaticity a * values and b * values determined for time) are denoted as a * -c and b * -c.
一態様において、本発明に係る偏光素子は、a*-sおよびb*-sの絶対値の各々が1.0以下であることが好ましく、a*-pおよびb*-pの絶対値の各々が2.0以下であることが好ましい。このような偏光素子は、単体で中性色であり、白表示時に高品位な白色を表示することができる。偏光素子のa*-pおよびb*-pの絶対値は、各々独立に、より好ましくは1.5以下であり、さらに好ましくは1.0以下である。さらに、偏光素子は、a*-cおよびb*-cの絶対値が3.0以下であることが好ましいが、より好ましくは各々独立に2.0以下であり、さらに好ましくは1.0以下である。このような偏光素子は、黒表示時に無彩色の黒色を表示することができる。色度a*値およびb*値の絶対値に0.5の差があるだけでも人間は色の違いを知覚でき、人によっては色の違いを大きく感じることがある。このため、偏光素子において、これらの値を制御することは非常に重要である。特に、a*-p、b*-p、a*-c、およびb*-cの絶対値の値が、各々、1.0以下である場合には、白表示時の白色および黒表示時の黒色にその他の色がほぼ確認できない、良好な偏光板が得られる。そのような偏光板は、平行位で無彩色性、すなわち高品位な紙のような白色を実現し、かつ、直交位で無彩色な高級感ある明瞭な黒色を実現することができる。
In one aspect, in the polarizing element according to the present invention, each of the absolute values of a * -s and b * -s is preferably 1.0 or less, and the absolute values of a * -p and b * -p It is preferable that each is 2.0 or less. Such a polarizing element is neutral by itself and can display high-quality white when displaying white. The absolute values of a * -p and b * -p of the polarizing element are each independently more preferably 1.5 or less, still more preferably 1.0 or less. Furthermore, in the polarizing element, the absolute values of a * -c and b * -c are preferably 3.0 or less, more preferably each independently 2.0 or less, still more preferably 1.0 or less. It is. Such a polarizing element can display achromatic black when displaying black. A human being can perceive a difference in color even if there is a difference of 0.5 in absolute values of the chromaticity a * value and the b * value, and some people may feel a large difference in color. For this reason, it is very important to control these values in the polarizing element. In particular, when the absolute values of a * -p, b * -p, a * -c, and b * -c are respectively 1.0 or less, white and black are displayed when white is displayed. A good polarizing plate can be obtained in which the other colors can hardly be confirmed in black. Such a polarizing plate can realize an achromatic color at a parallel position, that is, a white color like high-grade paper, and can realize a clear black color having an achromatic color at a cross position.
一態様において、本発明に係る偏光素子は、高コントラストおよび高透過率を有しながら、単体での無彩色性と高偏光度を有する。本発明の偏光素子は、白表示時に高品位な紙のような白色(ペーパーホワイト)を表現することができ、黒表示時に無彩色な黒色、特に高級感ある明瞭な黒色を表現することができる。これまでは、このような高透過率と無彩色性、および、赤外域の吸収性能、さらには赤外域の偏光性能を兼ね備えた偏光素子は存在していなかった。本発明の偏光素子は、さらに、高耐久性であり、特に高温および高湿度に対する耐久性を有する特徴を有する。
In one aspect, the polarizing element according to the present invention has single color achromaticity and high degree of polarization while having high contrast and high transmittance. The polarizing element of the present invention can express high quality paper-like white (paper white) at the time of white display, and can express an achromatic black at the time of black display, in particular a clear black with a high-grade feeling . Heretofore, no polarizing element having such high transmittance and achromatic color, and absorption performance in the infrared region and further polarization performance in the infrared region has not existed. The polarizing element of the present invention is further characterized in that it is highly durable and particularly resistant to high temperature and high humidity.
[偏光素子の製造方法]
以下、基材として、ポリビニルアルコール系樹脂フィルムを例にして、具体的な偏光素子の製造方法を説明する。偏光素子は、例えば、ポリビニルアルコール系樹脂の製造、原反フィルムの作製、膨潤処理、染色処理、第1洗浄処理、架橋剤及び/又は耐水化剤を含有させる処理、延伸処理、第2洗浄処理、乾燥処理を順に行うことによって製造される。なお、これらの一部の処理は省略することが可能である。 [Method of Manufacturing Polarizing Element]
Hereinafter, a specific method of manufacturing a polarizing element will be described by taking a polyvinyl alcohol-based resin film as an example of a substrate. The polarizing element is produced, for example, of a polyvinyl alcohol resin, preparation of an original film, swelling treatment, dyeing treatment, first washing treatment, treatment containing a crosslinking agent and / or a water resistance agent, stretching treatment, second washing treatment , Manufactured by sequentially performing a drying process. Note that some of these processes can be omitted.
以下、基材として、ポリビニルアルコール系樹脂フィルムを例にして、具体的な偏光素子の製造方法を説明する。偏光素子は、例えば、ポリビニルアルコール系樹脂の製造、原反フィルムの作製、膨潤処理、染色処理、第1洗浄処理、架橋剤及び/又は耐水化剤を含有させる処理、延伸処理、第2洗浄処理、乾燥処理を順に行うことによって製造される。なお、これらの一部の処理は省略することが可能である。 [Method of Manufacturing Polarizing Element]
Hereinafter, a specific method of manufacturing a polarizing element will be described by taking a polyvinyl alcohol-based resin film as an example of a substrate. The polarizing element is produced, for example, of a polyvinyl alcohol resin, preparation of an original film, swelling treatment, dyeing treatment, first washing treatment, treatment containing a crosslinking agent and / or a water resistance agent, stretching treatment, second washing treatment , Manufactured by sequentially performing a drying process. Note that some of these processes can be omitted.
偏光素子の作製方法では、後述する膨潤工程における基材の膨潤度、染色工程における各アゾ化合物の配合比、染色溶液の温度、pH、塩化ナトリウムや芒硝、トリポリリン酸ナトリウム等の塩の種類やその濃度、および染色時間、並びに延伸工程における延伸倍率は、一態様において、偏光素子が以下の(i)~(v)の条件の少なくとも1つを満たすように調整することが好適であり、(vi)の条件をさらに満たすように調整することがより好適である。
(i)平行位透過率について、AT420-480とAT520-590との差の絶対値が5%以下となり、AT520-590と、AT600-640との差の絶対値が3%以下となる。
(ii)直交位透過率について、AT420-480とAT520-590との差の絶対値が3%以下となり、AT520-590とAT600-640との差の絶対値が2%以下となる。
(iii)視感度補正後の単体透過率が35%から50%となる。
(iv)a*値およびb*値の絶対値の各々が、偏光素子単体でともに1.0以下となり、平行位でともに2.0以下となる。
(v)直交位で測定されたa*値およびb*値の絶対値の各々が、ともに3以下となる。
(vi)単体透過率、直交透過率のそれぞれについて、それぞれ独立に、380nmから420nmの各波長の平均透過率と420nmから480nmの各波長の平均透過率との差が絶対値として15%以下、480nmから520nmの各波長の平均透過率と420nmから480nmの各波長の平均透過率との差が絶対値として15%以下、480nmから520nmの各波長の平均透過率と520nmから590nmの各波長の平均透過率と差が絶対値として15%以下、および/または640nmから780nmの各波長の平均透過率と600nmから640nmの各波長の平均透過率との差が絶対値として20%以下となる。 In the preparation method of the polarizing element, the swelling degree of the base material in the swelling step to be described later, the blending ratio of each azo compound in the dyeing step, the temperature of the dyeing solution, pH, types of sodium chloride, sodium sulfate, sodium tripolyphosphate etc. The concentration, and the dyeing time, and the draw ratio in the drawing step are preferably adjusted so that the polarizing element satisfies at least one of the following conditions (i) to (v) in one aspect, (vi It is more preferable to adjust so as to further satisfy the condition of.
(I) for the parallel position transmittance, the absolute value of the difference between the AT 420-480 and AT 520-590 is 5% or less, and AT 520-590, the absolute value of the difference between the AT 600-640 3% or less It becomes.
(Ii) With respect to the orthogonal position transmittance, the absolute value of the difference between AT 420-480 and AT 520-590 is 3% or less, and the absolute value of the difference between AT 520-590 and AT 600-640 is 2% or less Become.
(Iii) The single transmittance after the visibility correction is 35% to 50%.
(Iv) Each of the absolute values of the a * value and the b * value is 1.0 or less for the polarizing element alone, and is 2.0 or less for the parallel position.
(V) Each of the absolute values of the a * value and the b * value measured at orthogonal positions is 3 or less.
(Vi) For each of single transmittance and orthogonal transmittance, the difference between the average transmittance of each wavelength of 380 nm to 420 nm and the average transmittance of each wavelength of 420 nm to 480 nm is 15% or less as an independent value. The difference between the average transmittance of each wavelength of 480 nm to 520 nm and the average transmittance of each wavelength of 420 nm to 480 nm is 15% or less as an absolute value, and the average transmittance of each wavelength of 480 nm to 520 nm and each wavelength of 520 nm to 590 nm The difference between the average transmittance and the difference is 15% or less as an absolute value, and / or the difference between the average transmittance of each wavelength of 640 nm to 780 nm and the average transmittance of each wavelength of 600 nm to 640 nm is 20% or less as an absolute value.
(i)平行位透過率について、AT420-480とAT520-590との差の絶対値が5%以下となり、AT520-590と、AT600-640との差の絶対値が3%以下となる。
(ii)直交位透過率について、AT420-480とAT520-590との差の絶対値が3%以下となり、AT520-590とAT600-640との差の絶対値が2%以下となる。
(iii)視感度補正後の単体透過率が35%から50%となる。
(iv)a*値およびb*値の絶対値の各々が、偏光素子単体でともに1.0以下となり、平行位でともに2.0以下となる。
(v)直交位で測定されたa*値およびb*値の絶対値の各々が、ともに3以下となる。
(vi)単体透過率、直交透過率のそれぞれについて、それぞれ独立に、380nmから420nmの各波長の平均透過率と420nmから480nmの各波長の平均透過率との差が絶対値として15%以下、480nmから520nmの各波長の平均透過率と420nmから480nmの各波長の平均透過率との差が絶対値として15%以下、480nmから520nmの各波長の平均透過率と520nmから590nmの各波長の平均透過率と差が絶対値として15%以下、および/または640nmから780nmの各波長の平均透過率と600nmから640nmの各波長の平均透過率との差が絶対値として20%以下となる。 In the preparation method of the polarizing element, the swelling degree of the base material in the swelling step to be described later, the blending ratio of each azo compound in the dyeing step, the temperature of the dyeing solution, pH, types of sodium chloride, sodium sulfate, sodium tripolyphosphate etc. The concentration, and the dyeing time, and the draw ratio in the drawing step are preferably adjusted so that the polarizing element satisfies at least one of the following conditions (i) to (v) in one aspect, (vi It is more preferable to adjust so as to further satisfy the condition of.
(I) for the parallel position transmittance, the absolute value of the difference between the AT 420-480 and AT 520-590 is 5% or less, and AT 520-590, the absolute value of the difference between the AT 600-640 3% or less It becomes.
(Ii) With respect to the orthogonal position transmittance, the absolute value of the difference between AT 420-480 and AT 520-590 is 3% or less, and the absolute value of the difference between AT 520-590 and AT 600-640 is 2% or less Become.
(Iii) The single transmittance after the visibility correction is 35% to 50%.
(Iv) Each of the absolute values of the a * value and the b * value is 1.0 or less for the polarizing element alone, and is 2.0 or less for the parallel position.
(V) Each of the absolute values of the a * value and the b * value measured at orthogonal positions is 3 or less.
(Vi) For each of single transmittance and orthogonal transmittance, the difference between the average transmittance of each wavelength of 380 nm to 420 nm and the average transmittance of each wavelength of 420 nm to 480 nm is 15% or less as an independent value. The difference between the average transmittance of each wavelength of 480 nm to 520 nm and the average transmittance of each wavelength of 420 nm to 480 nm is 15% or less as an absolute value, and the average transmittance of each wavelength of 480 nm to 520 nm and each wavelength of 520 nm to 590 nm The difference between the average transmittance and the difference is 15% or less as an absolute value, and / or the difference between the average transmittance of each wavelength of 640 nm to 780 nm and the average transmittance of each wavelength of 600 nm to 640 nm is 20% or less as an absolute value.
(ポリビニルアルコール系樹脂の製造)
ポリビニルアルコール系樹脂の製造方法は、特に限定されるものではなく、公知の方法を採用することができる。ポリビニルアルコール系樹脂は、例えば、ポリ酢酸ビニル系樹脂をケン化することにより得ることができる。ポリ酢酸ビニル系樹脂としては、酢酸ビニルの単独重合体であるポリ酢酸ビニルのほか、酢酸ビニル及びこれと共重合可能な他の単量体との共重合体などが例示される。酢酸ビニルと共重合可能な他の単量体としては、例えば、不飽和カルボン酸類、オレフィン類、ビニルエーテル類、不飽和スルホン酸類などが挙げられる。ポリビニルアルコール系樹脂のケン化度は、通常85~100モル%程度であり、好ましくは95モル%以上である。このポリビニルアルコール系樹脂は、さらに変性されていてもよく、例えば、アルデヒド類で変性したポリビニルホルマールやポリビニルアセタールなども使用できる。またポリビニルアルコール系樹脂の重合度は、粘度平均重合度を意味し、当該技術分野において周知の手法によって求めることができる。重合度は、通常1,000~10,000程度、好ましくは1,500~6,000程度である。 (Manufacture of polyvinyl alcohol resin)
The manufacturing method of polyvinyl alcohol-type resin is not specifically limited, A well-known method is employable. The polyvinyl alcohol-based resin can be obtained, for example, by saponifying a polyvinyl acetate-based resin. Examples of polyvinyl acetate resins include polyvinyl acetate which is a homopolymer of vinyl acetate, as well as vinyl acetate and copolymers with other monomers copolymerizable therewith. As another monomer copolymerizable with vinyl acetate, unsaturated carboxylic acids, olefins, vinyl ethers, unsaturated sulfonic acids etc. are mentioned, for example. The degree of saponification of the polyvinyl alcohol resin is usually about 85 to 100 mol%, preferably 95 mol% or more. This polyvinyl alcohol-based resin may be further modified, and, for example, polyvinyl formal modified with aldehydes, polyvinyl acetal and the like can also be used. Further, the degree of polymerization of the polyvinyl alcohol-based resin means the viscosity average degree of polymerization, and can be determined by a method known in the art. The degree of polymerization is usually about 1,000 to 10,000, preferably about 1,500 to 6,000.
ポリビニルアルコール系樹脂の製造方法は、特に限定されるものではなく、公知の方法を採用することができる。ポリビニルアルコール系樹脂は、例えば、ポリ酢酸ビニル系樹脂をケン化することにより得ることができる。ポリ酢酸ビニル系樹脂としては、酢酸ビニルの単独重合体であるポリ酢酸ビニルのほか、酢酸ビニル及びこれと共重合可能な他の単量体との共重合体などが例示される。酢酸ビニルと共重合可能な他の単量体としては、例えば、不飽和カルボン酸類、オレフィン類、ビニルエーテル類、不飽和スルホン酸類などが挙げられる。ポリビニルアルコール系樹脂のケン化度は、通常85~100モル%程度であり、好ましくは95モル%以上である。このポリビニルアルコール系樹脂は、さらに変性されていてもよく、例えば、アルデヒド類で変性したポリビニルホルマールやポリビニルアセタールなども使用できる。またポリビニルアルコール系樹脂の重合度は、粘度平均重合度を意味し、当該技術分野において周知の手法によって求めることができる。重合度は、通常1,000~10,000程度、好ましくは1,500~6,000程度である。 (Manufacture of polyvinyl alcohol resin)
The manufacturing method of polyvinyl alcohol-type resin is not specifically limited, A well-known method is employable. The polyvinyl alcohol-based resin can be obtained, for example, by saponifying a polyvinyl acetate-based resin. Examples of polyvinyl acetate resins include polyvinyl acetate which is a homopolymer of vinyl acetate, as well as vinyl acetate and copolymers with other monomers copolymerizable therewith. As another monomer copolymerizable with vinyl acetate, unsaturated carboxylic acids, olefins, vinyl ethers, unsaturated sulfonic acids etc. are mentioned, for example. The degree of saponification of the polyvinyl alcohol resin is usually about 85 to 100 mol%, preferably 95 mol% or more. This polyvinyl alcohol-based resin may be further modified, and, for example, polyvinyl formal modified with aldehydes, polyvinyl acetal and the like can also be used. Further, the degree of polymerization of the polyvinyl alcohol-based resin means the viscosity average degree of polymerization, and can be determined by a method known in the art. The degree of polymerization is usually about 1,000 to 10,000, preferably about 1,500 to 6,000.
(原反フィルムの作製)
次に、ポリビニルアルコール系樹脂を製膜し、原反フィルムを作製する。ポリビニルアルコール系樹脂を製膜する方法は特に限定されるものでなく、公知の方法を採用することができる。原反フィルムには、可塑剤としてグリセリン、エチレングリコール、プロピレングリコール、低分子量ポリエチレングリコールなどを含有させてもよい。可塑剤の含有量は原反フィルム中5~20重量%であり、好ましくは8~15重量%である。原反フィルムの膜厚は特に限定されないが、5μm~150μm程度であることが好ましく、より好ましくは10μm~100μm程度である。 (Production of original film)
Next, a polyvinyl alcohol-based resin is formed into a film to prepare a raw film. The method of forming a polyvinyl alcohol-based resin into a film is not particularly limited, and a known method can be adopted. The raw film may contain glycerin, ethylene glycol, propylene glycol, low molecular weight polyethylene glycol, etc. as a plasticizer. The content of the plasticizer is 5 to 20% by weight, preferably 8 to 15% by weight in the raw film. The thickness of the raw film is not particularly limited, but is preferably about 5 μm to 150 μm, and more preferably about 10 μm to 100 μm.
次に、ポリビニルアルコール系樹脂を製膜し、原反フィルムを作製する。ポリビニルアルコール系樹脂を製膜する方法は特に限定されるものでなく、公知の方法を採用することができる。原反フィルムには、可塑剤としてグリセリン、エチレングリコール、プロピレングリコール、低分子量ポリエチレングリコールなどを含有させてもよい。可塑剤の含有量は原反フィルム中5~20重量%であり、好ましくは8~15重量%である。原反フィルムの膜厚は特に限定されないが、5μm~150μm程度であることが好ましく、より好ましくは10μm~100μm程度である。 (Production of original film)
Next, a polyvinyl alcohol-based resin is formed into a film to prepare a raw film. The method of forming a polyvinyl alcohol-based resin into a film is not particularly limited, and a known method can be adopted. The raw film may contain glycerin, ethylene glycol, propylene glycol, low molecular weight polyethylene glycol, etc. as a plasticizer. The content of the plasticizer is 5 to 20% by weight, preferably 8 to 15% by weight in the raw film. The thickness of the raw film is not particularly limited, but is preferably about 5 μm to 150 μm, and more preferably about 10 μm to 100 μm.
(膨潤処理)
以上により得られた原反フィルムには、次に膨潤処理が施される。膨潤処理は原反フィルムを、20~50℃の溶液に30秒~10分間浸漬させることによって行われる。溶液は水溶液が好ましい。膨潤処理における延伸倍率は1.00~1.50倍で調整することが好ましく、より好ましくは1.10~1.35倍である。後述する染色処理においても膨潤するため、偏光素子を作製する時間を短縮する場合には、この膨潤処理を省略してもよい。 (Swelling treatment)
The raw film obtained as described above is then subjected to a swelling treatment. The swelling process is carried out by immersing the raw film in a solution at 20 to 50 ° C. for 30 seconds to 10 minutes. The solution is preferably an aqueous solution. The stretching ratio in the swelling treatment is preferably adjusted to 1.00 to 1.50 times, more preferably 1.10 to 1.35 times. In order to swell also in the dyeing | staining process mentioned later, when shortening time to produce a polarizing element, this swelling process may be abbreviate | omitted.
以上により得られた原反フィルムには、次に膨潤処理が施される。膨潤処理は原反フィルムを、20~50℃の溶液に30秒~10分間浸漬させることによって行われる。溶液は水溶液が好ましい。膨潤処理における延伸倍率は1.00~1.50倍で調整することが好ましく、より好ましくは1.10~1.35倍である。後述する染色処理においても膨潤するため、偏光素子を作製する時間を短縮する場合には、この膨潤処理を省略してもよい。 (Swelling treatment)
The raw film obtained as described above is then subjected to a swelling treatment. The swelling process is carried out by immersing the raw film in a solution at 20 to 50 ° C. for 30 seconds to 10 minutes. The solution is preferably an aqueous solution. The stretching ratio in the swelling treatment is preferably adjusted to 1.00 to 1.50 times, more preferably 1.10 to 1.35 times. In order to swell also in the dyeing | staining process mentioned later, when shortening time to produce a polarizing element, this swelling process may be abbreviate | omitted.
(染色処理)
膨潤処理の後に、染色処理が施される。染色処理は、赤外光吸収水溶性化合物等の染料を用いて染色する処理である。少なくとも赤外線領域に光を吸収する水溶性化合物とともに、可視域での二色性色素として機能する色素、例えばヨウ素、及びヨウ素化合物、非特許文献1、特許文献19、特許文献20、特許文献23、特許文献24などで示される色素、好ましくは式(5)~(13)に記載のアゾ化合物、を用いて染色する処理である。染色は、例えば、膨潤処理後のフィルムを、上記化合物を含む染色用溶液に浸漬させることによって行われる。尚、二色性色素としてヨウ素を用いる場合、ヨウ化物としては特に限定されないが、例えば、ヨウ化カリウム、ヨウ化アンモニウム、ヨウ化コバルト、ヨウ化亜鉛などが挙げられる。染色用溶液におけるヨウ素の濃度は、好ましくは0.0001重量%~0.5重量%であり、より好ましくは0.001重量%~0.4重量%であり、さらに好ましくは0.001重量%~0.1重量%である。 (Staining process)
After the swelling process, a dyeing process is applied. The dyeing process is a process of dyeing using a dye such as an infrared light-absorbing water-soluble compound. Dyes that function as dichroic dyes in the visible region, for example, iodine and iodine compounds, as well as water-soluble compounds that absorb light in at least the infrared region, Non-Patent Document 1, Patent Document 19, Patent Document 20, Patent Document 23, It is a treatment of dyeing using a dye shown in Patent Document 24 or the like, preferably an azo compound described in the formulas (5) to (13). Dyeing is performed, for example, by immersing the film after swelling treatment in a dyeing solution containing the above-mentioned compound. In addition, when using iodine as a dichroic dye, it does not specifically limit as an iodide, For example, potassium iodide, ammonium iodide, cobalt iodide, a zinc iodide etc. are mentioned. The concentration of iodine in the dyeing solution is preferably 0.0001% by weight to 0.5% by weight, more preferably 0.001% by weight to 0.4% by weight, still more preferably 0.001% by weight It is ̃0.1% by weight.
膨潤処理の後に、染色処理が施される。染色処理は、赤外光吸収水溶性化合物等の染料を用いて染色する処理である。少なくとも赤外線領域に光を吸収する水溶性化合物とともに、可視域での二色性色素として機能する色素、例えばヨウ素、及びヨウ素化合物、非特許文献1、特許文献19、特許文献20、特許文献23、特許文献24などで示される色素、好ましくは式(5)~(13)に記載のアゾ化合物、を用いて染色する処理である。染色は、例えば、膨潤処理後のフィルムを、上記化合物を含む染色用溶液に浸漬させることによって行われる。尚、二色性色素としてヨウ素を用いる場合、ヨウ化物としては特に限定されないが、例えば、ヨウ化カリウム、ヨウ化アンモニウム、ヨウ化コバルト、ヨウ化亜鉛などが挙げられる。染色用溶液におけるヨウ素の濃度は、好ましくは0.0001重量%~0.5重量%であり、より好ましくは0.001重量%~0.4重量%であり、さらに好ましくは0.001重量%~0.1重量%である。 (Staining process)
After the swelling process, a dyeing process is applied. The dyeing process is a process of dyeing using a dye such as an infrared light-absorbing water-soluble compound. Dyes that function as dichroic dyes in the visible region, for example, iodine and iodine compounds, as well as water-soluble compounds that absorb light in at least the infrared region, Non-Patent Document 1, Patent Document 19, Patent Document 20, Patent Document 23, It is a treatment of dyeing using a dye shown in Patent Document 24 or the like, preferably an azo compound described in the formulas (5) to (13). Dyeing is performed, for example, by immersing the film after swelling treatment in a dyeing solution containing the above-mentioned compound. In addition, when using iodine as a dichroic dye, it does not specifically limit as an iodide, For example, potassium iodide, ammonium iodide, cobalt iodide, a zinc iodide etc. are mentioned. The concentration of iodine in the dyeing solution is preferably 0.0001% by weight to 0.5% by weight, more preferably 0.001% by weight to 0.4% by weight, still more preferably 0.001% by weight It is ̃0.1% by weight.
染色処理での溶液温度は、5~60℃が好ましく、20~50℃がより好ましく、25~50℃が特に好ましい。溶液に浸漬させる時間は適度に調節できるが、30秒~20分が好ましく、1~10分がより好ましい。染色用溶液は、水溶液であることが好ましい。染色方法は、染色用溶液に浸漬させる方法が好ましいが、膨潤処理後のフィルムに染色用溶液を塗布する方法を採用することもできる。染色用溶液に、染色助剤として、炭酸ナトリウム、炭酸水素ナトリウム、塩化ナトリウム、硫酸ナトリウム、無水硫酸ナトリウム、トリポリリン酸ナトリウムなどを含有させてもよい。染色助剤の含有量は、二色性染料の染色性による時間、温度によって任意に調整できるが、0~5重量%が好ましく、0.1~2重量%がより好ましい。
5 to 60 ° C. is preferable, 20 to 50 ° C. is more preferable, and 25 to 50 ° C. is particularly preferable. The time of immersion in the solution can be adjusted appropriately, but it is preferably 30 seconds to 20 minutes, and more preferably 1 to 10 minutes. The staining solution is preferably an aqueous solution. The dyeing method is preferably a method of immersing in a dyeing solution, but a method of applying a dyeing solution to the film after the swelling treatment can also be adopted. The dyeing solution may contain sodium carbonate, sodium hydrogencarbonate, sodium chloride, sodium sulfate, anhydrous sodium sulfate, sodium tripolyphosphate and the like as a dyeing assistant. The content of the dyeing assistant can be optionally adjusted by the time and temperature depending on the dyeability of the dichroic dye, but it is preferably 0 to 5% by weight, more preferably 0.1 to 2% by weight.
複数の染料を用いて染色する場合、染色処理の順番は特に限定されない。同時に行ってもよく、任意の順序で各染料を基材に含浸させてもよい。赤外光吸収水溶性化合物と共に他のアゾ化合物を用いる場合、それらの染色は同時に行うのが好ましい。ヨウ素を用いる場合、赤外光吸収水溶性化合物及び任意の他のアゾ化合物を基材に含浸させた後、ヨウ素を含浸させるのが、染色液の管理や生産性などの観点から好ましい。
When dyeing with a plurality of dyes, the order of the dyeing process is not particularly limited. It may be carried out simultaneously, or the dyes may be impregnated onto the substrate in any order. When other azo compounds are used together with the infrared light-absorbing water-soluble compound, their dyeing is preferably carried out simultaneously. When iodine is used, it is preferable to impregnate the substrate after impregnating the substrate with an infrared light-absorbing water-soluble compound and any other azo compound, from the viewpoint of control of the dyeing solution, productivity and the like.
(第1洗浄処理)
染色処理の後、次の処理を行う前に洗浄処理(以下、「第1洗浄処理」という)を行うことができる。第1洗浄処理とは、染色処理でフィルム表面に付着した染色用溶液を洗浄する処理である。第1洗浄処理を行うことによって、次の処理で使用する溶液中に染料が混入するのを抑制することができる。第1洗浄処理では、一般的に洗浄液として水が用いられる。洗浄方法は、染色処理後のフィルムを洗浄液に浸漬させる方法が好ましいが、染色処理後のフィルムに洗浄液を塗布する方法を採用することもできる。洗浄時間は、特に限定されないが、好ましくは1~300秒、より好ましくは1~60秒である。第1洗浄処理での洗浄液の温度は、染色処理後のフィルムが溶解しない温度であることが必要となる。一般的には5~40℃で洗浄される。ただし、第1洗浄処理を行わなくても性能に問題は出ないため、この第1洗浄処理を省略してもよい。 (First cleaning process)
After the staining process, a washing process (hereinafter, referred to as a "first washing process") can be performed before the next process is performed. The first washing process is a process of washing the dyeing solution attached to the film surface by the dyeing process. By performing the first washing treatment, it is possible to suppress the contamination of the dye in the solution used in the next treatment. In the first cleaning process, water is generally used as the cleaning solution. The washing method is preferably a method of immersing the dyed film in the washing solution, but a method of applying the washing solution to the film after the dyeing treatment can also be adopted. The washing time is not particularly limited, but preferably 1 to 300 seconds, more preferably 1 to 60 seconds. The temperature of the cleaning solution in the first cleaning process needs to be a temperature at which the film after the dyeing process does not dissolve. Generally, it is washed at 5 to 40 ° C. However, even if the first cleaning process is not performed, no problem occurs in the performance, and therefore the first cleaning process may be omitted.
染色処理の後、次の処理を行う前に洗浄処理(以下、「第1洗浄処理」という)を行うことができる。第1洗浄処理とは、染色処理でフィルム表面に付着した染色用溶液を洗浄する処理である。第1洗浄処理を行うことによって、次の処理で使用する溶液中に染料が混入するのを抑制することができる。第1洗浄処理では、一般的に洗浄液として水が用いられる。洗浄方法は、染色処理後のフィルムを洗浄液に浸漬させる方法が好ましいが、染色処理後のフィルムに洗浄液を塗布する方法を採用することもできる。洗浄時間は、特に限定されないが、好ましくは1~300秒、より好ましくは1~60秒である。第1洗浄処理での洗浄液の温度は、染色処理後のフィルムが溶解しない温度であることが必要となる。一般的には5~40℃で洗浄される。ただし、第1洗浄処理を行わなくても性能に問題は出ないため、この第1洗浄処理を省略してもよい。 (First cleaning process)
After the staining process, a washing process (hereinafter, referred to as a "first washing process") can be performed before the next process is performed. The first washing process is a process of washing the dyeing solution attached to the film surface by the dyeing process. By performing the first washing treatment, it is possible to suppress the contamination of the dye in the solution used in the next treatment. In the first cleaning process, water is generally used as the cleaning solution. The washing method is preferably a method of immersing the dyed film in the washing solution, but a method of applying the washing solution to the film after the dyeing treatment can also be adopted. The washing time is not particularly limited, but preferably 1 to 300 seconds, more preferably 1 to 60 seconds. The temperature of the cleaning solution in the first cleaning process needs to be a temperature at which the film after the dyeing process does not dissolve. Generally, it is washed at 5 to 40 ° C. However, even if the first cleaning process is not performed, no problem occurs in the performance, and therefore the first cleaning process may be omitted.
(架橋剤及び/又は耐水化剤を含有させる処理)
第1洗浄処理の後、架橋剤及び/又は耐水化剤を含有させる処理を行うことができる。架橋剤としては、例えば、ホウ酸、ホウ砂又はホウ酸アンモニウムなどのホウ素化合物、グリオキザール又はグルタルアルデヒドなどの多価アルデヒド、ビウレット型、イソシアヌレート型又はブロック型などの多価イソシアネート系化合物、チタニウムオキシサルフェイトなどのチタニウム系化合物が挙げられ、他にもエチレングリコールグリシジルエーテル、ポリアミドエピクロルヒドリンなどが挙げられる。耐水化剤としては、例えば、過酸化コハク酸、過硫酸アンモニウム、過塩素酸カルシウム、ベンゾインエチルエーテル、エチレングリコールジグリシジルエーテル、グリセリンジグリシジルエーテル、塩化アンモニウム又は塩化マグネシウムなどが挙げられる。この中で、ホウ酸が最も好ましい。架橋剤、耐水化剤は1種のみ用いてもよく、複数を組み合わせて用いてもよい。 (Treatment to contain crosslinking agent and / or water resistant agent)
After the first washing treatment, a treatment containing a crosslinking agent and / or a water resistant agent can be performed. Examples of the crosslinking agent include boric acid, boron compounds such as borax or ammonium borate, polyaldehydes such as glyoxal or glutaraldehyde, polyisocyanate compounds such as biuret type, isocyanurate type or block type, titanium oxy Examples thereof include titanium-based compounds such as sulfates, ethylene glycol glycidyl ether, polyamide epichlorohydrin and the like. Examples of the water resistant agent include succinic acid peroxy, ammonium persulfate, calcium perchlorate, benzoin ethyl ether, ethylene glycol diglycidyl ether, glycerin diglycidyl ether, ammonium chloride or magnesium chloride and the like. Of these, boric acid is most preferred. The crosslinking agent and the water resistant agent may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
第1洗浄処理の後、架橋剤及び/又は耐水化剤を含有させる処理を行うことができる。架橋剤としては、例えば、ホウ酸、ホウ砂又はホウ酸アンモニウムなどのホウ素化合物、グリオキザール又はグルタルアルデヒドなどの多価アルデヒド、ビウレット型、イソシアヌレート型又はブロック型などの多価イソシアネート系化合物、チタニウムオキシサルフェイトなどのチタニウム系化合物が挙げられ、他にもエチレングリコールグリシジルエーテル、ポリアミドエピクロルヒドリンなどが挙げられる。耐水化剤としては、例えば、過酸化コハク酸、過硫酸アンモニウム、過塩素酸カルシウム、ベンゾインエチルエーテル、エチレングリコールジグリシジルエーテル、グリセリンジグリシジルエーテル、塩化アンモニウム又は塩化マグネシウムなどが挙げられる。この中で、ホウ酸が最も好ましい。架橋剤、耐水化剤は1種のみ用いてもよく、複数を組み合わせて用いてもよい。 (Treatment to contain crosslinking agent and / or water resistant agent)
After the first washing treatment, a treatment containing a crosslinking agent and / or a water resistant agent can be performed. Examples of the crosslinking agent include boric acid, boron compounds such as borax or ammonium borate, polyaldehydes such as glyoxal or glutaraldehyde, polyisocyanate compounds such as biuret type, isocyanurate type or block type, titanium oxy Examples thereof include titanium-based compounds such as sulfates, ethylene glycol glycidyl ether, polyamide epichlorohydrin and the like. Examples of the water resistant agent include succinic acid peroxy, ammonium persulfate, calcium perchlorate, benzoin ethyl ether, ethylene glycol diglycidyl ether, glycerin diglycidyl ether, ammonium chloride or magnesium chloride and the like. Of these, boric acid is most preferred. The crosslinking agent and the water resistant agent may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
第1洗浄処理後のフィルムを、架橋剤及び/又は耐水化剤を含有した溶液に浸漬させる方法が好ましいが、第1洗浄処理後のフィルムに、架橋剤及び/又は耐水化剤を含有した溶液を塗布する方法を採用することもできる。溶液は水溶液であることが好ましい。溶液中の架橋剤及び/又は耐水化剤の含有量は、ホウ酸を例にして示すと、0.1~6.0重量%が好ましく、1.0~4.0重量%がより好ましい。溶液の温度は、5~70℃が好ましく、5~50℃がより好ましい。処理時間は30秒~6分が好ましく、1~5分がより好ましい。ただし、架橋剤及び/又は耐水化剤を含有させることは必須でなく、時間を短縮したい場合、架橋処理又は耐水化処理が不必要な場合には、この処理を省略してもよい。
Although the method of immersing the film after the first cleaning treatment in a solution containing a crosslinking agent and / or a water resistance agent is preferred, a solution containing the crosslinking agent and / or a water resistance agent in the film after the first cleaning treatment is preferred. It is also possible to adopt a method of applying The solution is preferably an aqueous solution. The content of the crosslinking agent and / or the water resistance agent in the solution is preferably 0.1 to 6.0% by weight, more preferably 1.0 to 4.0% by weight, taking boric acid as an example. The temperature of the solution is preferably 5 to 70 ° C., more preferably 5 to 50 ° C. The treatment time is preferably 30 seconds to 6 minutes, and more preferably 1 to 5 minutes. However, it is not essential to contain a crosslinking agent and / or a water resistant agent, and in the case where it is desired to shorten the time, this treatment may be omitted when the crosslinking treatment or the water resistance treatment is unnecessary.
(延伸処理)
架橋剤及び/又は耐水化剤を含有させる処理を行った後に、延伸処理を行う。延伸処理とは、フィルムを1軸に延伸する処理である。延伸方法は湿式延伸法又は乾式延伸法のどちらでもよい。延伸倍率は3倍以上、好ましくは5~7倍である。 (Stretching process)
After the treatment to contain the crosslinking agent and / or the water resistant agent, the stretching treatment is performed. The stretching process is a process of uniaxially stretching a film. The stretching method may be either a wet stretching method or a dry stretching method. The stretching ratio is 3 times or more, preferably 5 to 7 times.
架橋剤及び/又は耐水化剤を含有させる処理を行った後に、延伸処理を行う。延伸処理とは、フィルムを1軸に延伸する処理である。延伸方法は湿式延伸法又は乾式延伸法のどちらでもよい。延伸倍率は3倍以上、好ましくは5~7倍である。 (Stretching process)
After the treatment to contain the crosslinking agent and / or the water resistant agent, the stretching treatment is performed. The stretching process is a process of uniaxially stretching a film. The stretching method may be either a wet stretching method or a dry stretching method. The stretching ratio is 3 times or more, preferably 5 to 7 times.
湿式延伸法の場合には、水、水溶性有機溶剤、又はその混合溶液中で延伸する。第1洗浄処理後のフィルムを、架橋剤及び/又は耐水化剤を含有した溶液中に浸漬させながら延伸処理を行うことが好ましい。架橋剤、耐水化剤としては、上記のものが挙げられる。溶液中の架橋剤及び/又は耐水化剤の含有量は、ホウ酸を例にして示すと、0.5~15重量%が好ましく、2.0~8.0重量%がより好ましい。延伸倍率は2~8倍が好ましく、5~7倍がより好ましい。溶液の温度は40~60℃が好ましく、45~58℃がより好ましい。延伸時間は通常30秒~20分であるが、2~5分がより好ましい。フィルムを1段で延伸することもできるが、2段以上の多段延伸により行うこともできる。
In the case of the wet stretching method, stretching is performed in water, a water-soluble organic solvent, or a mixed solution thereof. The film after the first washing treatment is preferably stretched while being immersed in a solution containing a crosslinking agent and / or a water resistant agent. Examples of the crosslinking agent and the water resistant agent include those described above. The content of the crosslinking agent and / or the water resistance agent in the solution is preferably 0.5 to 15% by weight, more preferably 2.0 to 8.0% by weight, taking boric acid as an example. The stretching ratio is preferably 2 to 8 times, more preferably 5 to 7 times. The temperature of the solution is preferably 40 to 60 ° C., more preferably 45 to 58 ° C. The stretching time is usually 30 seconds to 20 minutes, preferably 2 to 5 minutes. Although the film can be stretched in one step, it can also be carried out by multi-step stretching in two or more steps.
乾式延伸法の場合には、延伸加熱媒体が空気媒体であるとき、空気媒体の温度は常温~180℃であることが好ましい。また、湿度20~95%RHの雰囲気中で処理するのが好ましい。加熱方法としては、例えば、ロール間ゾーン延伸法、ロール加熱延伸法、圧延伸法、赤外線加熱延伸法などが挙げられるが、その延伸方法は限定されるものではない。フィルムを1段で延伸することもできるが、2段以上の多段延伸により行うこともできる。
In the case of the dry stretching method, when the stretching heating medium is an air medium, the temperature of the air medium is preferably from normal temperature to 180 ° C. Further, it is preferable to treat in an atmosphere with a humidity of 20 to 95% RH. As a heating method, for example, an inter-roll zone drawing method, a roll heating drawing method, a pressure drawing method, an infrared heating drawing method, etc. may be mentioned, but the drawing method is not limited. Although the film can be stretched in one step, it can also be carried out by multi-step stretching in two or more steps.
(第2洗浄処理)
延伸処理を行った後には、フィルム表面に架橋剤及び/又は耐水化剤が析出するか、又は異物が付着することがあるため、フィルム表面を洗浄する洗浄処理(以下、「第2洗浄処理」という)を行うことができる。洗浄方法は、延伸処理後のフィルムを洗浄液に浸漬させる方法が好ましいが、延伸処理後のフィルムに洗浄液を塗布する方法を採用することもできる。1段で洗浄処理することもできるし、2段以上の多段処理をすることもできる。洗浄時間は1秒~5分が好ましい。洗浄液の温度は特に限定されないが、通常5~50℃、好ましくは10~40℃である。 (2nd cleaning process)
After the stretching treatment, the cross-linking agent and / or the water-resistant agent may be deposited on the film surface, or foreign matter may adhere to the film surface. Therefore, the film surface is washed (hereinafter referred to as “second washing treatment”). Can do). The washing method is preferably a method of immersing the stretched film in a washing solution, but a method of applying a washing solution to the stretched film can also be adopted. The cleaning process can be performed in one stage, or two or more stages of multistage processes can be performed. The washing time is preferably 1 second to 5 minutes. The temperature of the washing solution is not particularly limited, but is usually 5 to 50 ° C., preferably 10 to 40 ° C.
延伸処理を行った後には、フィルム表面に架橋剤及び/又は耐水化剤が析出するか、又は異物が付着することがあるため、フィルム表面を洗浄する洗浄処理(以下、「第2洗浄処理」という)を行うことができる。洗浄方法は、延伸処理後のフィルムを洗浄液に浸漬させる方法が好ましいが、延伸処理後のフィルムに洗浄液を塗布する方法を採用することもできる。1段で洗浄処理することもできるし、2段以上の多段処理をすることもできる。洗浄時間は1秒~5分が好ましい。洗浄液の温度は特に限定されないが、通常5~50℃、好ましくは10~40℃である。 (2nd cleaning process)
After the stretching treatment, the cross-linking agent and / or the water-resistant agent may be deposited on the film surface, or foreign matter may adhere to the film surface. Therefore, the film surface is washed (hereinafter referred to as “second washing treatment”). Can do). The washing method is preferably a method of immersing the stretched film in a washing solution, but a method of applying a washing solution to the stretched film can also be adopted. The cleaning process can be performed in one stage, or two or more stages of multistage processes can be performed. The washing time is preferably 1 second to 5 minutes. The temperature of the washing solution is not particularly limited, but is usually 5 to 50 ° C., preferably 10 to 40 ° C.
なお、ここまでの処理で用いる溶媒として、例えば、水、ジメチルスルホキシド、N-メチルピロリドン、メタノール、エタノール、プロパノール、イソプロピルアルコール、グリセリン、エチレングリコール、プロピレングリコール、ジエチレングリコール、トリエチレングリコール、テトラエチレングリコール又はトリメチロールプロパン等のアルコール類、エチレンジアミン又はジエチレントリアミン等のアミン類などが挙げられるがこれらに限定されるものではない。また、1種以上のこれら溶媒の混合物を用いることもできる。最も好ましい溶媒は水である。
As the solvent used in the treatment up to here, for example, water, dimethyl sulfoxide, N-methyl pyrrolidone, methanol, ethanol, propanol, isopropyl alcohol, glycerin, ethylene glycol, propylene glycol, diethylene glycol, triethylene glycol, tetraethylene glycol or Examples thereof include, but are not limited to, alcohols such as trimethylolpropane, amines such as ethylenediamine or diethylenetriamine, and the like. It is also possible to use mixtures of one or more of these solvents. The most preferred solvent is water.
(乾燥処理)
第2洗浄処理の後に、フィルムを乾燥させる乾燥処理を行う。乾燥処理は、自然乾燥により行うことができる。乾燥効率をより高めるために、ロールを用いて圧縮したり、エアーナイフ又は吸水ロール等によって表面の水分を除去してもよいし、送風乾燥を行ってもよい。乾燥温度は、20~100℃が好ましく、60~100℃がより好ましい。乾燥時間は30秒~20分が好ましく、より好ましくは5~10分である。 (Drying process)
After the second cleaning process, the film is dried. The drying process can be performed by natural drying. In order to further increase the drying efficiency, the surface may be compressed using a roll, or the surface moisture may be removed by an air knife, a water absorption roll, or the like, or air drying may be performed. The drying temperature is preferably 20 to 100 ° C., and more preferably 60 to 100 ° C. The drying time is preferably 30 seconds to 20 minutes, more preferably 5 to 10 minutes.
第2洗浄処理の後に、フィルムを乾燥させる乾燥処理を行う。乾燥処理は、自然乾燥により行うことができる。乾燥効率をより高めるために、ロールを用いて圧縮したり、エアーナイフ又は吸水ロール等によって表面の水分を除去してもよいし、送風乾燥を行ってもよい。乾燥温度は、20~100℃が好ましく、60~100℃がより好ましい。乾燥時間は30秒~20分が好ましく、より好ましくは5~10分である。 (Drying process)
After the second cleaning process, the film is dried. The drying process can be performed by natural drying. In order to further increase the drying efficiency, the surface may be compressed using a roll, or the surface moisture may be removed by an air knife, a water absorption roll, or the like, or air drying may be performed. The drying temperature is preferably 20 to 100 ° C., and more preferably 60 to 100 ° C. The drying time is preferably 30 seconds to 20 minutes, more preferably 5 to 10 minutes.
以上の方法で、赤外光吸収水溶性化合物を含有する偏光素子を得ることができる。
By the above method, it is possible to obtain a polarizing element containing an infrared light-absorbing water-soluble compound.
一態様において、本発明の偏光素子はヨウ素を含有し、高い透過率、コントラスト、及び耐久性を有する。
In one aspect, the polarizing element of the present invention contains iodine and has high transmittance, contrast, and durability.
一態様において、本発明の偏光素子は、平行位で測定されたAT520-590とAT420-480との差の絶対値が5%以下であり、かつ、AT600-640とAT520-590との差の絶対値が3%以下であり、それによって、赤外域に吸収または偏光機能を持ちながらも、可視域に無彩色な色と、高い透過率と偏光度を有し、かつ、高い耐久性を有する。
In one aspect, the polarizing element of the present invention has an absolute value of the difference between AT 520-590 and AT 420-480 measured in parallel is 5% or less, and AT 600-640 and AT 520-590. The absolute value of the difference between the light and light is 3% or less, thereby having an achromatic color and high transmittance and polarization degree in the visible region while having absorption or polarization function in the infrared region, and high It is durable.
一態様において、本発明の偏光素子は式(9)又は式(10)で示される化合物を含み、それによって、赤外域に吸収または偏光機能を持ちながらも、可視域に高い透過率と、偏光度と高い耐久性を有する。
In one aspect, the polarizing element of the present invention comprises the compound represented by formula (9) or (10), thereby providing high transmittance in the visible region while having absorption or polarization function in the infrared region. Have a high degree of durability.
[偏光板]
本発明の偏光板は、偏光素子と、偏光素子の少なくとも一方の面、すなわち片面又は両面に形成した透明保護層とを備える。偏光素子の少なくとも一方の面にポリマーを塗布した後、乾燥又は熱処理を行うことにより、偏光素子の少なくとも一方の面に透明保護層を設けることができる。また、ポリマーをフィルム状に成形したものを透明保護層とし、透明保護層を偏光素子の少なくとも一方の面と貼り合わせた後、乾燥又は熱処理を行うことにより、偏光素子の少なくとも一方の面に透明保護層を設けることができる。 [Polarizer]
The polarizing plate of the present invention comprises a polarizing element and a transparent protective layer formed on at least one surface of the polarizing element, that is, on one side or both sides. After applying the polymer on at least one surface of the polarizing element, the transparent protective layer can be provided on at least one surface of the polarizing element by drying or heat treatment. Further, a polymer obtained by forming a film into a film is used as a transparent protective layer, and after the transparent protective layer is bonded to at least one surface of the polarizing element, drying or heat treatment is performed to make it transparent to at least one surface of the polarizing element. A protective layer can be provided.
本発明の偏光板は、偏光素子と、偏光素子の少なくとも一方の面、すなわち片面又は両面に形成した透明保護層とを備える。偏光素子の少なくとも一方の面にポリマーを塗布した後、乾燥又は熱処理を行うことにより、偏光素子の少なくとも一方の面に透明保護層を設けることができる。また、ポリマーをフィルム状に成形したものを透明保護層とし、透明保護層を偏光素子の少なくとも一方の面と貼り合わせた後、乾燥又は熱処理を行うことにより、偏光素子の少なくとも一方の面に透明保護層を設けることができる。 [Polarizer]
The polarizing plate of the present invention comprises a polarizing element and a transparent protective layer formed on at least one surface of the polarizing element, that is, on one side or both sides. After applying the polymer on at least one surface of the polarizing element, the transparent protective layer can be provided on at least one surface of the polarizing element by drying or heat treatment. Further, a polymer obtained by forming a film into a film is used as a transparent protective layer, and after the transparent protective layer is bonded to at least one surface of the polarizing element, drying or heat treatment is performed to make it transparent to at least one surface of the polarizing element. A protective layer can be provided.
透明保護層を形成するポリマーは、機械的強度が高く、熱安定性が良好な透明ポリマーが好ましい。このようなポリマーとして、例えば、トリアセチルセルロースやジアセチルセルロースなどのセルロースアセテート樹脂、アクリル樹脂、ポリ塩化ビニル樹脂、ナイロン樹脂、ポリエステル樹脂、ポリアリレート樹脂、ノルボルネンなどの環状オレフィンをモノマーとする環状ポリオレフィン樹脂、ポリエチレン、ポリプロピレン、シクロオレフィンポリマー樹脂、ノルボルネン骨格を有するポリオレフィン又はその共重合体、主鎖又は側鎖にイミド基及び/又はアミド基を有する樹脂が挙げられる。また、透明保護層を形成するポリマーは、液晶ポリマーであってもよい。透明保護層の厚みは、例えば、0.5μm~200μm程度である。透明保護層を備えた偏光板は、偏光素子と同等の光学特性を有する。
The polymer forming the transparent protective layer is preferably a transparent polymer having high mechanical strength and good thermal stability. As such a polymer, for example, cellulose acetate resin such as triacetyl cellulose and diacetyl cellulose, acrylic resin, polyvinyl chloride resin, nylon resin, polyester resin, polyarylate resin, cyclic polyolefin resin using a cyclic olefin such as norbornene as a monomer And polyethylene, polypropylene, cycloolefin polymer resin, polyolefin having norbornene skeleton or copolymer thereof, and resin having imide group and / or amide group in main chain or side chain. The polymer forming the transparent protective layer may be a liquid crystal polymer. The thickness of the transparent protective layer is, for example, about 0.5 μm to 200 μm. The polarizing plate provided with the transparent protective layer has the same optical characteristics as the polarizing element.
透明保護層を偏光素子の少なくとも一方の面と貼り合わせるためには接着剤が必要となる。接着剤としては特に限定されないが、ポリビニルアルコールを主成分とする接着剤が好ましい。ポリビニルアルコール系接着剤として、例えば、ゴーセノールNH-26(日本合成化学社製)、エクセバールRS-2117(クラレ社製)などが挙げられるが、これに限定されるものではない。ポリビニルアルコール系接着剤には、架橋剤及び/又は耐水化剤を混合させることができる。また、ポリビニルアルコール系接着剤には、無水マレイン酸とイソブチレンの共重合体、又はその変性体を含有させてもよい。無水マレイン酸とイソブチレンの共重合体としては、例えば、イソバン#18(クラレ社製)、イソバン#04(クラレ社製)が挙げられ、アンモニア変性した無水マレイン酸-イソブチレン共重合体としては、イソバン#104(クラレ社製)、イソバン#110(クラレ社製)が挙げられ、イミド化した無水マレイン酸-イソブチレン共重合体としては、イソバン#304(クラレ社製)、イソバン#310(クラレ社製)が挙げられる。架橋剤には、水溶性多官能エポキシ化合物を用いることができる。水溶性多官能エポキシ化合物としては、例えば、ポリグリセロールポリグリシジルエーテル(デナコールEX-521(ナガセケムテック社製))、1,3-ビス(N,N-ジグリシジルアミノメチル)シクロヘキサン(TETRAD-C(三菱ガス化学社製))などが挙げられる。また、ウレタン系接着剤、アクリル系接着剤、エポキシ系接着剤といった公知の接着剤を用いることもできる。また、接着剤の接着力の向上、又は耐水性の向上を目的として、亜鉛化合物、塩化物、ヨウ化物等の添加物を同時に0.1~10重量%程度の濃度で含有させることもできる。
An adhesive is required to bond the transparent protective layer to at least one surface of the polarizing element. Although it does not specifically limit as an adhesive agent, The adhesive agent which has polyvinyl alcohol as a main component is preferable. Examples of the polyvinyl alcohol-based adhesive include, but are not limited to, Gohsenol NH-26 (manufactured by Japan Synthetic Chemical Co., Ltd.), EXEVAL RS-2117 (manufactured by Kuraray Co., Ltd.), and the like. The polyvinyl alcohol-based adhesive can be mixed with a crosslinking agent and / or a water resistant agent. In addition, the polyvinyl alcohol-based adhesive may contain a copolymer of maleic anhydride and isobutylene, or a modified product thereof. Examples of the copolymer of maleic anhydride and isobutylene include Isoban # 18 (manufactured by Kuraray Co., Ltd.) and Isoban # 04 (manufactured by Kuraray Co., Ltd.). Examples of the ammonia-modified maleic anhydride-isobutylene copolymer include isoban. # 104 (made by Kuraray) and isoban # 110 (made by Kuraray) are mentioned, and as the imidized maleic anhydride-isobutylene copolymer, isoban # 304 (made by Kuraray), isoban # 310 (made by Kuraray) Can be mentioned. A water soluble polyfunctional epoxy compound can be used as the crosslinking agent. As a water-soluble polyfunctional epoxy compound, for example, polyglycerol polyglycidyl ether (Denacol EX-521 (manufactured by Nagase Chemtech)), 1,3-bis (N, N-diglycidylaminomethyl) cyclohexane (TETRAD-C) (Mitsubishi Gas Chemical Co., Ltd.)) and the like. Also, known adhesives such as urethane adhesives, acrylic adhesives and epoxy adhesives can be used. In addition, additives such as zinc compounds, chlorides and iodides can be simultaneously contained at a concentration of about 0.1 to 10% by weight for the purpose of improving the adhesive strength of the adhesive or improving the water resistance.
偏光板を、例えば液晶、有機エレクトロルミネッセンス等の表示装置と貼り合わせる場合、後に非露出面となる表面に視野角改善及び/又はコントラスト改善のための各種機能性層、輝度向上性を有する層を設けることができる。偏光板を、これらの層や表示装置と貼り合せるには粘着剤を用いるのが好ましい。
In the case of bonding a polarizing plate to a display device such as liquid crystal or organic electroluminescence, various functional layers for improving the viewing angle and / or contrast and a layer having a luminance improving property are provided on the surface which will later be an unexposed surface. It can be provided. An adhesive is preferably used to bond the polarizing plate to these layers or a display device.
また、偏光板を、例えば液晶、有機エレクトロルミネッセンス等の表示装置と貼り合わせる場合、後に露出面となる表面に反射防止層や防眩層、ハードコート層など、公知の各種機能性層を設けることができる。この各種機能性を有する層を作製するには塗工方法が好ましいが、その機能を有するフィルムを接着剤又は粘着剤を介して貼り合わせることもできる。また、各種機能性層とは、例えば、位相差を制御する層である。
In addition, when the polarizing plate is attached to a display device such as liquid crystal or organic electroluminescence, for example, a known various functional layer such as an antireflection layer, an antiglare layer or a hard coat layer may be provided on the surface to be exposed later. Can. A coating method is preferable for producing the layer having the various functionalities, but a film having the function can be pasted through an adhesive or a pressure-sensitive adhesive. The various functional layers are, for example, layers for controlling the phase difference.
一態様において、ヨウ素を含有する本発明の偏光板は、一般的なヨウ素系偏光板と同様に480nm付近及び600nm付近を中心に高い偏光度を有すると共に、耐久性試験に適用しても色変化が従来のヨウ素系偏光板よりも少ない。
In one aspect, the polarizing plate of the present invention containing iodine has a high degree of polarization around 480 nm and around 600 nm as well as a general iodine-based polarizing plate, and changes color even when applied to a durability test But less than conventional iodine polarizers.
一態様において、赤外光吸収水溶性化合物を含有した基材からなり、2枚の偏光素子の吸収軸を平行にして測定した時の520nm~590nmにおける透過率の平均値と420nm~480nmにおける透過率の平均値との差の絶対値が5%以下であり、かつ、600nm~640nmにおける透過率の平均値と520nm~590nmにおける透過率の平均値との差の絶対値が3%以下であることを特徴とする本発明の偏光素子を用いてなる偏光板は、赤外線領域に吸収または偏光機能を持ちながらも、可視域に無彩色な色と、高い透過率と、偏光度と高い耐久性を有する染料系偏光素子を得ることができる。一態様において、赤外光吸収水溶性化合物、並びに、式(9)又は式(10)で示されるアゾ化合物を含有した本発明の偏光素子を用いてなる偏光板は、赤外域に吸収または偏光機能を持ちながらも、可視域に高い透過率と、偏光度と高い耐久性を有する染料系偏光素子を得ることができる。従来のヨウ素系偏光板又は染料系偏光板は、赤外域に偏光を有する偏光素子を提供することができないことに加え、耐久性試験において600nm~780nmの透過率変化が極めて大きく、偏光板が耐久性試験後に色変化、例えば赤く変化してしまうという問題点を有していた。すなわち、JIS Z 8729に示されるL*a*b*表色系におけるa*値及びb*値の値が変化してしまう問題を有しており、特に、偏光板2枚を吸収軸方向が直交位になるよう重ねて測定して得られる透過率の値において、600nm~780nmの透過率の上昇が激しく、赤く変化し、すなわちa*値が上昇する問題を有している。しかしながら、本願の方法では、そういったa*値の変化はより少なく、色変化が少ない高い耐久性を有する偏光板が得られる。
In one embodiment, the substrate comprises a substrate containing an infrared light-absorbing water-soluble compound, and the average value of the transmittance at 520 nm to 590 nm and the transmittance at 420 nm to 480 nm when measured with the absorption axes of two polarizing elements in parallel. The absolute value of the difference between the average and the average ratio is 5% or less, and the absolute value of the difference between the average of the transmittance at 600 nm to 640 nm and the average of the transmittance at 520 nm to 590 nm is 3% or less A polarizing plate using the polarizing element of the present invention characterized in that the achromatic color in the visible region, high transmittance, high degree of polarization and high durability while having absorption or polarization function in the infrared region The dye-based polarizing element can be obtained. In one aspect, a polarizing plate using the polarizing element of the present invention containing the infrared light-absorbing water-soluble compound and the azo compound represented by the formula (9) or the formula (10) has absorption or polarization in the infrared region. While having a function, it is possible to obtain a dye-based polarizing element having high transmittance in the visible region and high degree of polarization. The conventional iodine-based polarizing plate or dye-based polarizing plate can not provide a polarizing element having polarization in the infrared region, and the change in transmittance of 600 nm to 780 nm is extremely large in the durability test, and the polarizing plate is durable It had the problem that it changed in color, for example, turned red after the sex test. That is, there is a problem that the a * value and the b * value in the L * a * b * color system shown in JIS Z 8729 change, and in particular, the absorption axis direction of two polarizing plates In the value of transmittance obtained by measuring in an orthogonal position in an overlapping manner, the increase in transmittance at 600 nm to 780 nm is intense and changes to red, that is, the a * value increases. However, in the method of the present application, a polarizing plate having high durability with less change in such a * value and less color change can be obtained.
本発明の偏光板は、少なくとも一方の面に支持体を備えていてもよい。支持体は偏光板と貼り合わせるため、平面部を有しているものが好ましい。支持体としては、例えば、ガラス、水晶、サファイヤなどの無機材料からなる成形品、アクリル、ポリカーボネート等の有機プラスチック板が挙げられる。光学用途であるため、支持体はガラス成形品が好ましい。ガラス成形品としては、例えばガラス板、レンズ、プリズム(例えば三角プリズム、キュービックプリズム)等が挙げられる。ガラスの材質としては、例えばソーダガラス、ホウ珪酸ガラスが挙げられる。レンズに偏光板を貼付したものは液晶プロジェクターにおいて偏光板付のコンデンサレンズとして利用し得る。また、プリズムに偏光板を貼付したものは液晶プロジェクターにおいて偏光板付きの偏光ビームスプリッタや偏光板付ダイクロイックプリズムとして使用し得る。また、偏光板を、液晶セルに貼付してもよい。支持体の厚さ及び大きさは特に限定されない。
The polarizing plate of the present invention may be provided with a support on at least one surface. The support preferably has a flat portion in order to be bonded to the polarizing plate. Examples of the support include molded articles made of an inorganic material such as glass, quartz, sapphire and the like, and organic plastic plates such as acrylic and polycarbonate. For optical applications, the support is preferably a glass molding. As a glass molded article, a glass plate, a lens, a prism (for example, a triangular prism, a cubic prism) etc. are mentioned, for example. Examples of the material of the glass include soda glass and borosilicate glass. What attached the polarizing plate to the lens can be used as a condenser lens with a polarizing plate in a liquid crystal projector. Moreover, what attached the polarizing plate to the prism can be used as a polarizing beam splitter with a polarizing plate or a dichroic prism with a polarizing plate in a liquid crystal projector. In addition, the polarizing plate may be attached to the liquid crystal cell. The thickness and size of the support are not particularly limited.
ガラスを備えた偏光板には、単体透過率をより向上させるために、ガラス又は偏光板の少なくとも一方の面に反射防止層を設けることが好ましい。例えば、支持体の平面部に透明な接着(粘着)剤を塗布した後、この塗布面に本発明の偏光板を貼付する。また、偏光板に透明な接着(粘着)剤を塗布した後、この塗布面に支持体を貼付してもよい。ここで使用する接着(粘着)剤は、例えばアクリル酸エステル系のものが好ましい。なお、この偏光板を楕円偏光板として使用する場合、位相差層を支持体に貼付するのが通常であるが、偏光板を支持体に貼付してもよい。
In the polarizing plate provided with glass, in order to further improve the single transmittance, it is preferable to provide an antireflective layer on at least one surface of the glass or the polarizing plate. For example, after a transparent adhesive (adhesive) agent is applied to the flat portion of the support, the polarizing plate of the present invention is attached to the applied surface. In addition, after a transparent adhesive (adhesive) agent is applied to a polarizing plate, a support may be attached to the applied surface. The adhesive (adhesive) agent used here is preferably, for example, an acrylic ester type. In addition, when using this polarizing plate as an elliptically polarizing plate, although it is common to stick a retardation layer to a support body, you may stick a polarizing plate to a support body.
[液晶表示装置]
本発明の偏光素子又は偏光板は、液晶表示装置に用いることができる。本発明の偏光素子又は偏光板を用いた液晶表示装置は信頼性が高い、長期的に高コントラストで、かつ、高い色再現性を有する液晶表示装置になる。 [Liquid crystal display device]
The polarizing element or polarizing plate of the present invention can be used in a liquid crystal display device. A liquid crystal display using the polarizing element or polarizing plate of the present invention becomes a liquid crystal display having high reliability, long-term high contrast, and high color reproducibility.
本発明の偏光素子又は偏光板は、液晶表示装置に用いることができる。本発明の偏光素子又は偏光板を用いた液晶表示装置は信頼性が高い、長期的に高コントラストで、かつ、高い色再現性を有する液晶表示装置になる。 [Liquid crystal display device]
The polarizing element or polarizing plate of the present invention can be used in a liquid crystal display device. A liquid crystal display using the polarizing element or polarizing plate of the present invention becomes a liquid crystal display having high reliability, long-term high contrast, and high color reproducibility.
本発明の偏光素子又は偏光板は、必要に応じて保護層又は機能層、及び支持体等を備え、液晶プロジェクター、電卓、時計、ノートパソコン、ワープロ、液晶テレビ、偏光レンズ、偏光メガネ、カーナビゲーション、センサー、カメラ、分析装置及び屋内外の計測器や表示器等に使用される。特に、反射型液晶表示装置、半透過液晶表示装置、有機エレクトロルミネッセンス等において有効に利用される。
The polarizing element or polarizing plate of the present invention optionally comprises a protective layer or functional layer, and a support, etc., and is a liquid crystal projector, a calculator, a watch, a notebook computer, a word processor, a liquid crystal television, polarized lenses, polarized glasses, car navigation , Sensors, cameras, analyzers, indoor / outdoor measuring instruments and displays. In particular, it is effectively used in a reflection type liquid crystal display device, a semi-transmission liquid crystal display device, organic electroluminescence and the like.
以下、実施例により本発明をさらに詳細に説明するが、本発明はこれらによって限定されるものではない。
Hereinafter, the present invention will be described in more detail by way of examples, but the present invention is not limited thereto.
<<実施例A>>
[測定試料の作成]
(実施例A1)
ケン化度99%以上の平均重合度2400のポリビニルアルコールフィルム(クラレ社製 VF-PS)を40℃の温水に2分浸漬し、延伸倍率が1.30倍になるように膨潤処理を行った。次に、膨潤処理したフィルムを、水を1500重量部、トリポリリン酸ナトリウムを1.5重量部、無水硫酸ナトリウムを1.5重量部、及び700nm~1400nmの赤外域の光を吸収する水溶性化合物として式(101)で示す構造を有するC.I.Direct Black 19(SHAOXING BIYING TEXITILE TECHNOLOGY Co., LTD社製)を0.30重量部含有し45℃に調整した水溶液に3分30秒浸漬させ、上記赤外光吸収水溶性化合物をフィルムに含有させた。次に、得られたフィルムを、ホウ酸(Societa chimica lardrello s.p.a社製) 28.6g/l、ヨウ素(純正化学社製) 0.25g/l、ヨウ化カリウム(純正化学社製) 17.7g/lに調整した水溶液100部を2000部の水で希釈した水溶液に30℃で2分間浸漬させて、上記フィルムにヨウ素およびヨウ素化合物を含有させた。次に、得られたフィルムに対して、ホウ酸30.0g/lを含有した水溶液中50℃で5分間、延伸倍率が5.0倍になるように延伸処理を行った。次に、得られたフィルムの緊張状態を保ちつつ、ヨウ化カリウム 50g/lを含有した水溶液中30℃で20秒間浸漬処理を行った。次に、得られたフィルムに対して70℃で9分間乾燥処理を行い、偏光素子を得た。得られた偏光素子に対して、ポリビニルアルコール接着剤を用いて、アルカリ処理したトリアセチルセルロースフィルム(富士フィルム社製 ZRD-60)をラミネートして偏光板を得た。得られた偏光板は偏光素子の光学特性を維持していた。偏光板を40mm角にカットし、粘着層(ポラテクノ社製 AD-ROC)を介して、透明板ガラスに貼合することによって、本願の偏光板を用いた耐久性試験サンプルを作製し、本願の測定試料とした。
<< Example A >>
[Preparation of measurement sample]
Example A1
A polyvinyl alcohol film (VF-PS manufactured by Kuraray Co., Ltd.) having an average degree of polymerization of 99% or more and a degree of polymerization of 2400 was immersed in warm water at 40 ° C. for 2 minutes, and swelling was performed to 1.30 times the draw ratio. . Next, the swelled film is a water-soluble compound that absorbs 1500 parts by weight of water, 1.5 parts by weight of sodium tripolyphosphate, 1.5 parts by weight of anhydrous sodium sulfate, and light in the infrared region of 700 nm to 1400 nm. C. having a structure shown by the formula (101) as I. The film is immersed in an aqueous solution containing 0.30 parts by weight of Direct Black 19 (manufactured by SHAOXING BIYING TEXILE TECHNOLOGY Co., LTD.) And adjusted to 45 ° C. for 3 minutes and 30 seconds, and the above infrared light absorbing water soluble compound is contained in the film. The Next, the obtained film is 28.6 g / l of boric acid (manufactured by Societa chimica lardrello s.p.a), 0.25 g / l of iodine (manufactured by Junsei Chemical Co., Ltd.), potassium iodide (manufactured by Junsei Chemical Co., Ltd.) The film was immersed in an aqueous solution prepared by diluting 100 parts of an aqueous solution adjusted to 17.7 g / l with 2000 parts of water at 30 ° C. for 2 minutes to contain iodine and an iodine compound. Next, the obtained film was subjected to a stretching treatment in an aqueous solution containing 30.0 g / l of boric acid at 50 ° C. for 5 minutes so that the stretching ratio was 5.0 times. Next, while maintaining the tension of the obtained film, immersion treatment was performed at 30 ° C. for 20 seconds in an aqueous solution containing 50 g / l of potassium iodide. Next, the obtained film was dried at 70 ° C. for 9 minutes to obtain a polarizing element. An alkali-treated triacetyl cellulose film (ZRD-60 manufactured by Fuji Film Co., Ltd.) was laminated on the obtained polarizing element using a polyvinyl alcohol adhesive to obtain a polarizing plate. The obtained polarizing plate maintained the optical characteristics of the polarizing element. The durability test sample using the polarizing plate of the present invention is prepared by cutting the polarizing plate into a 40 mm square and bonding to a transparent plate glass through an adhesive layer (AD-ROC manufactured by Polatechno Co., Ltd.), and measurement of the present application It was a sample.
[測定試料の作成]
(実施例A1)
ケン化度99%以上の平均重合度2400のポリビニルアルコールフィルム(クラレ社製 VF-PS)を40℃の温水に2分浸漬し、延伸倍率が1.30倍になるように膨潤処理を行った。次に、膨潤処理したフィルムを、水を1500重量部、トリポリリン酸ナトリウムを1.5重量部、無水硫酸ナトリウムを1.5重量部、及び700nm~1400nmの赤外域の光を吸収する水溶性化合物として式(101)で示す構造を有するC.I.Direct Black 19(SHAOXING BIYING TEXITILE TECHNOLOGY Co., LTD社製)を0.30重量部含有し45℃に調整した水溶液に3分30秒浸漬させ、上記赤外光吸収水溶性化合物をフィルムに含有させた。次に、得られたフィルムを、ホウ酸(Societa chimica lardrello s.p.a社製) 28.6g/l、ヨウ素(純正化学社製) 0.25g/l、ヨウ化カリウム(純正化学社製) 17.7g/lに調整した水溶液100部を2000部の水で希釈した水溶液に30℃で2分間浸漬させて、上記フィルムにヨウ素およびヨウ素化合物を含有させた。次に、得られたフィルムに対して、ホウ酸30.0g/lを含有した水溶液中50℃で5分間、延伸倍率が5.0倍になるように延伸処理を行った。次に、得られたフィルムの緊張状態を保ちつつ、ヨウ化カリウム 50g/lを含有した水溶液中30℃で20秒間浸漬処理を行った。次に、得られたフィルムに対して70℃で9分間乾燥処理を行い、偏光素子を得た。得られた偏光素子に対して、ポリビニルアルコール接着剤を用いて、アルカリ処理したトリアセチルセルロースフィルム(富士フィルム社製 ZRD-60)をラミネートして偏光板を得た。得られた偏光板は偏光素子の光学特性を維持していた。偏光板を40mm角にカットし、粘着層(ポラテクノ社製 AD-ROC)を介して、透明板ガラスに貼合することによって、本願の偏光板を用いた耐久性試験サンプルを作製し、本願の測定試料とした。
[Preparation of measurement sample]
Example A1
A polyvinyl alcohol film (VF-PS manufactured by Kuraray Co., Ltd.) having an average degree of polymerization of 99% or more and a degree of polymerization of 2400 was immersed in warm water at 40 ° C. for 2 minutes, and swelling was performed to 1.30 times the draw ratio. . Next, the swelled film is a water-soluble compound that absorbs 1500 parts by weight of water, 1.5 parts by weight of sodium tripolyphosphate, 1.5 parts by weight of anhydrous sodium sulfate, and light in the infrared region of 700 nm to 1400 nm. C. having a structure shown by the formula (101) as I. The film is immersed in an aqueous solution containing 0.30 parts by weight of Direct Black 19 (manufactured by SHAOXING BIYING TEXILE TECHNOLOGY Co., LTD.) And adjusted to 45 ° C. for 3 minutes and 30 seconds, and the above infrared light absorbing water soluble compound is contained in the film. The Next, the obtained film is 28.6 g / l of boric acid (manufactured by Societa chimica lardrello s.p.a), 0.25 g / l of iodine (manufactured by Junsei Chemical Co., Ltd.), potassium iodide (manufactured by Junsei Chemical Co., Ltd.) The film was immersed in an aqueous solution prepared by diluting 100 parts of an aqueous solution adjusted to 17.7 g / l with 2000 parts of water at 30 ° C. for 2 minutes to contain iodine and an iodine compound. Next, the obtained film was subjected to a stretching treatment in an aqueous solution containing 30.0 g / l of boric acid at 50 ° C. for 5 minutes so that the stretching ratio was 5.0 times. Next, while maintaining the tension of the obtained film, immersion treatment was performed at 30 ° C. for 20 seconds in an aqueous solution containing 50 g / l of potassium iodide. Next, the obtained film was dried at 70 ° C. for 9 minutes to obtain a polarizing element. An alkali-treated triacetyl cellulose film (ZRD-60 manufactured by Fuji Film Co., Ltd.) was laminated on the obtained polarizing element using a polyvinyl alcohol adhesive to obtain a polarizing plate. The obtained polarizing plate maintained the optical characteristics of the polarizing element. The durability test sample using the polarizing plate of the present invention is prepared by cutting the polarizing plate into a 40 mm square and bonding to a transparent plate glass through an adhesive layer (AD-ROC manufactured by Polatechno Co., Ltd.), and measurement of the present application It was a sample.
(実施例A2)
実施例A1で用いたC.I.Direct Black 19 0.30重量部を、式(102)に示すFEW CHEMICAL社製 S0378 0.30重量部に替えた以外は実施例A1と同様にして、測定試料を作製した。
Example A2
C.1 used in Example A1. I. A measurement sample was produced in the same manner as Example A1, except that 0.30 parts by weight of Direct Black 19 was changed to 0.30 parts by weight of S0378 manufactured by FEW CHEMICAL shown in Formula (102).
実施例A1で用いたC.I.Direct Black 19 0.30重量部を、式(102)に示すFEW CHEMICAL社製 S0378 0.30重量部に替えた以外は実施例A1と同様にして、測定試料を作製した。
C.1 used in Example A1. I. A measurement sample was produced in the same manner as Example A1, except that 0.30 parts by weight of Direct Black 19 was changed to 0.30 parts by weight of S0378 manufactured by FEW CHEMICAL shown in Formula (102).
(実施例A3)
実施例A1で用いたC.I.Direct Black 19 0.30重量部を、式(103)に示すFEW CHEMICAL社製 S2180 0.30重量部に替えた以外は実施例A1と同様にして、測定試料を作製した。
Example A3
C.1 used in Example A1. I. A measurement sample was produced in the same manner as Example A1, except that 0.30 parts by weight of Direct Black 19 was changed to 0.30 parts by weight of S2180 manufactured by FEW CHEMICAL shown in Formula (103).
実施例A1で用いたC.I.Direct Black 19 0.30重量部を、式(103)に示すFEW CHEMICAL社製 S2180 0.30重量部に替えた以外は実施例A1と同様にして、測定試料を作製した。
C.1 used in Example A1. I. A measurement sample was produced in the same manner as Example A1, except that 0.30 parts by weight of Direct Black 19 was changed to 0.30 parts by weight of S2180 manufactured by FEW CHEMICAL shown in Formula (103).
(実施例A4)
実施例A1で用いたC.I.Direct Black 19 0.30重量部を、化合物例(1-10)に示す化合物 0.30重量部に替えた以外は実施例A1と同様にして、測定試料を作製した。 Example A4
C.1 used in Example A1. I. A measurement sample was produced in the same manner as Example A1, except that 0.30 parts by weight of Direct Black 19 was changed to 0.30 parts by weight of the compound shown in Compound Example (1-10).
実施例A1で用いたC.I.Direct Black 19 0.30重量部を、化合物例(1-10)に示す化合物 0.30重量部に替えた以外は実施例A1と同様にして、測定試料を作製した。 Example A4
C.1 used in Example A1. I. A measurement sample was produced in the same manner as Example A1, except that 0.30 parts by weight of Direct Black 19 was changed to 0.30 parts by weight of the compound shown in Compound Example (1-10).
(実施例A5)
実施例A1で用いたC.I.Direct Black 19 0.30重量部を、化合物例(1-21)に示す化合物 0.30重量部に替えた以外は実施例A1と同様にして、測定試料を作製した。 Example A5
C.1 used in Example A1. I. A measurement sample was produced in the same manner as Example A1, except that 0.30 parts by weight of Direct Black 19 was changed to 0.30 parts by weight of the compound shown in the compound example (1-21).
実施例A1で用いたC.I.Direct Black 19 0.30重量部を、化合物例(1-21)に示す化合物 0.30重量部に替えた以外は実施例A1と同様にして、測定試料を作製した。 Example A5
C.1 used in Example A1. I. A measurement sample was produced in the same manner as Example A1, except that 0.30 parts by weight of Direct Black 19 was changed to 0.30 parts by weight of the compound shown in the compound example (1-21).
(実施例A6)
実施例A1で用いたC.I.Direct Black 19 0.30重量部を、化合物例(1-10)に示す化合物1.0重量部に替えた以外は実施例A1と同様にして、測定試料を作製した。 Example A6
C.1 used in Example A1. I. A measurement sample was produced in the same manner as Example A1, except that 0.30 parts by weight of Direct Black 19 was changed to 1.0 part by weight of the compound shown in Compound Example (1-10).
実施例A1で用いたC.I.Direct Black 19 0.30重量部を、化合物例(1-10)に示す化合物1.0重量部に替えた以外は実施例A1と同様にして、測定試料を作製した。 Example A6
C.1 used in Example A1. I. A measurement sample was produced in the same manner as Example A1, except that 0.30 parts by weight of Direct Black 19 was changed to 1.0 part by weight of the compound shown in Compound Example (1-10).
(比較例A1)
実施例A1における、膨潤後の染色工程において、式(101)で示す構造を有するC.I.Direct Black 19を含有した水溶液で処理しないこと以外は実施例A1と同様にして、アゾ染料を含まないヨウ素系偏光板を作製して測定試料とした。 (Comparative Example A1)
In the dyeing step after swelling in Example A1, a C.I. I. An iodine-based polarizing plate containing no azo dye was prepared as a measurement sample in the same manner as Example A1 except that the treatment was not performed with an aqueous solution containing Direct Black 19.
実施例A1における、膨潤後の染色工程において、式(101)で示す構造を有するC.I.Direct Black 19を含有した水溶液で処理しないこと以外は実施例A1と同様にして、アゾ染料を含まないヨウ素系偏光板を作製して測定試料とした。 (Comparative Example A1)
In the dyeing step after swelling in Example A1, a C.I. I. An iodine-based polarizing plate containing no azo dye was prepared as a measurement sample in the same manner as Example A1 except that the treatment was not performed with an aqueous solution containing Direct Black 19.
(比較例A2)
実施例A1で用いたC.I.Direct Black 19 0.30重量部を、特開平3-12606号公報 実施例1に示すアゾ化合物0.3重量部に替えた以外は実施例A1と同様にして、測定試料を作製した (Comparative Example A2)
C.1 used in Example A1. I. A measurement sample was prepared in the same manner as Example A1, except that 0.30 part by weight of Direct Black 19 was changed to 0.3 part by weight of the azo compound shown in Example 1 of JP-A 3-12606.
実施例A1で用いたC.I.Direct Black 19 0.30重量部を、特開平3-12606号公報 実施例1に示すアゾ化合物0.3重量部に替えた以外は実施例A1と同様にして、測定試料を作製した (Comparative Example A2)
C.1 used in Example A1. I. A measurement sample was prepared in the same manner as Example A1, except that 0.30 part by weight of Direct Black 19 was changed to 0.3 part by weight of the azo compound shown in Example 1 of JP-A 3-12606.
[評価方法]
実施例A1~A6及び比較例A1~A2で得られた測定試料の評価を次のようにして行った。 [Evaluation method]
The evaluation samples obtained in Examples A1 to A6 and Comparative Examples A1 to A2 were evaluated as follows.
実施例A1~A6及び比較例A1~A2で得られた測定試料の評価を次のようにして行った。 [Evaluation method]
The evaluation samples obtained in Examples A1 to A6 and Comparative Examples A1 to A2 were evaluated as follows.
(a)各波長の単体透過率Ts、各波長の平行位透過率Tp、及び各波長の直交位透過率Tc
各測定試料の各波長の単体透過率Ts、各波長の平行位透過率Tp、及び各波長の直交位透過率Tcを、分光光度計(日立製作所社製“U-4100”)を用いて測定した。ここで、各波長の単体透過率Tsは、測定試料を1枚で測定した際の各波長の透過率である。各波長の平行位透過率Tpは、2枚の測定試料をその吸収軸方向が互いに平行になるよう重ねて測定した各波長の透過率である。各波長の直交位透過率Tcは、2枚の測定試料をその吸収軸方向が互いに直交するように重ねて測定した各波長の透過率である。測定は、400~900nmの波長にわたって5nm間隔で行った。 (A) Single transmittance Ts of each wavelength, parallel transmittance Tp of each wavelength, and orthogonal transmittance Tc of each wavelength
Measurement of single transmittance Ts of each wavelength of each measurement sample, parallel transmittance Tp of each wavelength, and orthogonal transmittance Tc of each wavelength using a spectrophotometer (“U-4100” manufactured by Hitachi, Ltd.) did. Here, the single transmittance Ts of each wavelength is the transmittance of each wavelength when measuring one measurement sample. The parallel transmittance Tp of each wavelength is the transmittance of each wavelength measured by overlapping two measurement samples such that the absorption axis directions are parallel to each other. The orthogonal position transmittance Tc of each wavelength is a transmittance of each wavelength obtained by overlapping two measurement samples so that the absorption axis directions are orthogonal to each other. The measurements were made at 5 nm intervals over the wavelength of 400-900 nm.
各測定試料の各波長の単体透過率Ts、各波長の平行位透過率Tp、及び各波長の直交位透過率Tcを、分光光度計(日立製作所社製“U-4100”)を用いて測定した。ここで、各波長の単体透過率Tsは、測定試料を1枚で測定した際の各波長の透過率である。各波長の平行位透過率Tpは、2枚の測定試料をその吸収軸方向が互いに平行になるよう重ねて測定した各波長の透過率である。各波長の直交位透過率Tcは、2枚の測定試料をその吸収軸方向が互いに直交するように重ねて測定した各波長の透過率である。測定は、400~900nmの波長にわたって5nm間隔で行った。 (A) Single transmittance Ts of each wavelength, parallel transmittance Tp of each wavelength, and orthogonal transmittance Tc of each wavelength
Measurement of single transmittance Ts of each wavelength of each measurement sample, parallel transmittance Tp of each wavelength, and orthogonal transmittance Tc of each wavelength using a spectrophotometer (“U-4100” manufactured by Hitachi, Ltd.) did. Here, the single transmittance Ts of each wavelength is the transmittance of each wavelength when measuring one measurement sample. The parallel transmittance Tp of each wavelength is the transmittance of each wavelength measured by overlapping two measurement samples such that the absorption axis directions are parallel to each other. The orthogonal position transmittance Tc of each wavelength is a transmittance of each wavelength obtained by overlapping two measurement samples so that the absorption axis directions are orthogonal to each other. The measurements were made at 5 nm intervals over the wavelength of 400-900 nm.
(b)視感度補正後の単体透過率Ys、視感度補正後の平行位透過率Yp、及び視感度補正後の直交位透過率Yc
JIS Z 8722:2009(C光源2°視野)に基づき各光学特性(透過率、偏光度、色相等)を算出した。C光源2°視野等色度関数に基づいて視感度補正を行うことにより、視感度補正後の単体透過率Ys、視感度補正後の平行位透過率Yp、及び視感度補正後の直交位透過率Ycを算出した。 (B) Single transmittance Ys after correction of visual sensitivity, parallel transmittance Yp after correction of visual sensitivity, and orthogonal transmittance Yc after correction of visual sensitivity
Each optical characteristic (transmittance, polarization degree, hue, etc.) was calculated based on JIS Z 8722: 2009 (C light source 2 ° visual field). By performing visibility correction based on the C light source 2 ° visual field isochromaticity function, the single transmittance Ys after the visibility correction, the parallel transmittance Yp after the visibility correction, and the orthogonal position transmission after the visibility correction The rate Yc was calculated.
JIS Z 8722:2009(C光源2°視野)に基づき各光学特性(透過率、偏光度、色相等)を算出した。C光源2°視野等色度関数に基づいて視感度補正を行うことにより、視感度補正後の単体透過率Ys、視感度補正後の平行位透過率Yp、及び視感度補正後の直交位透過率Ycを算出した。 (B) Single transmittance Ys after correction of visual sensitivity, parallel transmittance Yp after correction of visual sensitivity, and orthogonal transmittance Yc after correction of visual sensitivity
Each optical characteristic (transmittance, polarization degree, hue, etc.) was calculated based on JIS Z 8722: 2009 (C light source 2 ° visual field). By performing visibility correction based on the C light source 2 ° visual field isochromaticity function, the single transmittance Ys after the visibility correction, the parallel transmittance Yp after the visibility correction, and the orthogonal position transmission after the visibility correction The rate Yc was calculated.
(c)偏光度
偏光度ρyは、視感度補正後の平行位透過率Yp及び視感度補正後の直交位透過率Ycから、下記計算式(1)により求めた。
ρy={(Yp-Yc)/(Yp+Yc)}1/2×100 (1)
(C) Degree of polarization The degree of polarization yy is determined by the following equation (1) from the parallel transmittance Yp after the visibility correction and the orthogonal transmittance Yc after the visibility correction.
ρy = {(Yp−Yc) / (Yp + Yc)} 1/2 × 100 (1)
偏光度ρyは、視感度補正後の平行位透過率Yp及び視感度補正後の直交位透過率Ycから、下記計算式(1)により求めた。
ρy={(Yp-Yc)/(Yp+Yc)}1/2×100 (1)
(C) Degree of polarization The degree of polarization yy is determined by the following equation (1) from the parallel transmittance Yp after the visibility correction and the orthogonal transmittance Yc after the visibility correction.
ρy = {(Yp−Yc) / (Yp + Yc)} 1/2 × 100 (1)
(d)色度a*値およびb*値
各測定試料について、JIS Z 8781-4:2013に従って、単体透過率Ts測定時、平行位透過率Tp測定時、及び直交位透過率Tc測定時の各々における色度a*値及びb*値を測定した。測定には、上記の分光光度計を使用し、光源には、C光源を用いた。ここで、a*-s及びb*-s、a*-p及びb*-p、並びにa*-c及びb*-cは、単体透過率Ts、平行位透過率Tp、及び直交位透過率Tcの測定時における色度a*値及びb*値にそれぞれ対応する。 (D) Chromaticity a * value and b * value For each measurement sample, when measuring single transmittance Ts, measuring parallel transmittance Tp, and measuring orthogonal transmittance Tc according to JIS Z 8781-4: 2013 The chromaticity a * value and b * value in each were measured. The above-mentioned spectrophotometer was used for the measurement, and a C light source was used as a light source. Here, a * -s and b * -s, a * -p and b * -p, and a * -c and b * -c are single transmittance Ts, parallel transmittance Tp, and orthogonal transmittance. These correspond to the chromaticity a * value and the b * value at the time of measurement of the rate Tc.
各測定試料について、JIS Z 8781-4:2013に従って、単体透過率Ts測定時、平行位透過率Tp測定時、及び直交位透過率Tc測定時の各々における色度a*値及びb*値を測定した。測定には、上記の分光光度計を使用し、光源には、C光源を用いた。ここで、a*-s及びb*-s、a*-p及びb*-p、並びにa*-c及びb*-cは、単体透過率Ts、平行位透過率Tp、及び直交位透過率Tcの測定時における色度a*値及びb*値にそれぞれ対応する。 (D) Chromaticity a * value and b * value For each measurement sample, when measuring single transmittance Ts, measuring parallel transmittance Tp, and measuring orthogonal transmittance Tc according to JIS Z 8781-4: 2013 The chromaticity a * value and b * value in each were measured. The above-mentioned spectrophotometer was used for the measurement, and a C light source was used as a light source. Here, a * -s and b * -s, a * -p and b * -p, and a * -c and b * -c are single transmittance Ts, parallel transmittance Tp, and orthogonal transmittance. These correspond to the chromaticity a * value and the b * value at the time of measurement of the rate Tc.
実施例A1~6、比較例A1及びA2で得られた耐久性試験サンプルの初期の視感度補正後の単体透過率(Ys-s)、初期の視感度補正後の直交位透過率(Yc-s)、初期の780nmの直交位透過率(Tc780-s)、及び初期の直交位のa*値(a*c-s)、並びに、耐久性試験として105℃環境下において1000時間適用後の視感度補正後の単体透過率(Ys-e)、視感度補正後の直交位透過率(Yc-e)、耐久性試験後の780nmの直交位透過率(Tc780-e)、及び耐久性試験後の直交位のa*値(a*c-e)を表A1に示す。偏光素子としては、耐久性試験後の780nmの直交位透過率(Tc780-e)の値が35以下であることが好ましく、30以下であることがより好ましい。
Single transmittance (Ys-s) after the initial visibility correction of the durability test samples obtained in Examples A1 to 6 and Comparative Examples A1 and A2, and orthogonal transmittance (Yc- after the initial visibility correction) s), initial 780 nm orthogonal transmittance (Tc 780-s), and initial orthogonal a * value (a * c-s), and after application for 1000 hours in a 105 ° C. environment as a durability test Single transmittance after correction of visual sensitivity (Ys-e), orthogonal transmission after correction of visual sensitivity (Yc-e), orthogonal transmission of 780 nm after durability test (Tc 780-e), and durability test The later orthogonal position a * values (a * c-e) are shown in Table A1. As the polarizing element, the value of orthogonal transmittance (Tc 780-e) at 780 nm after the durability test is preferably 35 or less, more preferably 30 or less.
表1に示すように、実施例A1~6は、比較例A1及び2と比較して、同等の透過率と高い偏光度を有していることが分かる。さらに、105℃を1000時間適用後においても、従来のヨウ素系偏光板(比較例A1)に比べて、直交位での780nmの変化が少なく、かつ、a*値の変化が少なく、見た目としても色の変化の少ない高い耐久性を有していることが分かる。すなわち、本発明の偏光素子を用いて得られる偏光板は、従来のヨウ素系偏光板と同等のコントラストを実現しながらも、高い温度のような耐久性を適用した環境下でも高い耐久性を維持していることが分かる。本願の結果から、本発明の偏光素子又は偏光板を用いた液晶表示装置は、高輝度、高コントラストなだけでなく、信頼性が高い、長期的に高コントラストな液晶表示装置となる。
As shown in Table 1, it can be seen that Examples A1 to 6 have comparable transmittance and higher degree of polarization compared to Comparative Examples A1 and 2. Furthermore, even after application at 105 ° C. for 1000 hours, the change in the 780 nm at the orthogonal position is small and the change in the a * value is small as compared with the conventional iodine polarizing plate (comparative example A1). It can be seen that it has high durability with little change in color. That is, the polarizing plate obtained by using the polarizing element of the present invention maintains high durability even in an environment where durability such as high temperature is applied while achieving the same contrast as the conventional iodine-based polarizing plate I understand that I am doing. From the results of the present application, the liquid crystal display device using the polarizing element or polarizing plate of the present invention is not only high brightness and high contrast, but also a highly reliable, long-term high contrast liquid crystal display device.
(e)近赤外領域の偏光度
実施例A4~A6において、850nmの単体透過率(Ts)、直交位透過率(Tc)、および、偏光度(ρ)を測定した。その結果を表A2に示す。 (E) Degree of Polarization in Near-Infrared Region In Examples A4 to A6, single transmittance (Ts), cross transmittance (Tc), and degree of polarization ()) of 850 nm were measured. The results are shown in Table A2.
実施例A4~A6において、850nmの単体透過率(Ts)、直交位透過率(Tc)、および、偏光度(ρ)を測定した。その結果を表A2に示す。 (E) Degree of Polarization in Near-Infrared Region In Examples A4 to A6, single transmittance (Ts), cross transmittance (Tc), and degree of polarization ()) of 850 nm were measured. The results are shown in Table A2.
表2に示すように、実施例A4~6は、赤外域である850nmにおいても90%以上の高い偏光度を有していることが分かった。対して、比較例A1は、同偏光度は3%弱であり、ほとんど偏光性能を確認できなかった。つまり、本願の偏光板は、可視域においてヨウ素系偏光板並みの高い偏光度を有しているばかりでなく、かつ、赤外域に至るまで高い偏光度を有する広帯域な偏光板が得られていることが分かる。
As shown in Table 2, it was found that Examples A4 to 6 have a high degree of polarization of 90% or more even at 850 nm which is an infrared region. On the other hand, in Comparative Example A1, the degree of polarization was less than 3%, and almost no polarization performance could be confirmed. That is, the polarizing plate of the present invention not only has a polarization degree as high as that of an iodine-based polarizing plate in the visible range, but also a wide band polarizing plate having a high polarization degree up to the infrared range. I understand that.
<<実施例B>>
[測定試料の作成]
(実施例B1)
ケン化度99%以上の平均重合度2400のポリビニルアルコールフィルム(クラレ社製 VF-PS)を40℃の温水に2分浸漬し、延伸倍率が1.30倍なるように膨潤処理を行った。次に、膨潤処理したフィルムを、水を1500重量部、トリポリリン酸ナトリウムを1.5重量部、無水硫酸ナトリウムを1.5重量部、700nm~1400nmの赤外域に光を吸収する水溶性化合物として下記式(101)に示す構造を有するC.I.Direct Black 19(SHAOXING BIYING TEXITILE TECHNOLOGY Co., LTD社製)を0.30重量部、式(5)の化合物として本願化合物例(5-1)に示すアゾ化合物を0.16重量部、式(10)の構造を有する化合物として上記式(10-22)に示すアゾ化合物を0.040重量部、式(10)の構造を有する化合物として本願化合物例(10-2)に示すアゾ化合物を0.027重量部、日本化薬社製 Kayarus Supra Orange 2GLを0.16重量部含有し45℃に調整した水溶液に、13分浸漬させ、上記赤外光吸収水溶性化合物等をフィルムに含有させた。次に、得られたフィルムを、ホウ酸(Societa chimica lardrello s.p.a社製) 40重量部を2000部の水に溶解させた水溶液に30℃で2分間浸漬させた。次に、得られたフィルムに対して、ホウ酸30.0g/lを含有した水溶液中50℃で5分間、延伸倍率が5.0倍になるように延伸処理を行った。次に、得られたフィルムに対して20℃の水中で20秒間浸漬処理(洗浄処理)を行った。次に、得られたフィルムに対して70℃で9分間乾燥処理を行い、偏光素子を得た。得られた偏光素子に対して、ポリビニルアルコール接着剤を用いて、アルカリ処理したトリアセチルセルロースフィルム(富士フィルム社製 ZRD-60)をラミネートして偏光板を得た。得られた偏光板は偏光素子の光学特性を維持していた。偏光板を40mm角にカットし、粘着層(ポラテクノ社製 AD-ROC)を介して、透明板ガラスに貼合することによって、本願の偏光板を用いた耐久性試験サンプルを作製し、本願の測定試料とした。
<< Example B >>
[Preparation of measurement sample]
Example B1
A polyvinyl alcohol film (VF-PS, manufactured by Kuraray Co., Ltd., VF-PS) having an average degree of polymerization of 99% or more and a degree of polymerization of 99% was immersed in warm water at 40 ° C. for 2 minutes, and swelling treatment was performed to make the draw ratio 1.30 times. Next, as a water-soluble compound capable of absorbing light in the infrared region of 700 nm to 1400 nm, the swelled film is 1500 parts by weight of water, 1.5 parts by weight of sodium tripolyphosphate, 1.5 parts by weight of anhydrous sodium sulfate, And C.I. I. 0.30 parts by weight of Direct Black 19 (manufactured by SHAOXING BIYING TEXITILE TECHNOLOGY Co., LTD.), 0.16 parts by weight of the azo compound shown in the compound example (5-1) of the present invention as a compound of the formula (5) 10) using 0.040 parts by weight of the azo compound represented by the above formula (10-22), and the azo compound represented by the compound example (10-2) of the present invention as a compound having the structure of formula (10) The film was immersed for 13 minutes in an aqueous solution containing 0.16 parts by weight of Kayarus Supra Orange 2GL manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd. and adjusted to 45 ° C. for 13 minutes to contain the above-mentioned infrared light-absorbing water-soluble compound etc. . Next, the obtained film was immersed in an aqueous solution of 40 parts by weight of boric acid (manufactured by Societa Chimica lardrello s.p.a) dissolved in 2000 parts of water at 30 ° C. for 2 minutes. Next, the obtained film was subjected to a stretching treatment in an aqueous solution containing 30.0 g / l of boric acid at 50 ° C. for 5 minutes so that the stretching ratio was 5.0 times. Next, the obtained film was subjected to immersion treatment (washing treatment) in water at 20 ° C. for 20 seconds. Next, the obtained film was dried at 70 ° C. for 9 minutes to obtain a polarizing element. An alkali-treated triacetyl cellulose film (ZRD-60 manufactured by Fuji Film Co., Ltd.) was laminated on the obtained polarizing element using a polyvinyl alcohol adhesive to obtain a polarizing plate. The obtained polarizing plate maintained the optical characteristics of the polarizing element. The durability test sample using the polarizing plate of the present invention is prepared by cutting the polarizing plate into a 40 mm square and bonding to a transparent plate glass through an adhesive layer (AD-ROC manufactured by Polatechno Co., Ltd.), and measurement of the present application It was a sample.
[測定試料の作成]
(実施例B1)
ケン化度99%以上の平均重合度2400のポリビニルアルコールフィルム(クラレ社製 VF-PS)を40℃の温水に2分浸漬し、延伸倍率が1.30倍なるように膨潤処理を行った。次に、膨潤処理したフィルムを、水を1500重量部、トリポリリン酸ナトリウムを1.5重量部、無水硫酸ナトリウムを1.5重量部、700nm~1400nmの赤外域に光を吸収する水溶性化合物として下記式(101)に示す構造を有するC.I.Direct Black 19(SHAOXING BIYING TEXITILE TECHNOLOGY Co., LTD社製)を0.30重量部、式(5)の化合物として本願化合物例(5-1)に示すアゾ化合物を0.16重量部、式(10)の構造を有する化合物として上記式(10-22)に示すアゾ化合物を0.040重量部、式(10)の構造を有する化合物として本願化合物例(10-2)に示すアゾ化合物を0.027重量部、日本化薬社製 Kayarus Supra Orange 2GLを0.16重量部含有し45℃に調整した水溶液に、13分浸漬させ、上記赤外光吸収水溶性化合物等をフィルムに含有させた。次に、得られたフィルムを、ホウ酸(Societa chimica lardrello s.p.a社製) 40重量部を2000部の水に溶解させた水溶液に30℃で2分間浸漬させた。次に、得られたフィルムに対して、ホウ酸30.0g/lを含有した水溶液中50℃で5分間、延伸倍率が5.0倍になるように延伸処理を行った。次に、得られたフィルムに対して20℃の水中で20秒間浸漬処理(洗浄処理)を行った。次に、得られたフィルムに対して70℃で9分間乾燥処理を行い、偏光素子を得た。得られた偏光素子に対して、ポリビニルアルコール接着剤を用いて、アルカリ処理したトリアセチルセルロースフィルム(富士フィルム社製 ZRD-60)をラミネートして偏光板を得た。得られた偏光板は偏光素子の光学特性を維持していた。偏光板を40mm角にカットし、粘着層(ポラテクノ社製 AD-ROC)を介して、透明板ガラスに貼合することによって、本願の偏光板を用いた耐久性試験サンプルを作製し、本願の測定試料とした。
[Preparation of measurement sample]
Example B1
A polyvinyl alcohol film (VF-PS, manufactured by Kuraray Co., Ltd., VF-PS) having an average degree of polymerization of 99% or more and a degree of polymerization of 99% was immersed in warm water at 40 ° C. for 2 minutes, and swelling treatment was performed to make the draw ratio 1.30 times. Next, as a water-soluble compound capable of absorbing light in the infrared region of 700 nm to 1400 nm, the swelled film is 1500 parts by weight of water, 1.5 parts by weight of sodium tripolyphosphate, 1.5 parts by weight of anhydrous sodium sulfate, And C.I. I. 0.30 parts by weight of Direct Black 19 (manufactured by SHAOXING BIYING TEXITILE TECHNOLOGY Co., LTD.), 0.16 parts by weight of the azo compound shown in the compound example (5-1) of the present invention as a compound of the formula (5) 10) using 0.040 parts by weight of the azo compound represented by the above formula (10-22), and the azo compound represented by the compound example (10-2) of the present invention as a compound having the structure of formula (10) The film was immersed for 13 minutes in an aqueous solution containing 0.16 parts by weight of Kayarus Supra Orange 2GL manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd. and adjusted to 45 ° C. for 13 minutes to contain the above-mentioned infrared light-absorbing water-soluble compound etc. . Next, the obtained film was immersed in an aqueous solution of 40 parts by weight of boric acid (manufactured by Societa Chimica lardrello s.p.a) dissolved in 2000 parts of water at 30 ° C. for 2 minutes. Next, the obtained film was subjected to a stretching treatment in an aqueous solution containing 30.0 g / l of boric acid at 50 ° C. for 5 minutes so that the stretching ratio was 5.0 times. Next, the obtained film was subjected to immersion treatment (washing treatment) in water at 20 ° C. for 20 seconds. Next, the obtained film was dried at 70 ° C. for 9 minutes to obtain a polarizing element. An alkali-treated triacetyl cellulose film (ZRD-60 manufactured by Fuji Film Co., Ltd.) was laminated on the obtained polarizing element using a polyvinyl alcohol adhesive to obtain a polarizing plate. The obtained polarizing plate maintained the optical characteristics of the polarizing element. The durability test sample using the polarizing plate of the present invention is prepared by cutting the polarizing plate into a 40 mm square and bonding to a transparent plate glass through an adhesive layer (AD-ROC manufactured by Polatechno Co., Ltd.), and measurement of the present application It was a sample.
(実施例B2)
実施例B1で用いたC.I.Direct Black 19 0.30重量部を、下記式(102)に示すFEW CHEMICAL社製 S0378 0.30重量部に替えた以外は実施例B1と同様に測定試料を作製した。
Example B2
C.I. used in Example B1. I. A measurement sample was produced in the same manner as Example B1, except that 0.30 parts by weight of Direct Black 19 was changed to 0.30 parts by weight of S0378 manufactured by FEW CHEMICAL Co., Ltd. shown in the following formula (102).
実施例B1で用いたC.I.Direct Black 19 0.30重量部を、下記式(102)に示すFEW CHEMICAL社製 S0378 0.30重量部に替えた以外は実施例B1と同様に測定試料を作製した。
C.I. used in Example B1. I. A measurement sample was produced in the same manner as Example B1, except that 0.30 parts by weight of Direct Black 19 was changed to 0.30 parts by weight of S0378 manufactured by FEW CHEMICAL Co., Ltd. shown in the following formula (102).
(実施例B3)
実施例B1で用いたC.I.Direct Black 19 0.30重量部を、式(103)に示すFEW CHEMICAL社製 S2180 0.30重量部に替えた以外は実施例B1と同様に測定試料を作製した。
Example B3
C.I. used in Example B1. I. A measurement sample was produced in the same manner as in Example B1, except that 0.30 parts by weight of Direct Black 19 was changed to 0.30 parts by weight of S2180 manufactured by FEW CHEMICAL Co., Ltd. shown in Formula (103).
実施例B1で用いたC.I.Direct Black 19 0.30重量部を、式(103)に示すFEW CHEMICAL社製 S2180 0.30重量部に替えた以外は実施例B1と同様に測定試料を作製した。
C.I. used in Example B1. I. A measurement sample was produced in the same manner as in Example B1, except that 0.30 parts by weight of Direct Black 19 was changed to 0.30 parts by weight of S2180 manufactured by FEW CHEMICAL Co., Ltd. shown in Formula (103).
(実施例B4)
実施例B1で用いたC.I.Direct Black 19 0.30重量部を、本願化合物例(1-10)に示す化合物0.30重量部に替えた以外は実施例B1と同様に測定試料を作製した。 Example B4
C.I. used in Example B1. I. A measurement sample was produced in the same manner as Example B1, except that 0.30 parts by weight of Direct Black 19 was changed to 0.30 parts by weight of the compound shown in the present compound example (1-10).
実施例B1で用いたC.I.Direct Black 19 0.30重量部を、本願化合物例(1-10)に示す化合物0.30重量部に替えた以外は実施例B1と同様に測定試料を作製した。 Example B4
C.I. used in Example B1. I. A measurement sample was produced in the same manner as Example B1, except that 0.30 parts by weight of Direct Black 19 was changed to 0.30 parts by weight of the compound shown in the present compound example (1-10).
(実施例B5)
実施例B1で用いたC.I.Direct Black 19 0.30重量部を、本願化合物例(1-21)に示す化合物0.30重量部に替えた以外は実施例B1と同様に測定試料を作製した。 Example B5
C.I. used in Example B1. I. A measurement sample was prepared in the same manner as Example B1, except that 0.30 parts by weight of Direct Black 19 was changed to 0.30 parts by weight of the compound shown in the present compound example (1-21).
実施例B1で用いたC.I.Direct Black 19 0.30重量部を、本願化合物例(1-21)に示す化合物0.30重量部に替えた以外は実施例B1と同様に測定試料を作製した。 Example B5
C.I. used in Example B1. I. A measurement sample was prepared in the same manner as Example B1, except that 0.30 parts by weight of Direct Black 19 was changed to 0.30 parts by weight of the compound shown in the present compound example (1-21).
(実施例B6)
実施例B1で用いたC.I.Direct Black 19 0.30重量部を、本願化合物例(1-10)に示す化合物1.0重量部に替えた以外は実施例B1と同様に測定試料を作製した。 Example B6
C.I. used in Example B1. I. A measurement sample was produced in the same manner as Example B1, except that 0.30 parts by weight of Direct Black 19 was changed to 1.0 part by weight of the compound shown in the present compound example (1-10).
実施例B1で用いたC.I.Direct Black 19 0.30重量部を、本願化合物例(1-10)に示す化合物1.0重量部に替えた以外は実施例B1と同様に測定試料を作製した。 Example B6
C.I. used in Example B1. I. A measurement sample was produced in the same manner as Example B1, except that 0.30 parts by weight of Direct Black 19 was changed to 1.0 part by weight of the compound shown in the present compound example (1-10).
(実施例B7)
実施例B6で用いた式(10-22)に示すアゾ化合物0.040重量部を、上記式(11-30に示すアゾ化合物0.3重量部に替えた以外は実施例B6と同様に測定試料を作製した。 Example B7
Measured in the same manner as in Example B6 except that 0.040 parts by weight of the azo compound represented by the formula (10-22) used in Example B6 was changed to 0.3 parts by weight of the azo compound represented by the above formula (11-30) A sample was made.
実施例B6で用いた式(10-22)に示すアゾ化合物0.040重量部を、上記式(11-30に示すアゾ化合物0.3重量部に替えた以外は実施例B6と同様に測定試料を作製した。 Example B7
Measured in the same manner as in Example B6 except that 0.040 parts by weight of the azo compound represented by the formula (10-22) used in Example B6 was changed to 0.3 parts by weight of the azo compound represented by the above formula (11-30) A sample was made.
(実施例B8)
実施例B6において、本願化合物例(5-1)に示す化合物0.16重量部及び上記式(10-22)に示す化合物0.040重量部のそれぞれを用いずに、代わりにC.I.Direct Blue 71(本願化合物例6-9)0.3重量部を用いた以外は実施例B6と同様に測定試料を作製した。 Example B8
In Example B6, instead of using each of 0.16 parts by weight of the compound shown in the present compound example (5-1) and 0.040 part by weight of the compound shown in the above formula (10-22), C.I. I. Measurement samples were prepared in the same manner as Example B6 except that 0.3 parts by weight of Direct Blue 71 (Compound Example 6-9 of the present invention) was used.
実施例B6において、本願化合物例(5-1)に示す化合物0.16重量部及び上記式(10-22)に示す化合物0.040重量部のそれぞれを用いずに、代わりにC.I.Direct Blue 71(本願化合物例6-9)0.3重量部を用いた以外は実施例B6と同様に測定試料を作製した。 Example B8
In Example B6, instead of using each of 0.16 parts by weight of the compound shown in the present compound example (5-1) and 0.040 part by weight of the compound shown in the above formula (10-22), C.I. I. Measurement samples were prepared in the same manner as Example B6 except that 0.3 parts by weight of Direct Blue 71 (Compound Example 6-9 of the present invention) was used.
(実施例B9)
実施例B6において、本願化合物例(5-1)に示す化合物0.16重量部及び上記式(10-22)に示す化合物0.040重量部のそれぞれを用いずに、代わりにC.I.Direct Blue 69(本願化合物例6-19)0.3重量部を用いた以外は実施例B6と同様に測定試料を作製した。 Example B9
In Example B6, instead of using each of 0.16 parts by weight of the compound shown in the present compound example (5-1) and 0.040 part by weight of the compound shown in the above formula (10-22), C.I. I. Measurement samples were prepared in the same manner as in Example B6 except that 0.3 parts by weight of Direct Blue 69 (Compound Example 6-19 of the present application) was used.
実施例B6において、本願化合物例(5-1)に示す化合物0.16重量部及び上記式(10-22)に示す化合物0.040重量部のそれぞれを用いずに、代わりにC.I.Direct Blue 69(本願化合物例6-19)0.3重量部を用いた以外は実施例B6と同様に測定試料を作製した。 Example B9
In Example B6, instead of using each of 0.16 parts by weight of the compound shown in the present compound example (5-1) and 0.040 part by weight of the compound shown in the above formula (10-22), C.I. I. Measurement samples were prepared in the same manner as in Example B6 except that 0.3 parts by weight of Direct Blue 69 (Compound Example 6-19 of the present application) was used.
(実施例B10)
実施例B6において、本願化合物例(5-1)に示す化合物0.16重量部及び上記式(10-22)に示す化合物0.040重量部を用いずに、代わりに本願化合物例(6-7)に示すアゾ化合物0.3重量部を用い、アゾ化合物を含有させる時間を13分から9分とした以外は実施例B6と同様に測定試料を作製した。 Example B10
In Example B6, instead of using 0.16 parts by weight of the compound shown in the present compound example (5-1) and 0.040 parts by weight of the compound shown in the above formula (10-22), instead using the present compound example (6- A measurement sample was produced in the same manner as in Example B6 except that 0.3 part by weight of the azo compound shown in 7) was used and the time for containing the azo compound was changed to 13 minutes to 9 minutes.
実施例B6において、本願化合物例(5-1)に示す化合物0.16重量部及び上記式(10-22)に示す化合物0.040重量部を用いずに、代わりに本願化合物例(6-7)に示すアゾ化合物0.3重量部を用い、アゾ化合物を含有させる時間を13分から9分とした以外は実施例B6と同様に測定試料を作製した。 Example B10
In Example B6, instead of using 0.16 parts by weight of the compound shown in the present compound example (5-1) and 0.040 parts by weight of the compound shown in the above formula (10-22), instead using the present compound example (6- A measurement sample was produced in the same manner as in Example B6 except that 0.3 part by weight of the azo compound shown in 7) was used and the time for containing the azo compound was changed to 13 minutes to 9 minutes.
(実施例B11)
実施例B10において、アゾ化合物を含有させる時間を9分から13分とした以外は実施例B10と同様に測定試料を作製した。 Example B11
In Example B10, a measurement sample was produced in the same manner as in Example B10 except that the time for containing the azo compound was changed to 9 minutes to 13 minutes.
実施例B10において、アゾ化合物を含有させる時間を9分から13分とした以外は実施例B10と同様に測定試料を作製した。 Example B11
In Example B10, a measurement sample was produced in the same manner as in Example B10 except that the time for containing the azo compound was changed to 9 minutes to 13 minutes.
(実施例B12)
実施例B6で用いた本願化合物例(10-2)に示す化合物0.027重量部を、式(10)の構造を有する本願化合物例(10-1)であるC.I.Direct Red 81 0.040重量部に替えた以外は実施例B6と同様に測定試料を作製した。 Example B12
A compound compound example (10-1) having a structure of the formula (10), C.I. I. A measurement sample was produced in the same manner as Example B6 except that 0.040 parts by weight of Direct Red 81 was used.
実施例B6で用いた本願化合物例(10-2)に示す化合物0.027重量部を、式(10)の構造を有する本願化合物例(10-1)であるC.I.Direct Red 81 0.040重量部に替えた以外は実施例B6と同様に測定試料を作製した。 Example B12
A compound compound example (10-1) having a structure of the formula (10), C.I. I. A measurement sample was produced in the same manner as Example B6 except that 0.040 parts by weight of Direct Red 81 was used.
(実施例B13)
実施例B6で用いた本願化合物例(10-2)に示す化合物0.027重量部を、式(9)の構造を有するアゾ化合物として式(9-23) 0.027重量部に替えた以外は実施例B6と同様に測定試料を作製した。 Example B13
Except that 0.027 parts by weight of the compound shown in the present compound example (10-2) used in Example B6 was changed to 0.027 parts by weight of the formula (9-23) as an azo compound having a structure of the formula (9) The same test sample as in Example B6 was prepared.
実施例B6で用いた本願化合物例(10-2)に示す化合物0.027重量部を、式(9)の構造を有するアゾ化合物として式(9-23) 0.027重量部に替えた以外は実施例B6と同様に測定試料を作製した。 Example B13
Except that 0.027 parts by weight of the compound shown in the present compound example (10-2) used in Example B6 was changed to 0.027 parts by weight of the formula (9-23) as an azo compound having a structure of the formula (9) The same test sample as in Example B6 was prepared.
(実施例B14)
実施例B6で用いたKayarus Supra Orange 2GL 0.16重量部を、C.I.Direct Orange 72 0.16重量部に替えた以外は実施例B6と同様に測定試料を作製した。 Example B14
0.16 parts by weight of Kayarus Supra Orange 2GL used in Example B6 was isolated from C.I. I. A measurement sample was produced in the same manner as in Example B6 except that 0.16 parts by weight of Direct Orange 72 was used.
実施例B6で用いたKayarus Supra Orange 2GL 0.16重量部を、C.I.Direct Orange 72 0.16重量部に替えた以外は実施例B6と同様に測定試料を作製した。 Example B14
0.16 parts by weight of Kayarus Supra Orange 2GL used in Example B6 was isolated from C.I. I. A measurement sample was produced in the same manner as in Example B6 except that 0.16 parts by weight of Direct Orange 72 was used.
(実施例B15)
実施例B6で用いたKayarus Supra Orange 2GL 0.16重量部を、C.I.Direct Yellow 28 0.16重量部に替えた以外は実施例B6と同様に測定試料を作製した。 Example B15
0.16 parts by weight of Kayarus Supra Orange 2GL used in Example B6 was isolated from C.I. I. A measurement sample was prepared in the same manner as Example B6 except that 0.16 parts by weight of Direct Yellow 28 was used.
実施例B6で用いたKayarus Supra Orange 2GL 0.16重量部を、C.I.Direct Yellow 28 0.16重量部に替えた以外は実施例B6と同様に測定試料を作製した。 Example B15
0.16 parts by weight of Kayarus Supra Orange 2GL used in Example B6 was isolated from C.I. I. A measurement sample was prepared in the same manner as Example B6 except that 0.16 parts by weight of Direct Yellow 28 was used.
(比較例B1)
実施例B1において、C.I.Direct Black 19 0.30重量部を用いなかった以外は、実施例B1と同様に測定試料を作製した。 (Comparative Example B1)
In Example B1, C.I. I. A measurement sample was prepared in the same manner as Example B1, except that 0.30 parts by weight of Direct Black 19 was not used.
実施例B1において、C.I.Direct Black 19 0.30重量部を用いなかった以外は、実施例B1と同様に測定試料を作製した。 (Comparative Example B1)
In Example B1, C.I. I. A measurement sample was prepared in the same manner as Example B1, except that 0.30 parts by weight of Direct Black 19 was not used.
[評価方法]
実施例B1~B15及び比較例B1で得られた測定試料の評価を次のようにして行った [Evaluation method]
The evaluation samples obtained in Examples B1 to B15 and Comparative Example B1 were evaluated as follows.
実施例B1~B15及び比較例B1で得られた測定試料の評価を次のようにして行った [Evaluation method]
The evaluation samples obtained in Examples B1 to B15 and Comparative Example B1 were evaluated as follows.
(a)単体透過率Ts、平行位透過率Tp、及び直交位透過率Tc
実施例Aの[評価方法](a)と同様に、各測定試料の単体透過率Ts、平行位透過率Tp、及び直交位透過率Tcを測定した。
平行位透過率Tp及び直交位透過率Tcの各々の420~480nmにおける各波長の平均値、520~590nmにおける各波長の平均値、及び600~640nmにおける各波長の平均値、並びに、800nmの単体透過率を求めた。その結果を表B1に示す。
(A) Single transmittance Ts, parallel transmittance Tp, and orthogonal transmittance Tc
[Evaluation method] of Example A In the same manner as in (a), the single transmittance Ts, the parallel transmittance Tp, and the orthogonal transmittance Tc of each measurement sample were measured.
Average value of each wavelength at 420 to 480 nm, average value of each wavelength at 520 to 590 nm, and average value of each wavelength at 600 to 640 nm for each of parallel transmittance Tp and orthogonal transmittance Tc, and 800 nm alone The transmittance was determined. The results are shown in Table B1.
実施例Aの[評価方法](a)と同様に、各測定試料の単体透過率Ts、平行位透過率Tp、及び直交位透過率Tcを測定した。
平行位透過率Tp及び直交位透過率Tcの各々の420~480nmにおける各波長の平均値、520~590nmにおける各波長の平均値、及び600~640nmにおける各波長の平均値、並びに、800nmの単体透過率を求めた。その結果を表B1に示す。
[Evaluation method] of Example A In the same manner as in (a), the single transmittance Ts, the parallel transmittance Tp, and the orthogonal transmittance Tc of each measurement sample were measured.
Average value of each wavelength at 420 to 480 nm, average value of each wavelength at 520 to 590 nm, and average value of each wavelength at 600 to 640 nm for each of parallel transmittance Tp and orthogonal transmittance Tc, and 800 nm alone The transmittance was determined. The results are shown in Table B1.
(b)2つの波長帯域の平均透過率の差の絶対値
表B2には、各測定試料の平行位透過率Tp及び直交位透過率Tcの各々の520~590nmにおける各波長の平均値と420~480nmにおける各波長の平均値との差の絶対値、及び520~590nmにおける各波長の平均値と600~640nmにおける各波長の平均値との差の絶対値を示す。
(B) Absolute value of difference in average transmittance between two wavelength bands Table B2 shows the average value of each wavelength at 520 to 590 nm and 420 for each of the parallel transmittance Tp and the orthogonal transmittance Tc of each measurement sample. The absolute value of the difference from the average value of each wavelength at ̃480 nm and the absolute value of the difference between the average value of each wavelength at 520-590 nm and the average value of each wavelength at 600-640 nm are shown.
表B2には、各測定試料の平行位透過率Tp及び直交位透過率Tcの各々の520~590nmにおける各波長の平均値と420~480nmにおける各波長の平均値との差の絶対値、及び520~590nmにおける各波長の平均値と600~640nmにおける各波長の平均値との差の絶対値を示す。
(c)視感度補正後の単体透過率Ys、視感度補正後の平行位透過率Yp、及び、視感度補正後の直交位透過率Yc
各測定試料の視感度補正後の単体透過率Ys、視感度補正後の平行位透過率Yp、及び視感度補正後の直交位透過率Ycをそれぞれ求めた。視感度補正後の単体透過率Ys、視感度補正後の平行位透過率Yp、及び視感度補正後の直交位透過率Ycは、400~700nmの波長領域で、所定波長間隔dλ(ここでは5nm)おきに求めた上記各波長の単体透過率Ts、各波長の平行位透過率Tp、及び各波長の直交位透過率Tcのそれぞれについて、JIS Z 8722:2009に従って視感度に補正した透過率である。具体的には、上記各波長の単体透過率Ts、各波長の平行位透過率Tp、及び各波長の直交位透過率Tcを、下記式(V)~(VII)に代入して、それぞれ算出した。なお、下記式(V)~(VII)中、Pλは標準光(C光源)の分光分布を表し、yλは2度視野等色関数を表す。結果を表B3に示す。尚、その際、YpをYcで除算した値がコントラスト(CR)として表す事ができる。
(C) Single transmittance Ys after correction of visual sensitivity, parallel transmittance Yp after correction of visual sensitivity, and orthogonal transmittance Yc after correction of visual sensitivity
The single transmittance Ys after the visibility correction of each measurement sample, the parallel transmittance Yp after the visibility correction, and the orthogonal transmittance Yc after the visibility correction were determined. The single transmittance Ys after the visibility correction, the parallel transmittance Yp after the visibility correction, and the orthogonal transmittance Yc after the visibility correction are predetermined wavelength intervals dλ (here, 5 nm) in the wavelength region of 400 to 700 nm. The transmittance of each of the single wavelength Ts of each wavelength, the parallel transmittance Tp of each wavelength, and the orthogonal transmittance Tc of each wavelength determined according to JIS Z 8722: 2009. is there. Specifically, the single transmittance Ts of each wavelength, the parallel transmittance Tp of each wavelength, and the orthogonal transmittance Tc of each wavelength are substituted into the following formulas (V) to (VII), respectively. did. In the following formulas (V) to (VII), Pλ represents a spectral distribution of standard light (C light source), and yλ represents a two-degree visual field color matching function. The results are shown in Table B3. At this time, a value obtained by dividing Yp by Yc can be expressed as a contrast (CR).
各測定試料の視感度補正後の単体透過率Ys、視感度補正後の平行位透過率Yp、及び視感度補正後の直交位透過率Ycをそれぞれ求めた。視感度補正後の単体透過率Ys、視感度補正後の平行位透過率Yp、及び視感度補正後の直交位透過率Ycは、400~700nmの波長領域で、所定波長間隔dλ(ここでは5nm)おきに求めた上記各波長の単体透過率Ts、各波長の平行位透過率Tp、及び各波長の直交位透過率Tcのそれぞれについて、JIS Z 8722:2009に従って視感度に補正した透過率である。具体的には、上記各波長の単体透過率Ts、各波長の平行位透過率Tp、及び各波長の直交位透過率Tcを、下記式(V)~(VII)に代入して、それぞれ算出した。なお、下記式(V)~(VII)中、Pλは標準光(C光源)の分光分布を表し、yλは2度視野等色関数を表す。結果を表B3に示す。尚、その際、YpをYcで除算した値がコントラスト(CR)として表す事ができる。
The single transmittance Ys after the visibility correction of each measurement sample, the parallel transmittance Yp after the visibility correction, and the orthogonal transmittance Yc after the visibility correction were determined. The single transmittance Ys after the visibility correction, the parallel transmittance Yp after the visibility correction, and the orthogonal transmittance Yc after the visibility correction are predetermined wavelength intervals dλ (here, 5 nm) in the wavelength region of 400 to 700 nm. The transmittance of each of the single wavelength Ts of each wavelength, the parallel transmittance Tp of each wavelength, and the orthogonal transmittance Tc of each wavelength determined according to JIS Z 8722: 2009. is there. Specifically, the single transmittance Ts of each wavelength, the parallel transmittance Tp of each wavelength, and the orthogonal transmittance Tc of each wavelength are substituted into the following formulas (V) to (VII), respectively. did. In the following formulas (V) to (VII), Pλ represents a spectral distribution of standard light (C light source), and yλ represents a two-degree visual field color matching function. The results are shown in Table B3. At this time, a value obtained by dividing Yp by Yc can be expressed as a contrast (CR).
(d)視感度補正後の偏光度
各測定試料の視感度補正後の偏光度ρyは、視感度補正後の平行位透過率Yp及び視感度補正後の直交位透過率Ycから、下記式(VIII)により求めた。
ρy={(Yp-Yc)/(Yp+Yc)}1/2×100 (VIII)
(D) Degree of polarization after visual sensitivity correction The degree of polarization y y after visual sensitivity correction of each measurement sample is expressed by the following formula (from the parallel transmittance Xp after visual sensitivity correction and the orthogonal transmittance Yc after visual sensitivity correction It calculated | required by VIII).
ρy = {(Yp-Yc) / (Yp + Yc)} 1/2 × 100 (VIII)
各測定試料の視感度補正後の偏光度ρyは、視感度補正後の平行位透過率Yp及び視感度補正後の直交位透過率Ycから、下記式(VIII)により求めた。
ρy={(Yp-Yc)/(Yp+Yc)}1/2×100 (VIII)
(D) Degree of polarization after visual sensitivity correction The degree of polarization y y after visual sensitivity correction of each measurement sample is expressed by the following formula (from the parallel transmittance Xp after visual sensitivity correction and the orthogonal transmittance Yc after visual sensitivity correction It calculated | required by VIII).
ρy = {(Yp-Yc) / (Yp + Yc)} 1/2 × 100 (VIII)
(e)色度a*値及びb*値
実施例Aの[評価方法](d)と同様に、a*-s及びb*-s、a*-p及びb*-p、並びにa*-c及びb*-cを測定した。 (E) Chromaticity a * value and b * value Similar to [Evaluation method] (d) of Example A, a * -s and b * -s, a * -p and b * -p, and a * -C and b * -c were measured.
実施例Aの[評価方法](d)と同様に、a*-s及びb*-s、a*-p及びb*-p、並びにa*-c及びb*-cを測定した。 (E) Chromaticity a * value and b * value Similar to [Evaluation method] (d) of Example A, a * -s and b * -s, a * -p and b * -p, and a * -C and b * -c were measured.
表B3に、実施例B1~B15、及び、比較例B1のYs、Yp、Yc、CR、ρy、色度を示す。
Table B3 shows Ys, Yp, Yc, CR, ρy, and chromaticity of Examples B1 to B15 and Comparative Example B1.
表B4には実施例B1~B15、及び、比較例B1の750nm、800nm、850nmの赤外域波長におけるTp、Tc、及び偏光度を示す。
Table B4 shows the Tp, Tc, and the degree of polarization in the infrared region of 750 nm, 800 nm, and 850 nm of Examples B1 to B15 and Comparative Example B1.
表B5には、初期の実施例B6、B10、B11、及び比較例B1の、可視域の波長である700nmにおけるTp、Tc、及び偏光度、並びに、各偏光板を105℃x500時間適用した後の各値を示す。
In Table B5, Tp, Tc, and polarization degree at 700 nm which is a wavelength in the visible region and initial polarization plates of Examples B6, B10, and B1 of the initial stage and after applying each polarizing plate at 105 ° C. for 500 hours Indicates each value of.
上記表B1、表B2より、本願の偏光素子は700nm~1400nmの赤外域の光を吸収する水溶性化合物を含む基材でありながらも、2枚の偏光素子の吸収軸を平行にして測定した時の520nm~590nmにおける各波長の透過率の平均値と420nm~480nmにおける各波長の透過率の平均値との差の絶対値が5%以下であり、かつ、600nm~640nmにおける各波長の透過率の平均値と520nm~590nmにおける各波長の透過率の平均値との差の絶対値が3%以下であることを特徴とする偏光素子、又はそれを用いた偏光板になっていることが分かる。表B3により、その得られた偏光素子は、a*-s、b*-sがともに絶対値で1.0以内であることから、無彩色性を有していることが分かる。また、a*-p,b*-pが共に絶対値で2.0以下であることから、平行位において偏光板は高品位な白さを実現できていることが分かる。一方で、比較例B1は、赤外域700nm以上の吸収及び偏光度が顕著に低いことが分かる。また、表B4から、本願の偏光板は、無彩色な色を実現しながらも赤外域において高い偏光度を有していることが分かる。さらに、表B5から可視域である700nmの透過率、及び、偏光度変化が少ない偏光板が得られていることが分かる。
From the above Tables B1 and B2, although the polarizing element of the present invention is a base material containing a water-soluble compound that absorbs light in the infrared region of 700 nm to 1400 nm, the absorption axes of the two polarizing elements are measured in parallel. The absolute value of the difference between the average value of the transmittance of each wavelength at 520 nm to 590 nm and the average value of the transmittance of each wavelength at 420 nm to 480 nm is 5% or less, and the transmittance of each wavelength at 600 nm to 640 nm It is a polarizing element characterized in that the absolute value of the difference between the average value of the ratio and the average value of the transmittance of each wavelength in 520 nm to 590 nm is 3% or less, or a polarizing plate using the same. I understand. From Table B3, it can be seen that the obtained polarizing element has achromaticity since both a * -s and b * -s are within 1.0 in absolute value. In addition, since both a * -p and b * -p are 2.0 or less in absolute value, it can be understood that the polarizing plate can realize high-quality whiteness at the parallel position. On the other hand, it is understood that the comparative example B1 has a significantly low absorption and polarization degree in the infrared region of 700 nm or more. Table B4 also shows that the polarizing plate of the present invention has a high degree of polarization in the infrared region while realizing an achromatic color. Furthermore, it can be seen from Table B5 that a transmittance of 700 nm, which is a visible region, and a polarizing plate with a small change in polarization degree are obtained.
<<実施例C>>
[測定試料の作成]
(実施例C1)
ケン化度99%以上の平均重合度2400のポリビニルアルコールフィルム(クラレ社製 VF-PS)を40℃の温水に2分浸漬し、延伸倍率が1.30倍なるように膨潤処理を行った。次に、膨潤処理したフィルムを、水を1500重量部、トリポリリン酸ナトリウムを1.5重量部、無水硫酸ナトリウムを1.5重量部、700nm~1400nmの赤外域の光を吸収する水溶性化合物として、下記式(101)に示す構造を有するC.I.Direct Black 19(SHAOXING BIYING TEXITILE TECHNOLOGY Co., LTD社製)を0.30重量部、式(9)の構造を有するアゾ化合物として、本願化合物例(9-23)に示すアゾ化合物を0.22重量部、式(11)の構造を有するアゾ化合物として下記式(11-45)に示すアゾ化合物を0.54重量部、式(13)の構造を有する化合物として本願化合物例(13-2)に示すアゾ化合物を0.13重量部を含有し45℃に調整した水溶液に、13分00秒浸漬させ、上記赤外光吸収水溶性化合物等をフィルムに含有させた。次に、得られたフィルムを、ホウ酸(Societa chimica lardrello s.p.a社製) 40重量部を2000部の水に溶解させた水溶液に30℃で2分間浸漬させた。次に、得られたフィルムに対して、ホウ酸30.0g/lを含有した水溶液中50℃で5分間、延伸倍率が5.0倍になるように延伸処理を行った。次に、得られたフィルムに対して20℃の水中で20秒間浸漬処理(洗浄処理)を行った。次に、得られたフィルムに対して70℃で9分間乾燥処理を行い、偏光素子を得た。得られた偏光素子に対して、ポリビニルアルコール接着剤を用いて、アルカリ処理したトリアセチルセルロースフィルム(富士フィルム社製 ZRD-60)をラミネートして偏光板を得た。得られた偏光板は偏光素子の光学特性を維持していた。偏光板を40mm角にカットし、粘着層(ポラテクノ社製 AD-ROC)を介して、透明板ガラスに貼合することによって、本願の偏光板を用いた耐久性試験サンプルを作製し、本願の測定試料とした。
<< Example C >>
[Preparation of measurement sample]
Example C1
A polyvinyl alcohol film (VF-PS, manufactured by Kuraray Co., Ltd., VF-PS) having an average degree of polymerization of 99% or more and a degree of polymerization of 99% was immersed in warm water at 40 ° C. for 2 minutes, and swelling treatment was performed to make the draw ratio 1.30 times. Next, as a water-soluble compound capable of absorbing light in the infrared region of 700 nm to 1400 nm, the swelled film is 1500 parts by weight of water, 1.5 parts by weight of sodium tripolyphosphate, 1.5 parts by weight of anhydrous sodium sulfate And C.I. I. 0.30 parts by weight of Direct Black 19 (manufactured by SHAOXING BIYING TEXITILE TECHNOLOGY Co., LTD.) As an azo compound having a structure of the formula (9), 0.22 of the azo compound shown in the present compound example (9-23) The present compound example (13-2) as a compound having a structure of formula (13), 0.54 parts by weight of an azo compound represented by the following formula (11-45) as an azo compound having a structure of formula (11) The film was immersed in an aqueous solution containing 0.13 parts by weight of the azo compound shown in and adjusted to 45 ° C. for 13 minutes 00 seconds, and the above-mentioned infrared light-absorbing water-soluble compound and the like were contained in the film. Next, the obtained film was immersed in an aqueous solution of 40 parts by weight of boric acid (manufactured by Societa Chimica lardrello s.p.a) dissolved in 2000 parts of water at 30 ° C. for 2 minutes. Next, the obtained film was subjected to a stretching treatment in an aqueous solution containing 30.0 g / l of boric acid at 50 ° C. for 5 minutes so that the stretching ratio was 5.0 times. Next, the obtained film was subjected to immersion treatment (washing treatment) in water at 20 ° C. for 20 seconds. Next, the obtained film was dried at 70 ° C. for 9 minutes to obtain a polarizing element. An alkali-treated triacetyl cellulose film (ZRD-60 manufactured by Fuji Film Co., Ltd.) was laminated on the obtained polarizing element using a polyvinyl alcohol adhesive to obtain a polarizing plate. The obtained polarizing plate maintained the optical characteristics of the polarizing element. The durability test sample using the polarizing plate of the present invention is prepared by cutting the polarizing plate into a 40 mm square and bonding to a transparent plate glass through an adhesive layer (AD-ROC manufactured by Polatechno Co., Ltd.), and measurement of the present application It was a sample.
[測定試料の作成]
(実施例C1)
ケン化度99%以上の平均重合度2400のポリビニルアルコールフィルム(クラレ社製 VF-PS)を40℃の温水に2分浸漬し、延伸倍率が1.30倍なるように膨潤処理を行った。次に、膨潤処理したフィルムを、水を1500重量部、トリポリリン酸ナトリウムを1.5重量部、無水硫酸ナトリウムを1.5重量部、700nm~1400nmの赤外域の光を吸収する水溶性化合物として、下記式(101)に示す構造を有するC.I.Direct Black 19(SHAOXING BIYING TEXITILE TECHNOLOGY Co., LTD社製)を0.30重量部、式(9)の構造を有するアゾ化合物として、本願化合物例(9-23)に示すアゾ化合物を0.22重量部、式(11)の構造を有するアゾ化合物として下記式(11-45)に示すアゾ化合物を0.54重量部、式(13)の構造を有する化合物として本願化合物例(13-2)に示すアゾ化合物を0.13重量部を含有し45℃に調整した水溶液に、13分00秒浸漬させ、上記赤外光吸収水溶性化合物等をフィルムに含有させた。次に、得られたフィルムを、ホウ酸(Societa chimica lardrello s.p.a社製) 40重量部を2000部の水に溶解させた水溶液に30℃で2分間浸漬させた。次に、得られたフィルムに対して、ホウ酸30.0g/lを含有した水溶液中50℃で5分間、延伸倍率が5.0倍になるように延伸処理を行った。次に、得られたフィルムに対して20℃の水中で20秒間浸漬処理(洗浄処理)を行った。次に、得られたフィルムに対して70℃で9分間乾燥処理を行い、偏光素子を得た。得られた偏光素子に対して、ポリビニルアルコール接着剤を用いて、アルカリ処理したトリアセチルセルロースフィルム(富士フィルム社製 ZRD-60)をラミネートして偏光板を得た。得られた偏光板は偏光素子の光学特性を維持していた。偏光板を40mm角にカットし、粘着層(ポラテクノ社製 AD-ROC)を介して、透明板ガラスに貼合することによって、本願の偏光板を用いた耐久性試験サンプルを作製し、本願の測定試料とした。
[Preparation of measurement sample]
Example C1
A polyvinyl alcohol film (VF-PS, manufactured by Kuraray Co., Ltd., VF-PS) having an average degree of polymerization of 99% or more and a degree of polymerization of 99% was immersed in warm water at 40 ° C. for 2 minutes, and swelling treatment was performed to make the draw ratio 1.30 times. Next, as a water-soluble compound capable of absorbing light in the infrared region of 700 nm to 1400 nm, the swelled film is 1500 parts by weight of water, 1.5 parts by weight of sodium tripolyphosphate, 1.5 parts by weight of anhydrous sodium sulfate And C.I. I. 0.30 parts by weight of Direct Black 19 (manufactured by SHAOXING BIYING TEXITILE TECHNOLOGY Co., LTD.) As an azo compound having a structure of the formula (9), 0.22 of the azo compound shown in the present compound example (9-23) The present compound example (13-2) as a compound having a structure of formula (13), 0.54 parts by weight of an azo compound represented by the following formula (11-45) as an azo compound having a structure of formula (11) The film was immersed in an aqueous solution containing 0.13 parts by weight of the azo compound shown in and adjusted to 45 ° C. for 13 minutes 00 seconds, and the above-mentioned infrared light-absorbing water-soluble compound and the like were contained in the film. Next, the obtained film was immersed in an aqueous solution of 40 parts by weight of boric acid (manufactured by Societa Chimica lardrello s.p.a) dissolved in 2000 parts of water at 30 ° C. for 2 minutes. Next, the obtained film was subjected to a stretching treatment in an aqueous solution containing 30.0 g / l of boric acid at 50 ° C. for 5 minutes so that the stretching ratio was 5.0 times. Next, the obtained film was subjected to immersion treatment (washing treatment) in water at 20 ° C. for 20 seconds. Next, the obtained film was dried at 70 ° C. for 9 minutes to obtain a polarizing element. An alkali-treated triacetyl cellulose film (ZRD-60 manufactured by Fuji Film Co., Ltd.) was laminated on the obtained polarizing element using a polyvinyl alcohol adhesive to obtain a polarizing plate. The obtained polarizing plate maintained the optical characteristics of the polarizing element. The durability test sample using the polarizing plate of the present invention is prepared by cutting the polarizing plate into a 40 mm square and bonding to a transparent plate glass through an adhesive layer (AD-ROC manufactured by Polatechno Co., Ltd.), and measurement of the present application It was a sample.
(実施例C2)
実施例C1で用いたC.I.Direct Black 19 0.30重量部を、下記式(102)に示すFEW CHEMICAL社製 S0378(0.30重量部)に替えた以外は実施例C1と同様に測定試料を作製した。
Example C2
C.1 used in Example C1. I. A measurement sample was produced in the same manner as Example C1, except that 0.30 parts by weight of Direct Black 19 was changed to S0378 (0.30 parts by weight) manufactured by FEW CHEMICAL Co., Ltd. shown in the following formula (102).
実施例C1で用いたC.I.Direct Black 19 0.30重量部を、下記式(102)に示すFEW CHEMICAL社製 S0378(0.30重量部)に替えた以外は実施例C1と同様に測定試料を作製した。
C.1 used in Example C1. I. A measurement sample was produced in the same manner as Example C1, except that 0.30 parts by weight of Direct Black 19 was changed to S0378 (0.30 parts by weight) manufactured by FEW CHEMICAL Co., Ltd. shown in the following formula (102).
(実施例C3)
実施例C1で用いたC.I.Direct Black 19 0.30重量部を、式(103)に示すFEW CHEMICAL社製 S2180(0.30重量部)に替えた以外は実施例C1と同様に測定試料を作製した。
Example C3
C.1 used in Example C1. I. A measurement sample was produced in the same manner as Example C1, except that 0.30 parts by weight of Direct Black 19 was changed to S2180 (0.30 parts by weight) manufactured by FEW CHEMICAL Co., Ltd. shown in Formula (103).
実施例C1で用いたC.I.Direct Black 19 0.30重量部を、式(103)に示すFEW CHEMICAL社製 S2180(0.30重量部)に替えた以外は実施例C1と同様に測定試料を作製した。
C.1 used in Example C1. I. A measurement sample was produced in the same manner as Example C1, except that 0.30 parts by weight of Direct Black 19 was changed to S2180 (0.30 parts by weight) manufactured by FEW CHEMICAL Co., Ltd. shown in Formula (103).
(実施例C4)
実施例C1で用いたC.I.Direct Black 19 0.30重量部を、化合物例(1-10)に示す化合物0.30重量部に替えた以外は実施例C1と同様に測定試料を作製した。 Example C4
C.1 used in Example C1. I. A measurement sample was produced in the same manner as Example C1, except that 0.30 parts by weight of Direct Black 19 was changed to 0.30 parts by weight of the compound shown in Compound Example (1-10).
実施例C1で用いたC.I.Direct Black 19 0.30重量部を、化合物例(1-10)に示す化合物0.30重量部に替えた以外は実施例C1と同様に測定試料を作製した。 Example C4
C.1 used in Example C1. I. A measurement sample was produced in the same manner as Example C1, except that 0.30 parts by weight of Direct Black 19 was changed to 0.30 parts by weight of the compound shown in Compound Example (1-10).
(実施例C5)
実施例C1で用いた赤外光吸収水溶性化合物0.30重量部を、化合物例(1-21)に示す化合物0.30重量部に替えた以外は実施例C1と同様に測定試料を作製した。 (Example C5)
A measurement sample is prepared in the same manner as in Example C1 except that 0.30 parts by weight of the infrared light-absorbing water-soluble compound used in Example C1 is replaced with 0.30 parts by weight of the compound shown in Compound Example (1-21). did.
実施例C1で用いた赤外光吸収水溶性化合物0.30重量部を、化合物例(1-21)に示す化合物0.30重量部に替えた以外は実施例C1と同様に測定試料を作製した。 (Example C5)
A measurement sample is prepared in the same manner as in Example C1 except that 0.30 parts by weight of the infrared light-absorbing water-soluble compound used in Example C1 is replaced with 0.30 parts by weight of the compound shown in Compound Example (1-21). did.
(実施例C6)
実施例C1で用いたC.I.Direct Black 19 0.30重量部を、化合物例(1-10)に示す化合物1.0重量部に替えた以外は実施例C1と同様に測定試料を作製した。 Example C6
C.1 used in Example C1. I. A measurement sample was produced in the same manner as Example C1, except that 0.30 parts by weight of Direct Black 19 was changed to 1.0 part by weight of the compound shown in Compound Example (1-10).
実施例C1で用いたC.I.Direct Black 19 0.30重量部を、化合物例(1-10)に示す化合物1.0重量部に替えた以外は実施例C1と同様に測定試料を作製した。 Example C6
C.1 used in Example C1. I. A measurement sample was produced in the same manner as Example C1, except that 0.30 parts by weight of Direct Black 19 was changed to 1.0 part by weight of the compound shown in Compound Example (1-10).
(実施例C7)
実施例C6で用いた本願化合物例(11-45)に示す化合物0.54重量部を、本願化合物例(11-5)に示すアゾ化合物0.33重量部に替えた以外は実施例C6と同様に測定試料を作製した。 Example C7
Example C6 and Example C6, except that 0.54 parts by weight of the compound shown in the present compound example (11-45) used in Example C6 was replaced with 0.33 parts by weight of the azo compound shown in the present compound example (11-5) Measurement samples were prepared in the same manner.
実施例C6で用いた本願化合物例(11-45)に示す化合物0.54重量部を、本願化合物例(11-5)に示すアゾ化合物0.33重量部に替えた以外は実施例C6と同様に測定試料を作製した。 Example C7
Example C6 and Example C6, except that 0.54 parts by weight of the compound shown in the present compound example (11-45) used in Example C6 was replaced with 0.33 parts by weight of the azo compound shown in the present compound example (11-5) Measurement samples were prepared in the same manner.
(実施例C8)
実施例C6で用いた本願化合物例(11-45)に示す化合物0.54重量部を、本願化合物例(12-12)に示すアゾ化合物0.33重量部に替えた以外は実施例C6と同様に測定試料を作製した。 Example C8
Example C6 and Example C6, except that 0.54 parts by weight of the compound shown in the present compound example (11-45) used in Example C6 was replaced with 0.33 parts by weight of the azo compound shown in the present compound example (12-12) Measurement samples were prepared in the same manner.
実施例C6で用いた本願化合物例(11-45)に示す化合物0.54重量部を、本願化合物例(12-12)に示すアゾ化合物0.33重量部に替えた以外は実施例C6と同様に測定試料を作製した。 Example C8
Example C6 and Example C6, except that 0.54 parts by weight of the compound shown in the present compound example (11-45) used in Example C6 was replaced with 0.33 parts by weight of the azo compound shown in the present compound example (12-12) Measurement samples were prepared in the same manner.
(実施例C9)
実施例C6で用いた式本願化合物例(11-45)に示す化合物0.54重量部を、本願化合物例(11-14)に示すアゾ化合物0.46重量部に替えた以外は実施例C6と同様に測定試料を作製した。 Example C9
Example C6 except that 0.54 parts by weight of the compound represented by the present compound example (11-45) used in Example C6 was replaced with 0.46 parts by weight of the azo compound represented by the compound example (11-14) of the present application A measurement sample was prepared in the same manner as in.
実施例C6で用いた式本願化合物例(11-45)に示す化合物0.54重量部を、本願化合物例(11-14)に示すアゾ化合物0.46重量部に替えた以外は実施例C6と同様に測定試料を作製した。 Example C9
Example C6 except that 0.54 parts by weight of the compound represented by the present compound example (11-45) used in Example C6 was replaced with 0.46 parts by weight of the azo compound represented by the compound example (11-14) of the present application A measurement sample was prepared in the same manner as in.
(実施例C10)
実施例C6で用いた本願化合物例(9-23)に示す化合物0.22重量部を、C.I.DIRECT RED 81(本願化合物例10-1)0.19重量部に替えた以外は実施例C6と同様に測定試料を作製した。 Example C10
0.22 parts by weight of a compound shown in the present compound example (9-23) used in Example C6 was treated with C.I. I. A measurement sample was produced in the same manner as Example C6 except that 0.19 parts by weight of DIRECT RED 81 (Compound Example 10-1 of the present application) was used.
実施例C6で用いた本願化合物例(9-23)に示す化合物0.22重量部を、C.I.DIRECT RED 81(本願化合物例10-1)0.19重量部に替えた以外は実施例C6と同様に測定試料を作製した。 Example C10
0.22 parts by weight of a compound shown in the present compound example (9-23) used in Example C6 was treated with C.I. I. A measurement sample was produced in the same manner as Example C6 except that 0.19 parts by weight of DIRECT RED 81 (Compound Example 10-1 of the present application) was used.
(実施例C11)
実施例C6で用いた本願化合物例(9-23)に示す化合物0.22重量部を、下記式(10-85)に示すアゾ化合物0.21重量部に替えた以外は実施例C6と同様に測定試料を作製した。
Example C11
Example C6 is the same as Example C6 except that 0.22 parts by weight of the compound shown in the present compound example (9-23) of the present application used in Example C6 is replaced with 0.21 part by weight of the azo compound shown in the following formula (10-85). A measurement sample was prepared.
実施例C6で用いた本願化合物例(9-23)に示す化合物0.22重量部を、下記式(10-85)に示すアゾ化合物0.21重量部に替えた以外は実施例C6と同様に測定試料を作製した。
Example C6 is the same as Example C6 except that 0.22 parts by weight of the compound shown in the present compound example (9-23) of the present application used in Example C6 is replaced with 0.21 part by weight of the azo compound shown in the following formula (10-85). A measurement sample was prepared.
(実施例C12)
実施例C6で用いた本願化合物例(9-23)に示す化合物0.22重量部を、本願化合物例(10-51)に示す化合物0.40重量部に替えた以外は実施例C6と同様に測定試料を作製した。 Example C12
Example C6 is the same as Example C6 except that 0.22 parts by weight of the compound shown in the present compound example (9-23) used in Example C6 is replaced with 0.40 parts by weight of the compound shown in the present compound example (10-51) A measurement sample was prepared.
実施例C6で用いた本願化合物例(9-23)に示す化合物0.22重量部を、本願化合物例(10-51)に示す化合物0.40重量部に替えた以外は実施例C6と同様に測定試料を作製した。 Example C12
Example C6 is the same as Example C6 except that 0.22 parts by weight of the compound shown in the present compound example (9-23) used in Example C6 is replaced with 0.40 parts by weight of the compound shown in the present compound example (10-51) A measurement sample was prepared.
(実施例C13)
実施例C6で用いた本願化合物例(13-2)に示す化合物0.13重量部を、C.I.Direct Orange 72 0.11重量部に替えた以外は実施例C6と同様に測定試料を作製した。 Example C13
In 0.13 parts by weight of a compound shown in the present compound example (13-2) used in Example C6, C.I. I. A measurement sample was produced in the same manner as Example C6 except that 0.11 parts by weight of Direct Orange 72 was used.
実施例C6で用いた本願化合物例(13-2)に示す化合物0.13重量部を、C.I.Direct Orange 72 0.11重量部に替えた以外は実施例C6と同様に測定試料を作製した。 Example C13
In 0.13 parts by weight of a compound shown in the present compound example (13-2) used in Example C6, C.I. I. A measurement sample was produced in the same manner as Example C6 except that 0.11 parts by weight of Direct Orange 72 was used.
(実施例C14)
実施例C6で用いた本願化合物例(13-2)に示す化合物0.13重量部を、C.I.Direct Yellow 28 0.16重量部に替えた以外は実施例C6と同様に測定試料を作製した。 Example C14
In 0.13 parts by weight of a compound shown in the present compound example (13-2) used in Example C6, C.I. I. A measurement sample was prepared in the same manner as Example C6 except that 0.16 parts by weight of Direct Yellow 28 was used.
実施例C6で用いた本願化合物例(13-2)に示す化合物0.13重量部を、C.I.Direct Yellow 28 0.16重量部に替えた以外は実施例C6と同様に測定試料を作製した。 Example C14
In 0.13 parts by weight of a compound shown in the present compound example (13-2) used in Example C6, C.I. I. A measurement sample was prepared in the same manner as Example C6 except that 0.16 parts by weight of Direct Yellow 28 was used.
(比較例C1)
実施例C1において、C.I.Direct Black 19 0.30重量部を用いなかった以外は、実施例C1と同様に測定試料を作製した。 (Comparative Example C1)
In Example C1, C.I. I. A measurement sample was produced in the same manner as Example C1, except that 0.30 parts by weight of Direct Black 19 was not used.
実施例C1において、C.I.Direct Black 19 0.30重量部を用いなかった以外は、実施例C1と同様に測定試料を作製した。 (Comparative Example C1)
In Example C1, C.I. I. A measurement sample was produced in the same manner as Example C1, except that 0.30 parts by weight of Direct Black 19 was not used.
[評価方法]
実施例C1~C14及び比較例C1で得られた測定試料の評価を次のようにして行った [Evaluation method]
Evaluation of the measurement samples obtained in Examples C1 to C14 and Comparative Example C1 was performed as follows.
実施例C1~C14及び比較例C1で得られた測定試料の評価を次のようにして行った [Evaluation method]
Evaluation of the measurement samples obtained in Examples C1 to C14 and Comparative Example C1 was performed as follows.
(a)各波長の単体透過率Ts、各波長の平行位透過率Tp、及び各波長の直交位透過率Tc
実施例Aの[評価方法](a)と同様に、各測定試料の各波長の単体透過率Ts、各波長の平行位透過率Tp、及び各波長の直交位透過率Tcを測定した。 (A) Single transmittance Ts of each wavelength, parallel transmittance Tp of each wavelength, and orthogonal transmittance Tc of each wavelength
In the same manner as in [Evaluation method] (a) of Example A, the single transmittance Ts of each wavelength of each measurement sample, the parallel transmittance Tp of each wavelength, and the orthogonal transmittance Tc of each wavelength were measured.
実施例Aの[評価方法](a)と同様に、各測定試料の各波長の単体透過率Ts、各波長の平行位透過率Tp、及び各波長の直交位透過率Tcを測定した。 (A) Single transmittance Ts of each wavelength, parallel transmittance Tp of each wavelength, and orthogonal transmittance Tc of each wavelength
In the same manner as in [Evaluation method] (a) of Example A, the single transmittance Ts of each wavelength of each measurement sample, the parallel transmittance Tp of each wavelength, and the orthogonal transmittance Tc of each wavelength were measured.
(c)視感度補正後の単体透過率Ys、視感度補正後の平行位透過率Yp、及び、視感度補正後の直交位透過率Yc
実施例Bの[評価方法](c)と同様に、各測定試料の視感度補正後の単体透過率Ys、視感度補正後の平行位透過率Yp、及び視感度補正後の直交位透過率Ycをそれぞれ求めた。結果を表C1に示す。尚、その際、YpをYcで除算した値がコントラスト(CR)として表す事ができる。 (C) Single transmittance Ys after correction of visual sensitivity, parallel transmittance Yp after correction of visual sensitivity, and orthogonal transmittance Yc after correction of visual sensitivity
Similar to [Evaluation method] (c) of Example B, single transmittance Ys after correction of visibility of each measurement sample, parallel transmittance Yp after correction of visibility, and orthogonal transmittance after correction of visibility We calculated Yc respectively. The results are shown in Table C1. At this time, a value obtained by dividing Yp by Yc can be expressed as a contrast (CR).
実施例Bの[評価方法](c)と同様に、各測定試料の視感度補正後の単体透過率Ys、視感度補正後の平行位透過率Yp、及び視感度補正後の直交位透過率Ycをそれぞれ求めた。結果を表C1に示す。尚、その際、YpをYcで除算した値がコントラスト(CR)として表す事ができる。 (C) Single transmittance Ys after correction of visual sensitivity, parallel transmittance Yp after correction of visual sensitivity, and orthogonal transmittance Yc after correction of visual sensitivity
Similar to [Evaluation method] (c) of Example B, single transmittance Ys after correction of visibility of each measurement sample, parallel transmittance Yp after correction of visibility, and orthogonal transmittance after correction of visibility We calculated Yc respectively. The results are shown in Table C1. At this time, a value obtained by dividing Yp by Yc can be expressed as a contrast (CR).
(d)偏光度
実施例Bの[評価方法](d)と同様に、偏光度ρyを求めた。 (D) Degree of polarization The degree of polarization yy was determined in the same manner as in [Evaluation method] (d) of Example B.
実施例Bの[評価方法](d)と同様に、偏光度ρyを求めた。 (D) Degree of polarization The degree of polarization yy was determined in the same manner as in [Evaluation method] (d) of Example B.
実施例C1~C14、及び、比較例C1のYs、Yp、Yc、CR、ρyを表C1に示す。
Table C1 shows Ys, Yp, Yc, CR, ρy of Examples C1 to C14 and Comparative Example C1.
表C2には実施例C1~C14、及び、比較例C1の750nm、800nm、850nmの近赤外域の波長におけるTp、Tc、及び偏光度を示す。
Table C2 shows Tp, Tc, and the degree of polarization at near-infrared wavelengths of 750 nm, 800 nm, and 850 nm of Examples C1 to C14 and Comparative Example C1.
表C3には、初期の実施例C6及び比較例C1の、可視域の波長である700nmにおけるTp、Tc、及び偏光度、並びに、各偏光板を105℃x500時間適用した後の各値を示す。
Table C3 shows Tp, Tc and polarization degree at 700 nm which is a wavelength in the visible range, and initial values of Example C6 and Comparative Example C1 after application of each polarizing plate at 105 ° C. for 500 hours. .
表C1及び表C2より、本願の偏光素子は700nm~1400nmの赤外域の光を吸収する水溶性化合物またはその塩を含みながらも、可視域において高い偏光度を有していることが分かる。さらに、表C2から、本願の偏光素子は赤外域に光を吸収するだけでなく、高い偏光性能を有していることが分かる。このことから、本願の偏光素子は可視域から赤外域まで高い偏光度を有していることが分かる。また、表C3から、可視域である700nmの透過率、及び、偏光度変化が少ない偏光板が得られていることが分かることから、本願の偏光板は高い耐久性を有していることが分かる。
From Tables C1 and C2, it can be seen that the polarizing element of the present application has a high degree of polarization in the visible region, although it contains a water-soluble compound or a salt thereof that absorbs light in the infrared region of 700 nm to 1400 nm. Further, Table C2 shows that the polarizing element of the present invention not only absorbs light in the infrared region but also has high polarization performance. From this, it can be seen that the polarizing element of the present invention has a high degree of polarization from the visible range to the infrared range. Further, it can be understood from Table C3 that the polarizing plate with a transmittance of 700 nm in the visible region and a polarizing plate with a small change in polarization degree can be obtained, so that the polarizing plate of the present invention has high durability. I understand.
上記表C1~表C3に示すように、本願の偏光素子又は偏光板は、可視域で無彩色性を実現しながらも、赤外領域で吸収を有し、かつ、高い偏光度を有し赤外域に至るまで高い偏光度を有する広帯域な偏光板が得られていることが分かる。また、その偏光板は、可視域において高い耐久性を実現しうることが示された。
As shown in Tables C1 to C3 described above, the polarizing element or the polarizing plate of the present application has absorption in the infrared region while achieving achromaticity in the visible region, and has a high polarization degree and red. It can be seen that a wide band polarizer having a high degree of polarization up to the outer region is obtained. Moreover, it was shown that the polarizing plate can realize high durability in the visible region.
本発明の偏光素子、または、偏光板は、液晶ディスプレイ、有機EL、液晶プロジェクター、電卓、時計、ノートパソコン、ワープロ、液晶テレビ、偏光レンズ、偏光メガネ、カーナビゲーション、及び屋内外の計測器や表示器、赤外線センサー、赤外線カメラ、光アイソレータ、セキュリティシステム等の光学装置に使用される。特に、反射型液晶表示装置、半透過液晶表示装置、有機エレクトロルミネッセンス等において有効に利用できる。
The polarizing element or polarizing plate of the present invention is a liquid crystal display, organic EL, liquid crystal projector, calculator, watch, notebook computer, word processor, liquid crystal television, polarizing lens, polarizing glasses, car navigation, and indoor / outdoor measuring instruments and displays Optical devices such as infrared sensors, infrared sensors, infrared cameras, optical isolators, and security systems. In particular, it can be effectively used in a reflective liquid crystal display device, a semi-transmissive liquid crystal display device, organic electroluminescence and the like.
Claims (18)
- 可視域において偏光特性を示す二色性色素を少なくとも1種と、赤外領域の光を吸収する水溶性化合物又はその塩を含む偏光素子。 A polarizing element comprising at least one dichroic dye exhibiting polarization characteristics in the visible region, and a water-soluble compound or a salt thereof that absorbs light in the infrared region.
- 前記赤外域の光を吸収する水溶性化合物が、アゾ化合物である請求項1に記載の偏光素子。 The polarizing element according to claim 1, wherein the water-soluble compound which absorbs light in the infrared region is an azo compound.
- 前記アゾ化合物が下記式(1)に示されるアゾ化合物である請求項2に記載の偏光素子:
式中、Ai1、Ai2は各々独立に水素原子、アゾ基、又は下記式(2)(ただし、Ai1、Ai2がともに水素原子であるものは除く)で表され、
-NH-は、aとa’、bとb’、aとb’、bとa’の組合せのいずれかの位置で両ナフタレン環と結合し、
式中、Ri1が置換している環は、各々独立に、破線で表される環が存在しない場合にはベンゼン環であり、破線で表される環が存在する場合にはナフタレン環であり、
Ri1は各々独立に、塩素原子、スルホ基、ニトロ基、ヒドロキシ基、炭素数1~4のアルキル基、炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基、スルホ基を有する炭素数1~4のアルキル基、ヒドロキシ基を有する炭素数1~4のアルキル基、カルボキシ基を有する炭素数1~4のアルキル基、スルホ基を有する炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基、ヒドロキシ基を有する炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基、又はカルボキシ基を有する炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基であり、
Biは各々独立に、置換基を有してもよいフェニル基又は置換基を有してもよいナフチル基であり、前記置換基は、水素原子、塩素原子、スルホ基、ニトロ基、ヒドロキシ基、炭素数1~4のアルキル基、炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基、スルホ基を有する炭素数1~4のアルキル基、ヒドロキシ基を有する炭素数1~4のアルキル基、カルボキシ基を有する炭素数1~4のアルキル基、スルホ基を有する炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基、ヒドロキシ基を有する炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基、又はカルボキシ基を有する炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基であり、
mは1~3の整数を示し、
Biがヒドロキシ基を置換基として有する場合、前記ヒドロキシ基は上記式(1)中のヒドロキシ基と銅原子とで-O-Cu-O-を形成することが可能である。) The polarizing element according to claim 2, wherein the azo compound is an azo compound represented by the following formula (1):
In the formula, Ai 1 and Ai 2 are each independently represented by a hydrogen atom, an azo group, or the following formula (2) (provided that both Ai 1 and Ai 2 are hydrogen atoms are excluded),
-NH- is bonded to both naphthalene rings at any position of the combination of a and a ', b and b', a and b ', b and a',
In the formula, the rings substituted by Ri 1 are each independently a benzene ring when there is no ring represented by the broken line, and a naphthalene ring when there is a ring represented by the broken line ,
Ri 1 each independently represents a chlorine atom, a sulfo group, a nitro group, a hydroxy group, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms having a sulfo group, An alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms having a hydroxy group, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms having a carboxy group, an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms having a sulfo group, an alkoxy having 1 to 4 carbon atoms having a hydroxy group A C 1-4 alkoxy group having a group or a carboxy group,
Bi each independently represents a phenyl group which may have a substituent or a naphthyl group which may have a substituent, and the substituent is a hydrogen atom, a chlorine atom, a sulfo group, a nitro group, a hydroxy group, Alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms having a sulfo group, alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms having a hydroxy group, carbon number having a carboxy group A C 1-4 alkoxy group having a 1-4 alkyl group, a sulfo group, a C 1-4 alkoxy group having a hydroxy group, or an C 1-4 alkoxy group having a carboxy group,
m is an integer of 1 to 3;
When Bi has a hydroxy group as a substituent, the hydroxy group can form —O—Cu—O— with the hydroxy group in the above formula (1) and a copper atom. ) - 式(2)が式(3)で表される請求項1~3のいずれか一項に記載の偏光素子:
式中、Ri1が置換されている環、Ri1、mはそれぞれ式(2)と同じであり、
-O-結合で表される酸素原子は式(1)中の-OH及び銅原子とで-O-Cu-O-を形成し、
Ri2は水素原子、塩素原子、スルホ基、ニトロ基、ヒドロキシ基、炭素数1~4のアルキル基、炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基、スルホ基を有する炭素数1~4のアルキル基、ヒドロキシ基を有する炭素数1~4のアルキル基、カルボキシ基を有する炭素数1~4のアルキル基、スルホ基を有する炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基、ヒドロキシ基を有する炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基、又はカルボキシ基を有する炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基である。 The polarizing element according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein the formula (2) is represented by the formula (3):
In the formula, Ri 1 is a substituted ring, Ri 1 and m are respectively the same as in formula (2),
The oxygen atom represented by —O— bond forms —O—Cu—O— with —OH and copper atom in the formula (1),
Ri 2 is a hydrogen atom, a chlorine atom, a sulfo group, a nitro group, a hydroxy group, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms having a sulfo group, hydroxy Alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms having a carboxy group, an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms having a sulfo group, an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms having a hydroxy group Or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms having a carboxy group. - 前記式(1)で表されるアゾ化合物が、下記式(4)で表されるアゾ化合物である請求項1~4のいずれか一項に記載の偏光素子:
式中、Ri3は水素原子、塩素原子、スルホ基、ニトロ基、ヒドロキシ基、炭素数1~4のアルキル基、炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基、スルホ基を有する炭素数1~4のアルキル基、ヒドロキシ基を有する炭素数1~4のアルキル基、カルボキシ基を有する炭素数1~4のアルキル基、スルホ基を有する炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基、ヒドロキシ基を有する炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基、又はカルボキシ基を有する炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基であり、
mは式(2)と同じである。 The polarizing element according to any one of claims 1 to 4, wherein the azo compound represented by the formula (1) is an azo compound represented by the following formula (4):
In the formula, Ri 3 is a hydrogen atom, a chlorine atom, a sulfo group, a nitro group, a hydroxy group, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms having a sulfo group. Group, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms having a hydroxy group, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms having a carboxy group, an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms having a sulfo group, and 1 to 4 carbon atoms having a hydroxy group Or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms having a carboxy group,
m is the same as equation (2). - 前記少なくとも1種の二色性色素が式(5)または式(6)で示される化合物又はその塩である、請求項1~5のいずれか一項に記載の偏光素子:
式中、Ab1、Ab2はそれぞれ独立に、置換基を有するナフチル基又は置換基を有するフェニル基を示し、その置換基の少なくとも1つが水素原子、スルホ基、炭素数1~4のアルキル基、炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基、スルホ基を有する炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基、カルボキシ基、ニトロ基、アミノ基、又は置換アミノ基であり、
Rb1、Rb2は各々独立に、水素原子、炭素数1~4のアルキル基、炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基、スルホ基、又はスルホ基を有する炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基を示し、
式中、Ag1は置換基を有するフェニル基または置換基を有するナフチル基を示し、
BgおよびCgは、各々独立に、下記式(7)または下記式(8)で表され、少なくとも一方が式(7)を示し、
Xg1は、置換基を有していてもよいアミノ基、置換基を有していてもよいフェニルアミノ基、置換基を有していてもよいフェニルアゾ基、または置換基を有していてもよいベンゾイルアミノ基を示し、
式中、Rg1は水素原子、炭素数1~4のアルキル基、炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基、またはスルホ基を有する炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基を示し、
kは0~2の整数を示し、
式中、Rg2およびRg3は各々独立に水素原子、炭素数1~4のアルキル基、炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基、またはスルホ基を有する炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基を示す。 The polarizing element according to any one of claims 1 to 5, wherein the at least one dichroic dye is a compound represented by the formula (5) or the formula (6) or a salt thereof:
In the formula, each of Ab 1 and Ab 2 independently represents a substituted naphthyl group or a substituted phenyl group, and at least one of the substituents is a hydrogen atom, a sulfo group, or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms An alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms having a sulfo group, a carboxy group, a nitro group, an amino group, or a substituted amino group,
Rb 1 and Rb 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, a sulfo group, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms having a sulfo group,
In the formula, Ag 1 represents a substituted phenyl group or a substituted naphthyl group,
Bg and Cg are each independently represented by the following formula (7) or the following formula (8), and at least one represents the formula (7),
Xg 1 may have an amino group which may have a substituent, a phenylamino group which may have a substituent, a phenylazo group which may have a substituent, or a substituent Exhibit a good benzoylamino group,
In the formula, Rg 1 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms having a sulfo group,
k is an integer of 0 to 2;
In the formula, Rg 2 and Rg 3 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms having a sulfo group. - 前記少なくとも1種の二色性色素が下記式(9)又は式(10)で示される化合物、その金属錯体化合物、又はその塩である、請求項1~6のいずれか一項に記載の偏光素子:
式中、Ac1は、スルホ基及びカルボキシ基からなる群から選択される置換基を少なくとも1つ有するフェニル基又はナフチル基を表し、
Rc11~Rc14は、各々独立して、水素原子、炭素数1~4のアルキル基、炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基、又はスルホ基を有する炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基を表し、
式中、Ac2は、スルホ基及びカルボキシ基からなる群から選択される置換基を少なくとも1つ有するフェニル基又はナフチル基を表し、
Rc21~Rc25は、各々独立して、水素原子、炭素数1~4のアルキル基、炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基、又はスルホ基を有する炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基を表し、
Rc26は、水素原子、炭素数1~4のアルキル基、又はスルホ基を有する炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基を表し、
Xc2は、炭素数1~4のアルキル基、炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基、スルホ基、炭素数1~4のアルキルアミノ基、ヒドロキシ基、アミノ基、置換アミノ基、カルボキシ基、及びカルボキシエチルアミノ基からなる群から選択される置換基を少なくとも1つ有していてもよいアミノ基、置換基を有してもよいフェニルアミノ基、置換基を有してもよいフェニルアゾ基、置換基を有してもよいナフトトリアゾール基、置換基を有してもよいベンゾイル基、又は置換基を有してもよいベンゾイルアミノ基を表し、
p、qはそれぞれ独立に0又は1の整数を表す。 The polarized light according to any one of claims 1 to 6, wherein the at least one dichroic dye is a compound represented by the following formula (9) or (10), a metal complex compound thereof, or a salt thereof element:
In the formula, Ac 1 represents a phenyl group or a naphthyl group having at least one substituent selected from the group consisting of a sulfo group and a carboxy group,
Rc 11 to Rc 14 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms having a sulfo group,
In the formula, Ac 2 represents a phenyl group or a naphthyl group having at least one substituent selected from the group consisting of a sulfo group and a carboxy group,
Rc 21 to Rc 25 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms having a sulfo group,
Rc 26 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms having a sulfo group,
Xc 2 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, a sulfo group, an alkylamino group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, a hydroxy group, an amino group, a substituted amino group, a carboxy group, and a carboxy An amino group which may have at least one substituent selected from the group consisting of ethylamino groups, a phenylamino group which may have a substituent, a phenylazo group which may have a substituent, a substituent A naphthotriazole group which may have one or more substituents, a benzoyl group which may have one or more substituents, or a benzoylamino group which may have one or more substituents,
p and q each independently represent an integer of 0 or 1. - 前記少なくとも1種の二色性色素が下記式(11)で示されるアゾ化合物、その金属錯体化合物又はその塩、又は、式(12)で示されるアゾ化合物又はその塩である、請求項1~7のいずれか一項に記載の偏光素子:
式中、Ab1は、スルホ基及びカルボキシ基からなる群から選択される置換基を少なくとも1つ有するフェニル基又はナフチル基を表し、
Rb11~Rb14は、各々独立して、水素原子、炭素数1~4のアルキル基、炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基又はスルホ基を有する炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基を表し、Rb15及びRb16は、各々独立して炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基を示し、
Xb1は、炭素数1~4のアルキル基、炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基、スルホ基、アミノ基、炭素数1~4のアルキルアミノ基、ヒドロキシ基、カルボキシ基及びカルボキシエチルアミノ基からなる群から選択される置換基を少なくとも1つ有していてもよいアミノ基、置換基を有してもよいフェニルアミノ基、置換基を有してもよいフェニルアゾ基、置換基を有してもよいナフトトリアゾール基、置換基を有してもよいベンゾイルアミノ基、または置換基を有してもよいベンゾイル基を表し、
dは0または1を表し;
式中、Ab2は、スルホ基及びカルボキシ基からなる群から選択される置換基を少なくとも1つ有するフェニル基又はナフチル基を表し、
Rb21は水素原子、炭素数1~4のアルキル基、炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基、又はスルホ基を有する炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基を表し、Xb2は、炭素数1~4のアルキル基、炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基、炭素数1~4のアルキルアミン基、ヒドロキシ基、カルボキシ基、スルホ基、アミノ基及び置換アミノ基からなる群から選択される置換基を少なくとも1つ有してもよいアミノ基、置換基を有してもよいフェニルアミノ基、置換基を有してもよいフェニルアゾ基、置換基を有してもよいナフトトリアゾール基、置換基を有してもよいベンゾイルアミノ基、または置換基を有してもよいベンゾイル基を表す。 The at least one dichroic dye is an azo compound represented by the following formula (11), a metal complex compound thereof or a salt thereof, or an azo compound represented by the formula (12) or a salt thereof: The polarizing element according to any one of 7:
In the formula, Ab 1 represents a phenyl group or a naphthyl group having at least one substituent selected from the group consisting of a sulfo group and a carboxy group,
Rb 11 ~ Rb 14 are each independently, represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms having an alkoxy group or a sulfo group having 1-4 carbon atoms, Rb 15 And R b 16 each independently represent an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms,
Xb 1 is composed of an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, a sulfo group, an amino group, an alkylamino group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, a hydroxy group, a carboxy group and a carboxyethylamino group An amino group which may have at least one substituent selected from the group, a phenylamino group which may have a substituent, a phenylazo group which may have a substituent, and a substituent A naphthotriazole group, a benzoylamino group which may have a substituent, or a benzoyl group which may have a substituent,
d represents 0 or 1;
In the formula, Ab 2 represents a phenyl group or a naphthyl group having at least one substituent selected from the group consisting of a sulfo group and a carboxy group,
Rb 21 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms having a sulfo group, and Xb 2 has 1 to 4 carbon atoms At least one substituent selected from the group consisting of an alkyl group, an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, an alkylamine group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, a hydroxy group, a carboxy group, a sulfo group, an amino group and a substituted amino group Amino group which may have, phenylamino group which may have a substituent, phenylazo group which may have a substituent, naphthotriazole group which may have a substituent, even having a substituent Represents a good benzoylamino group or a benzoyl group which may have a substituent. - 前記少なくとも1種の二色性色素が下記式(13)で示されるアゾ化合物又はその塩である、請求項1~8のいずれか一項に記載の偏光素子:
式中、Ay1は、水素原子、スルホ基、カルボキシ基、ヒドロキシ基、炭素数1~4のアルキル基、又は炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基を表し、
Ry1及びRy2は、各々独立して、水素原子、スルホ基、炭素数1~4のアルキル基、又は炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基、又はスルホ基を有する炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基を表し、
hは1~3の整数である。 The polarizing element according to any one of claims 1 to 8, wherein the at least one dichroic dye is an azo compound represented by the following formula (13) or a salt thereof:
In the formula, Ay 1 represents a hydrogen atom, a sulfo group, a carboxy group, a hydroxy group, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms,
Each of Ry 1 and Ry 2 independently represents a hydrogen atom, a sulfo group, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms having a sulfo group. Represents
h is an integer of 1 to 3. - 前記少なくとも1種の二色性色素がヨウ素である、請求項1~9のいずれか一項に記載の偏光素子。 The polarizing element according to any one of claims 1 to 9, wherein the at least one dichroic dye is iodine.
- 基材が、ポリビニルアルコール系樹脂フィルムである請求項1~10のいずれか一項に記載の偏光素子。 11. The polarizing element according to any one of claims 1 to 10, wherein the substrate is a polyvinyl alcohol resin film.
- 偏光度が99%以上である請求項1~11のいずれか一項に記載の偏光素子。 The polarizing element according to any one of claims 1 to 11, which has a degree of polarization of 99% or more.
- 前記偏光素子2枚を、各々の吸収軸が互いに平行になるように重ねて配置した状態で求められる透過率において、
520nm~590nmの各波長の平均透過率と420nm~480nmの各波長の平均透過率との差が絶対値として5%以下であり、かつ、600nm~640nmの各波長の平均透過率と520nm~590nmの各波長の平均透過率の平均値との差が絶対値として3%以下である、
請求項1~12のいずれか一項に記載の偏光素子。 In the transmissivity which is determined in a state in which the two polarizing elements are arranged so that their absorption axes are parallel to each other,
The difference between the average transmittance of each wavelength of 520 nm to 590 nm and the average transmittance of each wavelength of 420 nm to 480 nm is 5% or less as an absolute value, and the average transmittance of each wavelength of 600 nm to 640 nm, 520 nm to 590 nm The difference from the average value of the average transmittance of each wavelength of is 3% or less as an absolute value,
The polarizing element according to any one of claims 1 to 12. - JIS Z 8781-4:2013に従い、自然光の透過率測定時に求められるa*値及びb*値の絶対値が、
前記偏光素子単体で、ともに1以下(-1≦a*-s≦1、-1≦b*-s≦1)であり、
前記偏光素子2枚を、各々の吸収軸が互いに平行になるよう重ねて配置した状態で、ともに2以下(-2≦a*-p≦2、-2≦b*-p≦2)である、
請求項1~13のいずれか一項に記載の偏光素子(a*-sは単体でのa*値を示し、b*-sは単体でのb*値を示し、a*-pは平行位でのa*値を示し、b*-pは平行位でのb*を示す)。 According to JIS Z 8781-4: 2013, the absolute values of a * value and b * value determined at the time of natural light transmittance measurement are
Each of the polarizing elements alone is 1 or less (-1 ≦ a * −s ≦ 1 and −1 ≦ b * −s ≦ 1).
When two polarizing elements are arranged so that their absorption axes are parallel to each other, they are both 2 or less (-2 ≦ a * −p ≦ 2, −2 ≦ b * −p ≦ 2). ,
14. The polarizing element according to any one of claims 1 to 13 (where a * -s represents a single a * value, b * -s represents a single b * value, a * -p represents a parallel) Indicates the a * value in the order, b * -p indicates b * in the parallel order). - 前記偏光素子2枚を、各々の吸収軸が互いに直交するように重ねて配置した状態で求められる透過率において、
520nm~590nmの各波長の平均透過率と420nm~480nmの各波長の平均透過率との差が絶対値として3%以下であり、かつ、600nm~640nmの各波長の平均透過率と520nm~590nmの各波長の平均透過率との差が絶対値として2%以下である、
請求項1~14のいずれか一項に記載の偏光素子。 In the transmissivity which is determined in a state in which the two polarizing elements are arranged so as to overlap each other so that their absorption axes are orthogonal to each other,
The difference between the average transmittance of each wavelength of 520 nm to 590 nm and the average transmittance of each wavelength of 420 nm to 480 nm is 3% or less as an absolute value, and the average transmittance of each wavelength of 600 nm to 640 nm, 520 nm to 590 nm The difference with the average transmittance of each wavelength of is 2% or less as an absolute value,
The polarizing element according to any one of claims 1 to 14. - 請求項1~15のいずれか一項に記載の偏光素子と、該偏光素子の少なくとも一方の面に透明保護層を備えた偏光板。 A polarizing plate comprising the polarizing element according to any one of claims 1 to 15, and a transparent protective layer on at least one surface of the polarizing element.
- 請求項1~15のいずれか一項に記載の偏光素子又は請求項16に記載の偏光板を含む光学装置。 An optical device comprising the polarizing element according to any one of claims 1 to 15 or the polarizing plate according to claim 16.
- 液晶表示装置である、請求項17に記載の光学装置。
The optical device according to claim 17, which is a liquid crystal display device.
Priority Applications (5)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
CN201880079433.7A CN111448494B (en) | 2017-12-13 | 2018-12-11 | Polarizer for visible light region and infrared light region, and polarizing plate |
JP2019559647A JP7319195B2 (en) | 2017-12-13 | 2018-12-11 | Visible and infrared polarizing element and polarizing plate |
CN202210060110.1A CN114350175A (en) | 2017-12-13 | 2018-12-11 | Polarizing element and polarizing plate for visible light region and infrared region |
JP2022210699A JP2023052132A (en) | 2017-12-13 | 2022-12-27 | Visible and infrared polarizing element and polarizing plate |
JP2022210702A JP2023040123A (en) | 2017-12-13 | 2022-12-27 | Polarizing element for visible region and infrared region, and polarizing plate |
Applications Claiming Priority (6)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
JP2017-238571 | 2017-12-13 | ||
JP2017238571 | 2017-12-13 | ||
JP2017238569 | 2017-12-13 | ||
JP2017-238569 | 2017-12-13 | ||
JP2017238570 | 2017-12-13 | ||
JP2017-238570 | 2017-12-13 |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
WO2019117123A1 true WO2019117123A1 (en) | 2019-06-20 |
Family
ID=66820866
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
PCT/JP2018/045447 WO2019117123A1 (en) | 2017-12-13 | 2018-12-11 | Polarizing element for visible region and infrared region, and polarizing plate |
Country Status (4)
Country | Link |
---|---|
JP (3) | JP7319195B2 (en) |
CN (2) | CN111448494B (en) |
TW (1) | TWI783092B (en) |
WO (1) | WO2019117123A1 (en) |
Cited By (4)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
WO2020230647A1 (en) * | 2019-05-13 | 2020-11-19 | 日本化薬株式会社 | Achromatic polarizer, achromatic polarizing plate using same, and display device |
WO2021246437A1 (en) * | 2020-06-05 | 2021-12-09 | 日本化薬株式会社 | Polarizing element and polarizing plate for use in visible range and infrared range, and liquid crystal display device equipped with same |
WO2022215757A1 (en) * | 2021-04-09 | 2022-10-13 | 富士フイルム株式会社 | Optical absorption anisotropic layer, laminate, and infrared light sensor system |
JP2023040123A (en) * | 2017-12-13 | 2023-03-22 | 日本化薬株式会社 | Polarizing element for visible region and infrared region, and polarizing plate |
Citations (8)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
JPS62123405A (en) * | 1984-11-16 | 1987-06-04 | Sumitomo Chem Co Ltd | Dye-based highly durable polarizing film |
JP2009014959A (en) * | 2007-07-04 | 2009-01-22 | Sumitomo Chemical Co Ltd | Dye-type polarizing film |
WO2014162635A1 (en) * | 2013-04-03 | 2014-10-09 | 日本化薬株式会社 | Achromatic dye-based highly-transmissive polarization element, and polarization plate |
WO2015186681A1 (en) * | 2014-06-03 | 2015-12-10 | 日本化薬株式会社 | Achromatic polarizing plate with high-transmissivity and high-degree of polarization |
WO2016152498A1 (en) * | 2015-03-26 | 2016-09-29 | 日本化薬株式会社 | Polarizing element and polarizing plate |
WO2016186183A1 (en) * | 2015-05-20 | 2016-11-24 | 日本化薬株式会社 | Dye-type polarizing element, and polarizing plate and liquid crystal display device using same |
WO2018088558A1 (en) * | 2016-11-14 | 2018-05-17 | 日本化薬株式会社 | Dye-based polarizing plate for infrared wavelength range |
WO2018135618A1 (en) * | 2017-01-20 | 2018-07-26 | 日本化薬株式会社 | Azo compound or salt thereof, as well as dye-type polarizer film and dye-type polarizer plate including same |
Family Cites Families (18)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
JPS59145255A (en) * | 1983-02-07 | 1984-08-20 | Nippon Kayaku Co Ltd | Water-soluble disazo compound |
JP2622748B2 (en) * | 1989-06-12 | 1997-06-18 | 日本化薬株式会社 | Water-soluble azo dye and polarizing film containing the same |
US5639809A (en) * | 1994-06-22 | 1997-06-17 | Mitsui Toatsu Chemicals, Inc. | Azo compounds and polarizing films using the compounds |
JP3357803B2 (en) * | 1996-10-30 | 2002-12-16 | タレックス光学工業株式会社 | Polarizing film for glasses and polarizing glasses |
JP2001264532A (en) * | 2000-03-15 | 2001-09-26 | Toyobo Co Ltd | Infrared ray absorbing filter |
JP4033443B2 (en) | 2002-01-22 | 2008-01-16 | 日本化薬株式会社 | Dye-type polarizing film and polarizing plate |
JP2010039418A (en) * | 2008-08-08 | 2010-02-18 | Konica Minolta Opto Inc | Antireflective film, method for producing the same, polarizing plate and image display apparatus |
JP5633149B2 (en) * | 2009-03-09 | 2014-12-03 | 凸版印刷株式会社 | Antireflection film and manufacturing method thereof, polarizing plate, transmissive liquid crystal display |
CA2837278A1 (en) * | 2011-05-30 | 2012-12-06 | Nippon Kayaku Kabushiki Kaisha | Dye-based polarizing element and polarizing plate |
JP5812483B2 (en) | 2011-09-09 | 2015-11-11 | 日本化薬株式会社 | Polarizing element and polarizing plate |
JP2013134282A (en) * | 2011-12-26 | 2013-07-08 | Konica Minolta Inc | Hard coat film, method for manufacturing hard coat film and polarizing plate |
JP2013152425A (en) * | 2011-12-28 | 2013-08-08 | Tamron Co Ltd | Antireflection film and optical element |
JP5825685B2 (en) * | 2012-10-11 | 2015-12-02 | 株式会社タムロン | Method for manufacturing antireflection film |
JP6662739B2 (en) * | 2015-10-06 | 2020-03-11 | 日本化薬株式会社 | Achromatic polarizing element, achromatic polarizing plate and liquid crystal display using the same |
JP6853010B2 (en) * | 2015-11-06 | 2021-03-31 | 日本化薬株式会社 | Achromatic polarizing element, and achromatic polarizing plate and liquid crystal display device using this |
KR20180107150A (en) * | 2016-02-04 | 2018-10-01 | 닛뽄 가야쿠 가부시키가이샤 | Polarizer and polarizer and display using same |
JP6862365B2 (en) * | 2016-02-04 | 2021-04-21 | 日本化薬株式会社 | Azo compounds, polarizing elements and polarizing plates using them, and display devices |
JP7319195B2 (en) * | 2017-12-13 | 2023-08-01 | 日本化薬株式会社 | Visible and infrared polarizing element and polarizing plate |
-
2018
- 2018-12-11 JP JP2019559647A patent/JP7319195B2/en active Active
- 2018-12-11 TW TW107144544A patent/TWI783092B/en active
- 2018-12-11 CN CN201880079433.7A patent/CN111448494B/en active Active
- 2018-12-11 CN CN202210060110.1A patent/CN114350175A/en active Pending
- 2018-12-11 WO PCT/JP2018/045447 patent/WO2019117123A1/en active Application Filing
-
2022
- 2022-12-27 JP JP2022210702A patent/JP2023040123A/en active Pending
- 2022-12-27 JP JP2022210699A patent/JP2023052132A/en active Pending
Patent Citations (8)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
JPS62123405A (en) * | 1984-11-16 | 1987-06-04 | Sumitomo Chem Co Ltd | Dye-based highly durable polarizing film |
JP2009014959A (en) * | 2007-07-04 | 2009-01-22 | Sumitomo Chemical Co Ltd | Dye-type polarizing film |
WO2014162635A1 (en) * | 2013-04-03 | 2014-10-09 | 日本化薬株式会社 | Achromatic dye-based highly-transmissive polarization element, and polarization plate |
WO2015186681A1 (en) * | 2014-06-03 | 2015-12-10 | 日本化薬株式会社 | Achromatic polarizing plate with high-transmissivity and high-degree of polarization |
WO2016152498A1 (en) * | 2015-03-26 | 2016-09-29 | 日本化薬株式会社 | Polarizing element and polarizing plate |
WO2016186183A1 (en) * | 2015-05-20 | 2016-11-24 | 日本化薬株式会社 | Dye-type polarizing element, and polarizing plate and liquid crystal display device using same |
WO2018088558A1 (en) * | 2016-11-14 | 2018-05-17 | 日本化薬株式会社 | Dye-based polarizing plate for infrared wavelength range |
WO2018135618A1 (en) * | 2017-01-20 | 2018-07-26 | 日本化薬株式会社 | Azo compound or salt thereof, as well as dye-type polarizer film and dye-type polarizer plate including same |
Cited By (7)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
JP2023040123A (en) * | 2017-12-13 | 2023-03-22 | 日本化薬株式会社 | Polarizing element for visible region and infrared region, and polarizing plate |
JP2023052132A (en) * | 2017-12-13 | 2023-04-11 | 日本化薬株式会社 | Visible and infrared polarizing element and polarizing plate |
WO2020230647A1 (en) * | 2019-05-13 | 2020-11-19 | 日本化薬株式会社 | Achromatic polarizer, achromatic polarizing plate using same, and display device |
WO2021246437A1 (en) * | 2020-06-05 | 2021-12-09 | 日本化薬株式会社 | Polarizing element and polarizing plate for use in visible range and infrared range, and liquid crystal display device equipped with same |
JPWO2021246437A1 (en) * | 2020-06-05 | 2021-12-09 | ||
JP7681588B2 (en) | 2020-06-05 | 2025-05-22 | 日本化薬株式会社 | Polarizing element and polarizing plate for visible and infrared regions, and liquid crystal display device including the same |
WO2022215757A1 (en) * | 2021-04-09 | 2022-10-13 | 富士フイルム株式会社 | Optical absorption anisotropic layer, laminate, and infrared light sensor system |
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
JP2023052132A (en) | 2023-04-11 |
TW201932542A (en) | 2019-08-16 |
CN111448494B (en) | 2022-05-31 |
CN114350175A (en) | 2022-04-15 |
TWI783092B (en) | 2022-11-11 |
JP2023040123A (en) | 2023-03-22 |
CN111448494A (en) | 2020-07-24 |
JPWO2019117123A1 (en) | 2021-01-07 |
JP7319195B2 (en) | 2023-08-01 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
CN108699346B (en) | Azo compound or salt thereof, and polarizing film containing azo compound or salt thereof | |
CN109690369B (en) | Polarizing element, and polarizing plate and liquid crystal display device using the same | |
JP6054588B1 (en) | Dye-type polarizing element, and polarizing plate and liquid crystal display device using the same | |
JP7509851B2 (en) | Azo compound or its salt, and polarizing element, polarizing plate, and display device containing the same | |
JP2023052132A (en) | Visible and infrared polarizing element and polarizing plate | |
CN107430234B (en) | Polarizing element and polarizing plate | |
WO2020137705A1 (en) | Azo compound or salt thereof, and dye-based polarizing film and dye-based polarizing plate containing same | |
JP7681588B2 (en) | Polarizing element and polarizing plate for visible and infrared regions, and liquid crystal display device including the same | |
CN113227258B (en) | Azo compound or salt thereof, and dye-based polarizing film and dye-based polarizing plate each containing the same | |
WO2022071204A1 (en) | Polarizing element, polarizing plate and display device provided with same | |
CN113795554A (en) | Achromatic polarizing element, achromatic polarizing plate and display device using the same | |
HK40001432A (en) | Polarizing element, polarizing plate using same and liquid crystal display device | |
WO2018135617A1 (en) | Azo compound or salt thereof, as well as dye-type polarizer film and dye-type polarizer plate including same | |
HK1237039A1 (en) | Dye-type polarizing element, and polarizing plate and liquid crystal display device using same |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
121 | Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application |
Ref document number: 18888176 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |
|
ENP | Entry into the national phase |
Ref document number: 2019559647 Country of ref document: JP Kind code of ref document: A |
|
NENP | Non-entry into the national phase |
Ref country code: DE |
|
122 | Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase |
Ref document number: 18888176 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |